[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI903037B - Surface Protective Sheets and Treatment Methods - Google Patents

Surface Protective Sheets and Treatment Methods

Info

Publication number
TWI903037B
TWI903037B TW111105241A TW111105241A TWI903037B TW I903037 B TWI903037 B TW I903037B TW 111105241 A TW111105241 A TW 111105241A TW 111105241 A TW111105241 A TW 111105241A TW I903037 B TWI903037 B TW I903037B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
water
less
weight
protective sheet
surface protective
Prior art date
Application number
TW111105241A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202300608A (en
Inventor
熊倉健太
小坂尚史
清水陽介
島﨑雄太
Original Assignee
日商日東電工股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/JP2022/003425 external-priority patent/WO2022201857A1/en
Application filed by 日商日東電工股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商日東電工股份有限公司
Publication of TW202300608A publication Critical patent/TW202300608A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI903037B publication Critical patent/TWI903037B/en

Links

Abstract

本發明提供一種表面保護片材,其即便於在以貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於液中進行處理之態樣中使用之情形時,亦可保持保護所需之接著性,且於剝離時能夠實現不會使被黏著體破損或變形之剝離。本發明所提供之表面保護片材之30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1為0.5 N/20 mm以上,且30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm]為上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1[N/20 mm]之50%以下。This invention provides a surface protective sheet that maintains the required adhesion even when the object to be protected is treated in a liquid while being adhered to it, and can be peeled off without damaging or deforming the adhered object. The surface protective sheet provided by this invention has an adhesion force F1 of 0.5 N/20 mm or more after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes, and the water peel force FW1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is less than 50% of the adhesion force F1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes.

Description

表面保護片材及處理方法Surface Protective Sheets and Treatment Methods

本發明係關於一種表面保護片材及處理方法。 本申請案主張基於2021年3月25日提出申請之日本專利申請案2021-52064號及2021年9月16日提出申請之日本專利申請案2021-151207號之優先權,且將其等申請案之全部內容作為參照而併入至本說明書中。 This invention relates to a surface protection sheet and a treatment method. This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-52064, filed March 25, 2021, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-151207, filed September 16, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

已知有以於將各種物品進行加工或進行搬運時,防止其表面之損傷(刮傷或污染、腐蝕等)為目的,而於該表面接著保護片材(黏著片材)進行保護之技術。例如,於使用藥液(蝕刻液)將玻璃或半導體晶圓、金屬板等進行化學處理或者實施切斷或研磨等物理處理等各種處理中,藉由將表面保護片材貼附於保護對象物之非處理面,而使該非處理面得到保護。作為與藥液處理用之保護片材相關之先前技術文獻,可例舉專利文獻1。再者,專利文獻2係與水剝離性黏著片材相關之先前技術文獻。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] It is known that techniques exist for protecting the surfaces of various articles during processing or transportation by attaching protective sheets (adhesive sheets) to them to prevent surface damage (scratches, contamination, corrosion, etc.). For example, in various processes such as chemical treatment of glass, semiconductor wafers, metal plates, etc., using etching solutions, or physical treatments such as cutting or grinding, surface protection sheets are attached to the untreated surfaces of the object to protect those surfaces. Patent 1 is an example of prior art related to protective sheets for chemical treatment. Furthermore, Patent 2 relates to water-peelable adhesive sheets. [Previous Art Documents] [Patent Documents]

專利文獻1:日本專利申請案公開2015-193688號公報 專利文獻2:日本專利申請案公開2020-23656號公報 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-193688 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-23656

[發明所欲解決之問題][The problem that the invention aims to solve]

於達成保護目的之後,表面保護片材在適當之時點自被黏著體(保護對象物)被去除。因此,對於表面保護片材,要求於藥液處理時等保護期間中,具有保護對象物之保護所需之接著性、及自保護對象物剝離去除時之易剝離性。若對於保護對象物之剝離力較大,則例如於保護對象物厚度較薄之情形時,於將表面保護片材自保護對象物剝離去除時,有因其剝離力而該保護對象物發生破損或發生變形之虞。After achieving the protective purpose, the surface protective sheet is removed from the adherend (the protected object) at an appropriate time. Therefore, the surface protective sheet is required to have the adhesion necessary for protecting the protected object during the protection period, such as during chemical treatment, and to be easy to peel off from the protected object. If the peeling force on the protected object is large, for example, in the case of a thin protected object, there is a risk that the protected object may be damaged or deformed when the surface protective sheet is peeled off from the protected object due to the peeling force.

近年來,智慧型手機、平板型電腦、各種可穿戴機器等電子機器類(例如攜帶電子機器類)之小型化或薄型化不斷推進,隨之,其等電子機器中所使用之半導體構件、或玻璃等光學構件亦有薄型化之傾向。因此,對於用於保護上述構件之表面保護片材,亦必須具有於將表面保護片材自厚度較薄之保護對象物剝離去除時該保護對象物不會產生破損或變形之易剝離性。In recent years, the miniaturization and thinning of electronic devices such as smartphones, tablets, and various wearable devices (e.g., portable electronic devices) have been continuously advancing. Consequently, the semiconductor components or optical components such as glass used in these electronic devices also tend to be thinner. Therefore, the surface protective sheet used to protect the above-mentioned components must also have the property of being easy to peel off without damaging or deforming the protected object when the surface protective sheet is peeled off from the thinner protected object.

例如,用作上述光學構件之玻璃面板可藉由使用氫氟酸等藥液之玻璃減薄(glass slimming)處理而薄化。於上述玻璃減薄處理中,可使用表面保護片材來保護玻璃非處理面。該用途中所使用之表面保護片材因該處理中之剝離力上升或剝離態樣等,而於處理後自玻璃面板剝離去除時,有該薄化之玻璃破裂之情況,因此有良率降低等問題。尤其是,可摺疊顯示器或可捲曲顯示器中所使用之視窗玻璃或覆蓋玻璃被薄化至100 μm左右或其以下之薄度,以賦予彎曲性。因此,表面保護片材剝離時之破損之風險更大。若將表面保護片材之剝離強度設定得較低,則可降低於剝離時對被黏著體所施加之負載,減小破損或變形之風險,但有如下之虞:對於保護對象物之密接性(接著性)降低,藥液滲入至保護區域,或於嚴重之情形時在保護期間中自被黏著體產生隆起或剝離等,無法達成保護目的。對於薄玻璃等厚度較薄之脆性材料,更難以兼顧保護所需之接著性、及不會使被黏著體破損之易剝離性。For example, the glass panel used in the aforementioned optical components can be thinned by glass slimming treatment using solutions such as hydrofluoric acid. In this glass slimming process, a surface protective sheet can be used to protect the untreated surfaces of the glass. However, due to increased peeling force or peeling patterns during the treatment, the thinned glass may crack when peeled off from the glass panel after treatment, resulting in reduced yield. In particular, the viewing glass or cover glass used in foldable or rollable displays is thinned to approximately 100 μm or less to impart flexibility. Therefore, the risk of breakage during the peeling of the surface protective sheet is even greater. Setting the peel strength of the surface protective sheet to a lower value can reduce the load applied to the adherend during peeling, thus minimizing the risk of breakage or deformation. However, this approach carries the following risks: reduced adhesion to the protected object, penetration of the protective solution into the protected area, or, in severe cases, bulging or peeling from the adherend during the protection period, failing to achieve the intended protective purpose. For thin, brittle materials such as thin glass, it is even more difficult to balance the required adhesion for protection with the ease of peeling without damaging the adherend.

本發明係鑒於上述情況而創作出者,其目的在於提供一種表面保護片材,其即便於在以貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於液中進行處理之態樣中使用之情形時,亦可保持保護所需之接著性,且於剝離時能夠實現不會使被黏著體破損或變形之剝離。相關之其他目的在於提供一種使用上述表面保護片材之處理方法。 [解決問題之技術手段] This invention was created in view of the above-mentioned circumstances, and its purpose is to provide a surface protective sheet that maintains the necessary adhesion even when used in a manner where the object to be protected is treated in a liquid, and that can be peeled off without causing damage or deformation to the adhered object. Another related objective is to provide a processing method using the aforementioned surface protective sheet. [Technical Means for Solving the Problem]

根據本說明書,提供一種具有接著面之表面保護片材。該表面保護片材之30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1為0.5 N/20 mm以上,且30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm]為上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1[N/20 mm]之50%以下。此處,上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合上述接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離強度F1[N/20 mm]。又,上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合該接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm]。According to this specification, a surface protective sheet having an adhesive surface is provided. The adhesive force F1 of the surface protective sheet after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is 0.5 N/20 mm or more, and the water peeling force FW1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is less than 50% of the adhesive force F1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes. Here, the adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is the peel strength F1 [N/20 mm] measured under the conditions of temperature 23°C, peel angle 180°C and speed 300 mm/min, after the surface of the alkaline glass with a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees is attached to the aforementioned bonding surface and immersed in warm water at 60°C±2°C for 30 minutes, then lifted out of the warm water and wiped off the water. Furthermore, the water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is determined by immersing the surface of the alkaline glass with a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees in warm water at 60°C±2°C for 30 minutes, then removing it from the warm water and wiping off the water, and supplying 20 μL of distilled water between the alkaline glass and the interface so that the distilled water enters one end of the interface between the alkaline glass and the interface, under the conditions of a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 180 degrees and a speed of 300 mm/min [N/20 mm].

本發明者等人正推進研究開發一種黏著片材(水剝離性黏著片材),其可利用水等水性液體而容易地剝離,且接合時之耐水可靠性得到改善。根據該水剝離性黏著片材,藉由利用水等水性液體之水剝離,可不對作為剝離對象物之被黏著體造成損害或物理負載較少,而將黏著片材自被黏著體去除。本文所揭示之技術中,利用上述之水剝離。具體而言,上述表面保護片材由於30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1降低至30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之50%以下,故而於剝離時可實現不會使被黏著體破損或變形之剝離(水剝離)。又,30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1為0.5 N/20 mm以上之表面保護片材即便於在以貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於液中進行處理之態樣中使用之情形時,亦可保持保護所需之接著性。具有上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之表面保護片材如上所述具有水剝離性,另一方面,例如即便於藥液(典型而言,水溶液之形態)或溫水中使用,亦不表現基於水剝離性之接著力降低,或接著力降低得到抑制,從而可維持對被黏著體之密接狀態。此種表面保護片材可成為例如於上述液中處理中不產生自端部之剝離之保護性優異者。根據此種表面保護片材,可具有保護所需之接著性,且即便於保護對象物為薄玻璃等厚度較薄之脆性材料之情形時,於剝離時亦可實現不會使被黏著體破損之剝離。The inventors are currently developing an adhesive sheet (water-peelable adhesive sheet) that can be easily peeled off using water or other aqueous liquids, and whose water resistance reliability during bonding is improved. According to this water-peelable adhesive sheet, by using water or other aqueous liquids for peeling, the adhesive sheet can be removed from the adhered object with minimal damage or physical load. The technology disclosed herein utilizes the aforementioned water peeling method. Specifically, the aforementioned surface protective sheet exhibits a water peeling force FW1 that decreases to less than 50% of the adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion. Therefore, it can achieve peeling without damaging or deforming the adhered object (water peeling). Furthermore, surface protective sheets with an adhesion force F1 of 0.5 N/20 mm or higher after 30 minutes of warm water immersion can maintain the required adhesion even when the object being protected is treated in a liquid while being adhered to it. The surface protective sheet with an adhesion strength F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion, as described above, exhibits water-peelability. Furthermore, even when used in liquids (typically aqueous solutions) or warm water, it does not show a decrease in adhesion strength based on water peelability, or the decrease in adhesion strength is suppressed, thereby maintaining a close bond to the adherend. This type of surface protective sheet offers excellent protection, for example, by preventing peeling from the ends during the aforementioned liquid treatment. According to this surface protective sheet, the required adhesion can be achieved, and even when the protected object is a thin, brittle material such as thin glass, peeling can be performed without damaging the adherend.

於若干較佳之態樣中,表面保護片材之30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1與常態水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]相同或小於該常態水剝離力FW0。此處,常態水剝離力FW0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合該接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]。如此構成之表面保護片材即便經過30分鐘溫水浸漬亦不會產生因老化所致之水剝離力上升。因此,於保護期間中,例如於藥液處理等液中處理等中,即便有曝露於高於常溫之溫度(例如約40℃以上)之情況,表面保護片材對於被黏著體之接著力亦不上升,或接著力上升得到抑制,於表面保護片材之剝離時,基於所需之水剝離性,容易實現不會使被黏著體破損之剝離。In several preferred embodiments, the water peeling force FW1 of the surface protective sheet after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is the same as or less than the normal water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm]. Here, the normal water peeling force FW0 is measured by bonding the surface of an alkaline glass with a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees to the bonding surface, maintaining it in an environment of 23°C and 50%RH for 1 hour, and then supplying 20 μL of distilled water between the alkaline glass and the bonding surface, allowing the distilled water to enter one end of the interface between the alkaline glass and the bonding surface. The water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] is measured under the conditions of temperature 23°C, peeling angle 180 degrees, and speed 300 mm/min. The surface protective sheet constructed in this way will not show an increase in water peeling force due to aging even after 30 minutes of immersion in warm water. Therefore, during the protection period, such as in liquid treatments like chemical treatments, even if exposed to temperatures higher than normal (e.g., above 40°C), the adhesion of the surface protective sheet to the adherend does not increase, or the increase in adhesion is suppressed. When peeling off the surface protective sheet, based on the required water peelability, it is easy to achieve peeling without damaging the adherend.

於若干較佳之態樣中,表面保護片材利用杯式法所測定之透濕度為24 g/(m 2・day)以下。藉由設為具有如此限制之透濕度之構成,表面保護片材即便有以貼附於被黏著體之狀態被投入至液中等與水性液體接觸之情況,水性液體亦不易滲入至表面保護片材與被黏著體之接著界面,不表現基於水剝離性之接著力降低,或接著力降低得到抑制,從而可維持與被黏著體之密接狀態。 In several preferred embodiments, the surface protective sheet exhibits a moisture permeability of less than 24 g/( ·day) as measured by the cupping method. By designing a structure with such limited moisture permeability, even when the surface protective sheet is immersed in a liquid or comes into contact with an aqueous liquid while still attached to the substrate, the aqueous liquid does not easily penetrate to the interface between the surface protective sheet and the substrate. This prevents a decrease in adhesion based on water peelability, or suppresses the decrease in adhesion, thereby maintaining a close bond with the substrate.

若干態樣之表面保護片材包含構成上述接著面之黏著劑層、及支持該黏著劑層之基材層。藉由具有此種構成,表面保護片材可具有由位於背面側之基材層所帶來之保護功能、及由黏著劑層所帶來之對保護對象物之接著性。又,藉由選定恰當之基材層材料,可穩定性良好地表現黏著劑層之特性(接著力及水剝離力)。Several types of surface protective sheets include an adhesive layer constituting the aforementioned adhesive surface and a substrate layer supporting the adhesive layer. With this configuration, the surface protective sheet can possess the protective function provided by the substrate layer located on the back side and the adhesion to the protected object provided by the adhesive layer. Furthermore, by selecting an appropriate substrate layer material, the characteristics of the adhesive layer (adhesion and peelability) can be stably and effectively represented.

於若干較佳之態樣中,上述黏著劑層包含水親和劑。根據包含水親和劑之黏著劑層,容易獲得較佳地兼顧通常狀態(常態)之接著力與水剝離性之黏著劑,容易獲得30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1成為30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之50%以下之黏著劑。In several preferred embodiments, the adhesive layer comprises a hydrophilic agent. Based on the adhesive layer comprising a hydrophilic agent, it is easy to obtain an adhesive that better balances adhesion and water peelability under normal conditions (normal state), and it is easy to obtain an adhesive in which the water peelability FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is less than 50% of the adhesion F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes.

於若干較佳之態樣中,上述黏著劑層包含黏著賦予劑。藉由使黏著劑層中包含黏著賦予劑,可保持利用水剝離自被黏著體去除之去除性,並且提昇30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1。因此,即便於在以貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於液中進行處理之態樣中使用之情形時,表面保護片材亦可更良好地維持對於保護對象物之密接狀態,可成為例如於上述處理中或處理後更不易產生端部剝離者。通常,表面保護片材係以自被黏著體之去除為前提,因此設計為限制接著力,但根據本文所揭示之技術,藉由利用水剝離技術,與先前之表面保護片材不同,添加作為接著力提昇成分之黏著賦予劑,可以高水準兼顧對於保護對象物之接著性與剝離去除性。In several preferred embodiments, the adhesive layer includes an adhesive preform. By including an adhesive preform in the adhesive layer, removability from the adhered object using water peeling is maintained, and the adhesion F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is improved. Therefore, even when used in a state where the protected object is treated in a liquid while being adhered to it, the surface protective sheet can maintain a better adhesion to the protected object, and can become less prone to end peeling during or after the aforementioned treatment. Typically, surface protection sheets are designed to limit adhesion because they are designed to allow for the removal of the adhered material. However, according to the technology disclosed in this paper, by using water peeling technology, unlike previous surface protection sheets, an adhesive premix as an adhesion enhancer can be added, which can achieve a high level of balance between adhesion to the protected object and peelability.

於若干較佳之態樣中,上述黏著劑層係由光硬化型或溶劑型之黏著劑組合物所形成之層。於具備由光硬化型或溶劑型之黏著劑組合物所形成之黏著劑層之構成中,可較佳地發揮由本文所揭示之技術所帶來之效果。In several preferred embodiments, the aforementioned adhesive layer is formed of a light-curing or solvent-based adhesive compound. In configurations having an adhesive layer formed of a light-curing or solvent-based adhesive compound, the effects of the techniques disclosed herein can be better achieved.

於若干較佳之態樣中,上述基材層包含樹脂膜。藉由恰當地選定包含樹脂膜之材料而用於基材層,可穩定性良好地表現黏著劑層之特性(接著力及水剝離力),可較佳地發揮由本文所揭示之技術所帶來之效果。In several preferred embodiments, the aforementioned substrate layer comprises a resin film. By appropriately selecting a material comprising a resin film for use in the substrate layer, the properties of the adhesive layer (adhesion and water peeling force) can be stably and well represented, and the effects brought about by the technology disclosed herein can be better realized.

於若干態樣中,上述基材層包含含無機材料之層。藉由採用包含含有無機材料之層之基材層,亦可實現由本文所揭示之技術所帶來之效果。In several embodiments, the aforementioned substrate layer includes a layer containing inorganic materials. By employing a substrate layer containing a layer containing inorganic materials, the effects brought about by the technology disclosed herein can also be achieved.

於若干較佳之態樣中,表面保護片材之厚度(總厚度)為20~100 μm。具有上述總厚度之表面保護片材容易發揮良好之保護功能。例如有容易獲得防止藥液滲入等保護性之傾向。In several preferred embodiments, the thickness (total thickness) of the surface protective sheet is 20–100 μm. Surface protective sheets with the above-mentioned total thickness tend to provide good protective functions. For example, they tend to easily provide protection against the penetration of pharmaceutical solutions.

本文所揭示之表面保護片材例如適合作為將玻璃或半導體晶圓於液中以化學方式及/或物理方式進行處理之步驟中所使用之表面保護片材。本文所揭示之表面保護片材於上述用途中,在上述處理時,可具有對於保護對象物進行保護所需之接著性,在處理後之剝離時,可實現利用水剝離自作為保護對象物(被黏著體)之玻璃或半導體晶圓順利之剝離。具有上述溫水浸漬後水剝離力之表面保護片材即便於保護對象物為薄玻璃等厚度較薄之脆性材料之情形時,基於其水剝離性,亦可實現不會使保護對象物破損之剝離。例如,於上述處理步驟為將玻璃或半導體晶圓薄化之步驟之態樣中,剝離時之保護對象物相較於貼附時,其厚度變小,破損之風險更大。藉由於此種用途中利用本文所揭示之表面保護片材,可兼顧基於接著力之優異之保護性、及不會使保護對象物破損之優異之易剝離性(易水剝離性)。The surface protective sheet disclosed herein is suitable, for example, for use in the process of chemically and/or physically treating glass or semiconductor wafers in a liquid. In the aforementioned applications, the surface protective sheet disclosed herein possesses the adhesion required to protect the object being protected during the aforementioned treatment, and upon peeling after treatment, it allows for smooth peeling of the glass or semiconductor wafer (the object being protected, the adhered material) using water. Even when the object being protected is a thin, brittle material such as thin glass, the surface protective sheet with the aforementioned water-peeling power after immersion in warm water can achieve peeling without damaging the object being protected, based on its water-peeling properties. For example, in the process of thinning glass or semiconductor wafers as described above, the protective object during peeling is thinner than during attachment, increasing the risk of damage. By utilizing the surface protective sheet disclosed herein for such applications, both excellent adhesion-based protection and excellent peelability (water-peelability) that prevents damage to the protected object can be achieved.

又,根據本說明書,提供一種處理方法。該處理方法包括:於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之處理對象物之該表面貼附表面保護片材之步驟;對貼附有上述表面保護片材之上述處理對象物實施處理之步驟,此處,該處理中該處理對象物與液體接觸;及藉由水剝離將上述表面保護片材自上述處理後之上述處理對象物(處理物)去除之步驟。並且,上述表面保護片材之30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm]為30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1[N/20 mm]之50%以下。 [30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1] 上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離強度[N/20 mm]。 [30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1] 上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之水剝離力[N/20 mm]。 根據上述方法,藉由使用滿足上述特性(FW1≦F1×0.5)之表面保護片材,於使貼附有表面保護片材之處理對象物接觸於液體之態樣中進行處理時,可一面保護貼附有表面保護片材之部分,一面實施目標處理。又,表面保護片材於處理結束後利用水剝離自處理物順利地去除,因此即便於作為處理對象物之被黏著體為薄玻璃等厚度較薄之脆性材料之情形時,於剝離時亦可實現不會使被黏著體破損之剝離去除。 Furthermore, according to this specification, a treatment method is provided. This treatment method includes: a step of attaching a surface protective sheet to the surface of a treatment object having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less; a step of treating the treatment object to which the surface protective sheet is attached, wherein the treatment object comes into contact with a liquid during the treatment; and a step of removing the surface protective sheet from the treatment object (treated object) by water peeling. Moreover, the water peeling force FW1 [N/20 mm] of the surface protective sheet after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is less than 50% of the adhesion force F1 [N/20 mm] after 30 minutes of warm water immersion. [Adhesion Strength F1 after 30-minute Warm Water Immersion] The aforementioned adhesion strength F1 after 30-minute warm water immersion is the peel strength [N/20 mm] measured under the following conditions: the adhesive surface of an alkaline glass surface with a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees is immersed in warm water at 60℃±2℃ for 30 minutes, then removed from the warm water and wiped dry; the surface is then peeled at a temperature of 23℃, a peel angle of 180 degrees, and a peel speed of 300 mm/min. [Water Peeling Force FW1 After 30-Minute Warm Water Immersion] The aforementioned water peeling force FW1 after 30-minute warm water immersion is determined by immersing the surface of an alkaline glass substrate with a surface having a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees, onto the bonding surface of the substrate, in warm water at 60℃±2℃ for 30 minutes. After being removed from the warm water and the water was wiped off, 20 μL of distilled water was supplied between the alkaline glass and the bonding surface, allowing the distilled water to penetrate to one end of the interface between the alkaline glass and the bonding surface. The water peeling force [N/20 mm] was measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23℃, a peeling angle of 180 degrees, and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. According to the above method, by using a surface protective sheet that meets the aforementioned characteristics (FW1≦F1×0.5), when the object to be treated with the surface protective sheet attached is placed in a liquid sample for treatment, the portion with the surface protective sheet attached can be protected while the target treatment is performed. Furthermore, the surface protective sheet is easily removed from the treated object using water peeling after treatment. Therefore, even when the adhered object is a thin, brittle material such as thin glass, removal can be achieved without damaging the adhered object during peeling.

於若干較佳之態樣中,上述液體為水溶液。本文所揭示之技術可較佳地利用於使用水溶液之處理。In several preferred embodiments, the liquid is an aqueous solution. The techniques disclosed herein are well utilized for the treatment of aqueous solutions.

於若干較佳之態樣中,上述表面保護片材具有黏著劑層,上述黏著劑層包含黏著賦予劑。藉由使黏著劑層中包含黏著賦予劑,可保持利用水剝離自被黏著體去除之去除性,並且提昇30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1。藉此,於以貼附於處理對象物之狀態將該處理對象物於液中進行處理之態樣中,表面保護片材充分地接著於處理對象物保護面,可牢固地保護該保護面。In several preferred embodiments, the surface protective sheet has an adhesive layer comprising an adhesive preform. By including an adhesive preform in the adhesive layer, removability from the adhered object using water peeling is maintained, and the adhesion F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is improved. Therefore, in embodiments where the object is treated in a liquid while being adhered to, the surface protective sheet adheres sufficiently to the protective surface of the object, firmly protecting the protective surface.

以下,說明本發明之較佳之實施方式。再者,對於本說明書中特別提及之事項以外之實施本發明所必需之事項,業者可基於本說明書中所記載之關於發明之實施之提示及提出申請時之技術常識而理解。本發明可基於本說明書中所揭示之內容及該領域中之技術常識而實施。又,以下之圖式中,對於發揮相同作用之構件、部位,有時標附相同符號而進行說明,且有時省略或簡化重複之說明。又,圖式中所記載之實施方式係為了清楚地說明本發明而進行模式化,未必正確地表示實際所提供之製品之尺寸或縮尺。The preferred embodiment of this invention is described below. Furthermore, for matters necessary for implementing this invention other than those specifically mentioned in this specification, practitioners can understand them based on the instructions for implementation of the invention recorded in this specification and the technical common sense used when filing an application. This invention can be implemented based on the content disclosed in this specification and the technical common sense in the field. Also, in the following figures, components and parts that perform the same function are sometimes labeled with the same symbols for explanation, and sometimes repeated explanations are omitted or simplified. Furthermore, the embodiments described in the figures are standardized for the purpose of clearly illustrating this invention and may not accurately represent the dimensions or scale of the actual product provided.

<表面保護片材之構成例> 將一形態例之表面保護片材之剖面構造示於圖1。如圖1所示,表面保護片材1係如下單面接著性之黏著片材之形態,即具有接著面1A,且於片狀之基材層(支持基材)10之一面10A設置有黏著劑層20。表面保護片材1係將作為其接著面1A之黏著劑層20之表面20A貼附於被黏著體(保護對象物)來使用。基材層10之背面10B(與一面10A為相反側之面)亦為表面保護片材1之背面1B,並構成表面保護片材1之外表面。使用前(即,貼附於被黏著體之前)之表面保護片材1可為附剝離襯墊之表面保護片材50之形態,即接著面1A由至少該黏著劑層20側成為剝離面之剝離襯墊30保護。或者,亦可為如下形態之表面保護片材,即基材層10之另一面(背面)10B成為剝離面,且因表面保護片材1被捲繞成卷狀而使得黏著劑層20抵接於該背面,從而使得其表面(接著面1A)得到保護。 <Example of Surface Protective Sheet Composition> Figure 1 shows a cross-sectional structure of a surface protective sheet of one form. As shown in Figure 1, the surface protective sheet 1 is a single-sided adhesive sheet having an adhesive surface 1A, and an adhesive layer 20 is provided on one side 10A of a sheet-like substrate layer (support substrate) 10. The surface protective sheet 1 is used to attach the adhesive layer 20A, which serves as its adhesive surface 1A, to the adhered object (the object to be protected). The back side 10B of the substrate layer 10 (the side opposite to one side 10A) is also the back side 1B of the surface protective sheet 1, forming the outer surface of the surface protective sheet 1. Before use (i.e., before being attached to the substrate), the surface protection sheet 1 can be in the form of a surface protection sheet 50 with a peelable liner, where the bonding surface 1A is protected by a peelable liner 30 that forms a peelable surface from at least the adhesive layer 20 side. Alternatively, it can be a surface protection sheet in which the other side (back side) 10B of the substrate layer 10 becomes the peelable surface, and the adhesive layer 20 abuts against the back side because the surface protection sheet 1 is rolled into a roll, thereby protecting its surface (bonding surface 1A).

又,如圖2所示,表面保護片材2中,基材層10亦可具有多層構造。該實施方式中,表面保護片材2具有於片狀基材層(支持基材)10之一面10A設置有黏著劑層20之構成,基材層10具有第一層11與第二層12之積層構造。具體而言,基材層10具備作為基材層10之主層之第一層11、及構成基材層10之一表面(背面)10B之第二層12。該實施方式中,第二層12係含無機材料之層。黏著劑層20密接於基材層10之第一層11側表面10A。使用前(即,貼附於被黏著體之前)之表面保護片材2可為如下附剝離襯墊之表面保護片材50之形態,即接著面2A由至少該黏著劑層20側成為剝離面之剝離襯墊30保護。或者,亦可為如下形態之表面保護片材,即基材層10之另一面(背面)10B成為剝離面,且因表面保護片材2被捲繞成卷狀而使得黏著劑層20抵接於該背面,從而使得其表面得到保護。Furthermore, as shown in Figure 2, the substrate layer 10 in the surface protection sheet 2 can also have a multi-layer structure. In this embodiment, the surface protection sheet 2 has an adhesive layer 20 disposed on one side 10A of the sheet-like substrate layer (supporting substrate) 10, and the substrate layer 10 has a laminated structure of a first layer 11 and a second layer 12. Specifically, the substrate layer 10 has a first layer 11 as the main layer of the substrate layer 10, and a second layer 12 constituting one side surface (back surface) 10B of the substrate layer 10. In this embodiment, the second layer 12 is a layer containing inorganic materials. The adhesive layer 20 is closely attached to the side surface 10A of the first layer 11 of the substrate layer 10. Before use (i.e., before being attached to the substrate), the surface protection sheet 2 can be in the form of a surface protection sheet 50 with a peelable liner, wherein the contact surface 2A is protected by a peelable liner 30 that forms a peelable surface from at least the adhesive layer 20 side. Alternatively, it can be a surface protection sheet in the form where the other side (back side) 10B of the substrate layer 10 becomes the peelable surface, and the adhesive layer 20 abuts against the back side because the surface protection sheet 2 is rolled into a roll, thereby protecting its surface.

<表面保護片材之特性> (30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1) 於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1為0.5 N/20 mm以上。滿足上述特性之表面保護片材即便於在以貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於液中進行處理之態樣中使用之情形時,亦可保持保護所需之接著性。例如,即便於藥液(典型而言,水溶液之形態)或溫水中使用,亦未表現出基於水剝離性之接著力降低,或使得接著力降低得到抑制,從而可維持對被黏著體之密接狀態。此種表面保護片材可成為例如於上述液中處理中不會自端部發生剝離之保護性優異者。於若干態樣中,30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1較佳為1.0 N/20 mm以上,更佳為1.5 N/20 mm以上,進而較佳為2.0 N/20 mm以上,亦可為2.5 N/20 mm以上,亦可為3.0 N/20 mm以上(例如3.5 N/20 mm以上),且有30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1越大,即便於實施藥液或溫水等液中處理之態樣中使用,亦越容易保持較高之接著可靠性的傾向。於若干較佳之態樣中,30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1為4.0 N/20 mm以上,亦可為5.0 N/20 mm以上,亦可為6.0 N/20 mm以上(例如7.5 N/20 mm以上)。30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之上限可根據所要求之接著性來恰當地設定,因此並不限定於特定範圍,例如可約為15 N/20 mm以下,亦可約為10 N/20 mm以下,亦可約為5 N/20 mm以下。 <Characteristics of Surface Protective Sheets> (Adhesion F1 after 30-minute warm water immersion) In several samples, the adhesion F1 of the surface protective sheet after 30-minute warm water immersion is 0.5 N/20 mm or higher. Surface protective sheets that meet the above characteristics maintain the required adhesion even when used in samples where the object to be protected is treated in a liquid while being adhered to it. For example, even when used in a pharmaceutical solution (typically an aqueous solution) or warm water, there is no reduction in adhesion based on water peelability, or the reduction in adhesion is suppressed, thereby maintaining a close bond to the adhered object. Such surface protective sheets can be considered superior in terms of protection, for example, by not peeling off from the ends during the aforementioned liquid treatment. In several preferred embodiments, the adhesion force F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is preferably 1.0 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 1.5 N/20 mm or more, and even more preferably 2.0 N/20 mm or more, or 2.5 N/20 mm or more, or 3.0 N/20 mm or more (e.g., 3.5 N/20 mm or more). A higher adhesion force F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes tends to maintain higher adhesion reliability, even when used in embodiments treated with chemicals or warm water. In several preferred embodiments, the adhesion force F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is 4.0 N/20 mm or more, or 5.0 N/20 mm or more, or 6.0 N/20 mm or more (e.g., 7.5 N/20 mm or more). The upper limit of the adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion can be appropriately set according to the required adhesion, and is therefore not limited to a specific range. For example, it can be approximately 15 N/20 mm or less, or approximately 10 N/20 mm or less, or approximately 5 N/20 mm or less.

30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離強度[N/20 mm]。更具體而言,30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is the peel strength [N/20 mm] measured at a temperature of 23°C, a peel angle of 180°C, and a speed of 300 mm/min after the surface of an alkaline glass with a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees is bonded to the surface protective sheet. The surface is then immersed in warm water at 60°C ± 2°C for 30 minutes, removed from the warm water, and the water is wiped off. More specifically, the adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion can be measured using the method described in the embodiments below.

(30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率FW1/F1) 本文所揭示之表面保護片材之特徵之一在於:30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm]為上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1[N/20 mm]之50%以下。換言之,上述表面保護片材之特徵在於:式:FW1/F1×100所表示之30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率[%]為50%以下。如此30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1降低至30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之50%以下之表面保護片材於貼附於保護對象物之狀態下,如上所述具有特定值以上之30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力,並且於剝離時可實現不會使保護對象物破損或變形之剝離(水剝離)。更具體而言,藉由使用水等水性液體,可將表面保護片材自保護對象物容易地剝離。例如,對保護對象物與黏著劑層之間供給少量之水性液體,藉由使該水性液體進入至保護對象物與黏著劑層之界面而形成剝離之起點,藉此可使黏著劑層自上述保護對象物之剝離強度大幅降低。利用該性質,藉由利用水等水性液體之水剝離,可不使保護對象物破損或變形而將表面保護片材剝離。根據此種表面保護片材,可具有保護所需之接著性,且即便於保護對象物為薄玻璃等厚度較薄之脆性材料之情形時,於剝離時亦可實現不會使被黏著體破損之剝離。於若干態樣中,上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率較佳為30%以下,更佳為20%以下,進而較佳為10%以下,尤佳為5%以下(例如3%以下)。根據顯示此種30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率之表面保護片材,可成為更良好地兼顧保護時之接著可靠性與剝離時之易剝離性者。於若干較佳之態樣中,上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率為2%以下,亦可為1.5%以下,亦可為1.0%以下。上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率之下限值理論上為0%,實用上亦可為約1%以上(例如2%以上)。 (Reduction rate of water peeling force FW1/F1 after 30-minute warm water immersion) One of the characteristics of the surface protection sheet disclosed in this article is that the water peeling force FW1 [N/20 mm] after 30-minute warm water immersion is less than 50% of the adhesion force F1 [N/20 mm] after 30-minute warm water immersion. In other words, the characteristic of the surface protection sheet is that the reduction rate of water peeling force [%] after 30-minute warm water immersion, expressed by formula: FW1/F1×100, is less than 50%. When a surface protective sheet, after being soaked in warm water for 30 minutes, has a water peeling force FW1 reduced to less than 50% of the adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water soaking, is attached to the object being protected and, as described above, has an adhesion force above a certain value after 30 minutes of warm water soaking, and can be peeled off without damaging or deforming the object being protected (water peeling). More specifically, by using water-based liquids such as water, the surface protective sheet can be easily peeled off from the object being protected. For example, by supplying a small amount of aqueous liquid between the protected object and the adhesive layer, the aqueous liquid penetrates to the interface between the protected object and the adhesive layer, forming the starting point for peeling. This significantly reduces the peel strength of the adhesive layer from the protected object. Utilizing this property, the surface protective sheet can be peeled off without damaging or deforming the protected object by using water-based peeling with an aqueous liquid such as water. Such a surface protective sheet can provide the necessary adhesion for protection, and even when the protected object is a thin, brittle material such as thin glass, peeling can be achieved without damaging the adhered object. In several embodiments, the reduction rate of water peeling force after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 20% or less, further preferably 10% or less, and even more preferably 5% or less (e.g., 3% or less). Surface protective sheets exhibiting this reduction rate of water peeling force after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes can achieve a better balance between adhesion reliability during protection and ease of peeling. In several preferred embodiments, the reduction rate of water peeling force after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is 2% or less, or 1.5% or less, or 1.0% or less. Theoretically, the lower limit of the reduction in water peeling force after 30 minutes of warm water soaking is 0%, but in practice it can be more than 1% (e.g., more than 2%).

(30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1) 上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1於顯示上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率之範圍內,並無特別限定。30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1例如為未達0.5 N/20 mm,適當為未達0.4 N/20 mm,較佳為約0.3 N/20 mm以下。於若干較佳之態樣中,30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1可為0.2 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.15 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.10 N/20 mm以下。顯示上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1之表面保護片材即便於用於藥液或溫水等液中處理後,亦可發揮良好之水剝離性。上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1之下限值可以發揮所需之水剝離性之方式恰當地設定,並不限定於特定範圍。30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1之下限值可為0.0 N/20 mm,亦可為0.01 N/20 mm以上(例如0.05 N/20 mm以上)。 (Water peeling force FW1 after 30-minute warm water immersion) The water peeling force FW1 after 30-minute warm water immersion is not particularly limited to the range showing the rate of reduction in water peeling force after 30-minute warm water immersion. For example, the water peeling force FW1 after 30-minute warm water immersion may be less than 0.5 N/20 mm, preferably less than 0.4 N/20 mm, and most preferably less than about 0.3 N/20 mm. In several preferred embodiments, the water peeling force FW1 after 30-minute warm water immersion may be less than 0.2 N/20 mm, less than 0.15 N/20 mm, or less than 0.10 N/20 mm. The surface protective sheet exhibiting the above-mentioned water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion demonstrates good water peelability even after treatment with liquids such as pharmaceuticals or warm water. The lower limit of the water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion can be appropriately set to achieve the desired water peelability and is not limited to a specific range. The lower limit of the water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion can be 0.0 N/20 mm, or it can be 0.01 N/20 mm or higher (e.g., 0.05 N/20 mm or higher).

30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之水剝離力[N/20 mm]。更具體而言,30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is determined by immersing the surface of an alkaline glass with a surface having a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees, on the interface between the alkaline glass and the surface protective sheet, in warm water at 60°C ± 2°C for 30 minutes. After being removed from the warm water and the water adhering thereto, 20 μL of distilled water is supplied between the alkaline glass and the interface, allowing the distilled water to enter one end of the interface between the alkaline glass and the interface. The water peeling force [N/20 mm] is measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 180 degrees, and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. More specifically, the water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion can be measured using the method described in the embodiments below.

又,於若干態樣中,表面保護片材較佳為30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1與後述之常態水剝離力FW0相同或小於該常態水剝離力FW0。如此構成之表面保護片材即便於30分鐘溫水浸漬後亦不會產生因老化所致之水剝離力上升。因此,於保護期間中,例如於藥液處理等液中處理等中,即便有曝露於高於常溫之溫度(例如約40℃以上)之情況,表面保護片材對於被黏著體之接著力亦不上升,或接著力上升得到抑制,於表面保護片材之剝離時,基於所需之水剝離性,容易實現不會使被黏著體破損之剝離。30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1可為常態水剝離力FW0之70%以下,亦可為50%以下,亦可為30%以下,亦可為10%以下。30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1並無特別限定,為常態水剝離力FW0之0%以上,亦可為1%以上(例如3%以上)。Furthermore, among several samples, the surface protective sheet preferably exhibits a water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes that is the same as or less than the normal water peeling force FW0 described later. The surface protective sheet thus constructed will not experience an increase in water peeling force due to aging even after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes. Therefore, during the protection period, such as in liquid treatments like chemical treatments, even if exposed to temperatures higher than normal (e.g., above approximately 40°C), the adhesion of the surface protective sheet to the adherend will not increase, or the increase in adhesion will be suppressed. When peeling the surface protective sheet, based on the required water peelability, peeling without damaging the adherend can be easily achieved. After immersion in warm water for 30 minutes, the water peeling force FW1 can be less than 70%, less than 50%, less than 30%, or less than 10% of the normal water peeling force FW0. There is no particular limitation on the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes; it can be more than 0% of the normal water peeling force FW0, or more than 1% (e.g., more than 3%).

(1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2) 於若干態樣中,表面保護片材較佳為1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2為0.5 N/20 mm以上。滿足上述特性之表面保護片材即便於在以貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於液中進行處理之態樣中使用之情形時,亦可更良好地保持保護所需之接著性。例如,即便於藥液(典型而言,水溶液之形態)或溫水中使用,亦更不易產生基於水剝離性之接著力降低,例如於上述液中處理中更不易產生自端部之剝離。於若干較佳之態樣中,1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2為1.0 N/20 mm以上,亦可為1.5 N/20 mm以上,亦可為2.0 N/20 mm以上,亦可為2.5 N/20 mm以上(例如3.0 N/20 mm以上)。有如下傾向:1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2越大,即便於實施藥液或溫水等液中處理之態樣中使用,亦越容易保持優異之接著可靠性。1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2之上限可根據所要求之接著性而恰當地設定,因此並不限定於特定範圍,例如可為約15 N/20 mm以下,亦可為約10 N/20 mm以下,亦可為約5 N/20 mm以下。 (Adhesion F2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion) Among several samples, the surface protective sheet preferably has an adhesion F2 of 0.5 N/20 mm or more after 1 hour of warm water immersion. Surface protective sheets that meet the above characteristics can better maintain the required adhesion even when used in samples where the object to be protected is treated in a liquid while being adhered to it. For example, even when used in pharmaceutical solutions (typically in the form of aqueous solutions) or warm water, it is less likely to experience a decrease in adhesion due to water peeling, and peeling from the ends is less likely to occur during the aforementioned liquid treatment. In several preferred embodiments, the adhesion force F2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion is 1.0 N/20 mm or more, or 1.5 N/20 mm or more, or 2.0 N/20 mm or more, or 2.5 N/20 mm or more (e.g., 3.0 N/20 mm or more). There is a tendency that the greater the adhesion force F2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion, the easier it is to maintain excellent adhesion reliability, even when used in embodiments treated with chemicals or warm water. The upper limit of the adhesion force F2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion can be appropriately set according to the required adhesion, and is therefore not limited to a specific range; for example, it can be about 15 N/20 mm or less, or about 10 N/20 mm or less, or about 5 N/20 mm or less.

1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬1小時,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離強度[N/20 mm]。更具體而言,1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The adhesion force F2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion is the peel strength [N/20 mm] measured at a temperature of 23°C, a peel angle of 180°C, and a speed of 300 mm/min after the surface of an alkaline glass with a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees is bonded to the surface of a protective sheet. The surface is immersed in warm water at 60°C ± 2°C for 1 hour, then removed from the warm water and wiped dry. More specifically, the adhesion force F2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion can be measured using the method described in the embodiments below.

(1小時溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率FW2/F2) 又,於若干態樣中,表面保護片材較佳為1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2[N/20 mm]為上述1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2[N/20 mm]之50%以下。換言之,上述表面保護片材較佳為式:FW2/F2×100所表示之1小時溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率[%]為50%以下。如此1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2降低至1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2之50%以下之表面保護片材於貼附於保護對象物之狀態下,如上所述具有特定值以上之1小時溫水浸漬後接著力,並且於剝離時可實現不會使保護對象物破損或變形之剝離(水剝離)。更具體而言,於上述剝離時,藉由實施使用水等水性液體之水剝離,可不使保護對象物破損或變形而將表面保護片材剝離。於若干較佳之態樣中,上述1小時溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率較佳為30%以下,更佳為20%以下,進而較佳為10%以下(例如1%以下)。根據顯示此種1小時溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率之表面保護片材,即便於在長時間之液中處理等更嚴酷之條件下使用之情形時,亦可兼顧保護時之接著可靠性與剝離時之易剝離性。上述1小時溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率之下限值理論上為0%,實用上亦可為約1%以上(例如2%以上)。 (Reduction rate of water peeling force after 1 hour of immersion in warm water FW2/F2) Furthermore, in several samples, the surface protective sheet preferably has a water peeling force FW2 [N/20 mm] after 1 hour of immersion in warm water that is less than 50% of the adhesion force F2 [N/20 mm] after 1 hour of immersion in warm water. In other words, the surface protective sheet preferably has a water peeling force reduction rate [%] of less than 50% as expressed by the formula: FW2/F2×100 after 1 hour of immersion in warm water. When a surface protective sheet, after being soaked in warm water for one hour, has a water peeling force FW2 reduced to less than 50% of the adhesion force F2 after one hour of soaking in warm water, is attached to the object being protected, it exhibits an adhesion force above a certain value after one hour of soaking in warm water, as described above, and can achieve peeling without damaging or deforming the object being protected (water peeling). More specifically, during the above-mentioned peeling, by using water-based liquids such as water for water peeling, the surface protective sheet can be peeled off without damaging or deforming the object being protected. In several preferred embodiments, the reduction rate of water peeling force after 1 hour of immersion in warm water is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 20% or less, and even more preferably 10% or less (e.g., 1% or less). Surface protective sheets exhibiting this reduction rate of water peeling force after 1 hour of immersion in warm water can maintain both adhesion reliability during protection and ease of peeling even under harsher conditions such as prolonged immersion in liquid. Theoretically, the lower limit of the reduction rate of water peeling force after 1 hour of immersion in warm water is 0%, but practically it can be approximately 1% or more (e.g., 2% or more).

(1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2) 上述1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2並無特別限定,例如為未達0.5 N/20 mm,適當為未達0.4 N/20 mm,較佳為約0.3 N/20 mm以下。於若干較佳之態樣中,1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2可為0.2 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.15 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.10 N/20 mm以下。顯示上述1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2之表面保護片材即便於用於藥液或溫水等液中處理後,亦可發揮良好之水剝離性。上述1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2之下限值可以發揮所需之水剝離性之方式恰當地設定,並不限定於特定範圍。30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2之下限值可為0.0 N/20 mm,亦可為0.01 N/20 mm以上(例如0.03 N/20 mm以上)。 (Water peeling force FW2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion) The water peeling force FW2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion is not particularly limited. For example, it can be less than 0.5 N/20 mm, appropriately less than 0.4 N/20 mm, and preferably less than about 0.3 N/20 mm. In several preferred embodiments, the water peeling force FW2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion can be less than 0.2 N/20 mm, less than 0.15 N/20 mm, or less than 0.10 N/20 mm. This demonstrates that the surface protective sheet with the above-mentioned water peeling force FW2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion exhibits good water peeling properties even after treatment with liquids such as pharmaceuticals or warm water. The lower limit of the water peeling force FW2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion can be appropriately set to achieve the desired water peeling performance, and is not limited to a specific range. The lower limit of the water peeling force FW2 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion can be 0.0 N/20 mm, or it can be 0.01 N/20 mm or higher (e.g., 0.03 N/20 mm or higher).

1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬1小時,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之水剝離力[N/20 mm]。更具體而言,1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The water peeling force FW2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion is determined by immersing the surface of an alkaline glass with a surface having a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees, on the interface between the alkaline glass and the surface protective sheet, in warm water at 60°C ± 2°C for 1 hour. After being removed from the warm water and the water adhering thereto, 20 μL of distilled water is supplied between the alkaline glass and the interface, allowing the distilled water to enter one end of the interface between the alkaline glass and the interface. The water peeling force [N/20 mm] is measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 180 degrees, and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. More specifically, the water peeling force FW2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion can be measured using the method described in the embodiments below.

又,於若干態樣中,表面保護片材較佳為1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2與後述之常態水剝離力FW0相同或小於該常態水剝離力FW0。如此構成之表面保護片材即便於1小時溫水浸漬後亦不會產生因老化所致之水剝離力上升。因此,於保護期間中,例如於藥液處理等液中處理等中,即便有長時間曝露於高於常溫之溫度(例如約40℃以上)之情況,表面保護片材對於被黏著體之接著力亦不上升,或接著力上升得到抑制,於表面保護片材之剝離時,基於所需之水剝離性,容易實現不會使被黏著體破損之剝離。1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2可為常態水剝離力FW0之70%以下,亦可為50%以下,亦可為30%以下,亦可為10%以下。1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2並無特別限定,為常態水剝離力FW0之0%以上,亦可為1%以上。Furthermore, among the various samples, the surface protective sheet preferably exhibits a water peeling force FW2 after immersion in warm water for 1 hour that is the same as or less than the normal water peeling force FW0 described later. The surface protective sheet thus constructed will not experience an increase in water peeling force due to aging even after immersion in warm water for 1 hour. Therefore, during the protection period, such as in liquid treatments like chemical treatments, even with prolonged exposure to temperatures above room temperature (e.g., above approximately 40°C), the adhesion of the surface protective sheet to the adherend does not increase, or the increase in adhesion is suppressed. When peeling off the surface protective sheet, based on the required water peelability, peeling can be easily achieved without damaging the adherend. After 1 hour of warm water soaking, the water peeling force FW2 can be less than 70%, less than 50%, less than 30%, or less than 10% of the normal water peeling force FW0. There is no particular limitation on the water peeling force FW2 after soaking in warm water for 1 hour. It can be more than 0% of the normal water peeling force FW0, or more than 1%.

(常態接著力F0) 於若干態樣中,表面保護片材較佳為常態接著力F0為0.5 N/20 mm以上。常態接著力F0為特定值以上之表面保護片材容易對保護對象物發揮良好之接著性。於若干較佳之態樣中,常態接著力F0為1.0 N/20 mm以上,更佳為3.0 N/20 mm以上(例如超過3.0 N/20 mm),進而較佳為5.0 N/20 mm以上(例如超過5.0 N/20 mm),亦可為7.0 N/20 mm以上,亦可為10 N/20 mm以上。常態接著力F0越大,越容易獲得較高之接著可靠性。根據本文所揭示之技術,即便將表面保護片材以較高之接著力貼附於保護對象物,於剝離時,亦可利用水剝離,不使保護對象物破損或變形,而順利地將表面保護片材剝離去除。因此,相較於限制接著力而獲得剝離性之先前之表面保護片材,可將接著力(常態接著力F0)設定得較高。該情況意味著即便於更嚴酷之環境下使用,基於較高之接著可靠性,亦可確保充分之保護性,於實用上有益。常態接著力F0之上限可根據所要求之接著性而恰當地設定,因此並不限定於特定範圍,例如可為約20 N/20 mm以下,亦可為約15 N/20 mm以下,亦可為約10 N/20 mm以下,亦可為約6 N/20 mm以下。 (Normal Adhesion Force F0) In several embodiments, the surface protective sheet preferably has a normal adhesion force F0 of 0.5 N/20 mm or higher. Surface protective sheets with a normal adhesion force F0 of a certain value or higher tend to exhibit good adhesion to the protected object. In several preferred embodiments, the normal adhesion force F0 is 1.0 N/20 mm or higher, more preferably 3.0 N/20 mm or higher (e.g., exceeding 3.0 N/20 mm), further preferably 5.0 N/20 mm or higher (e.g., exceeding 5.0 N/20 mm), and may also be 7.0 N/20 mm or higher, or may be 10 N/20 mm or higher. The higher the normal adhesion force F0, the easier it is to obtain higher adhesion reliability. According to the technology disclosed herein, even when a surface protective sheet is attached to the object being protected with high adhesion, it can be peeled off smoothly using water without damaging or deforming the object. Therefore, compared to previous surface protective sheets that achieved peelability by limiting adhesion, the adhesion force (normal adhesion force F0) can be set higher. This means that even in harsher environments, sufficient protection can be ensured due to the higher adhesion reliability, which is beneficial in practical applications. The upper limit of the normal bonding force F0 can be appropriately set according to the required bonding strength, and is therefore not limited to a specific range. For example, it can be less than approximately 20 N/20 mm, less than approximately 15 N/20 mm, less than approximately 10 N/20 mm, or less than approximately 6 N/20 mm.

常態接著力F0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離強度[N/20 mm]。更具體而言,常態接著力F0可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The normal adhesion force F0 is the peel strength [N/20 mm] measured at 23°C, 50%RH, on the bonding surface of an alkaline glass having a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees with a surface protective sheet, after being kept in an environment of 23°C and 50%RH for 1 hour, at a peeling angle of 180 degrees and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. More specifically, the normal adhesion force F0 can be measured using the method described in the embodiments below.

(常態水剝離力降低率FW0/F0) 又,於若干態樣中,表面保護片材較佳為常態水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]為上述常態接著力F0[N/20 mm]之50%以下。換言之,上述表面保護片材較佳為式:FW0/F0×100所表示之常態水剝離力降低率[%]為50%以下。滿足該特性之表面保護片材可良好地接著於被黏著體,並且於剝離時,藉由實施使用水等水性液體之水剝離,可將表面保護片材自保護對象物容易地剝離。根據此種表面保護片材,可發揮保護所需之接著性,且於剝離時可實現不會使被黏著體破損之剝離。於若干較佳之態樣中,上述常態水剝離力降低率為30%以下,更佳為20%以下,進而較佳為10%以下,亦可為5%以下(例如3%以下)。根據顯示此種常態水剝離力降低率之表面保護片材,可成為更良好地兼顧保護時之接著可靠性與剝離時之易剝離性者。上述常態水剝離力降低率之下限值理論上為0%,實用上亦可為約1%以上(例如2%以上)。 (Reduction rate of normal water peeling force FW0/F0) Furthermore, in several samples, the surface protective sheet preferably has a normal water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] of 50% or less of the aforementioned normal adhesion force F0 [N/20 mm]. In other words, the surface protective sheet preferably has a normal water peeling force reduction rate [%] of 50% or less, expressed by the formula: FW0/F0×100. A surface protective sheet satisfying this characteristic can adhere well to the substrate, and during peeling, it can be easily peeled off from the protected object by using water-based liquids such as water. According to this type of surface protective sheet, the required adhesion can be achieved, and peeling can be performed without damaging the adhered substrate. In several preferred embodiments, the reduction rate of the above-mentioned normal water peel force is 30% or less, more preferably 20% or less, even more preferably 10% or less, and may also be 5% or less (e.g., 3% or less). Surface protective sheets exhibiting this reduction rate of normal water peel force provide a better balance between adhesion reliability during protection and ease of peeling. The lower limit of the above-mentioned reduction rate of normal water peel force is theoretically 0%, but in practice it can also be about 1% or more (e.g., 2% or more).

(常態水剝離力FW0) 上述常態水剝離力FW0並無特別限定,例如適當為未達3 N/20 mm,亦可為未達1.5 N/20 mm,亦可為約1.0 N/20 mm以下。滿足上述水剝離特性之表面保護片材藉由將水等水性液體賦予至該表面保護片材與保護對象物之接著界面而進入至該界面,可將黏著劑層容易地剝離。於若干較佳之態樣中,常態水剝離力FW0可為0.7 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.5 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.3 N/20 mm以下(例如0.1 N/20 mm以下)。上述常態水剝離力FW0之下限值可以發揮所需之水剝離性之方式恰當地設定,並不限定於特定範圍。常態水剝離力FW0之下限值可為0.0 N/20 mm,亦可為0.01 N/20 mm以上(例如0.1 N/20 mm以上)。 (Normal Water Peeling Force FW0) The above-mentioned normal water peeling force FW0 is not particularly limited. For example, it may be less than 3 N/20 mm, less than 1.5 N/20 mm, or about 1.0 N/20 mm or less. Surface protective sheets that meet the above-mentioned water peeling characteristics can easily peel off the adhesive layer by applying water or other aqueous liquids to the interface between the surface protective sheet and the protected object. In several preferred embodiments, the normal water peeling force FW0 may be less than 0.7 N/20 mm, less than 0.5 N/20 mm, or less than 0.3 N/20 mm (e.g., less than 0.1 N/20 mm). The aforementioned lower limit of the normal water stripping force FW0 can be appropriately set to achieve the desired water stripping performance and is not limited to a specific range. The lower limit of the normal water stripping force FW0 can be 0.0 N/20 mm, or it can be 0.01 N/20 mm or higher (e.g., 0.1 N/20 mm or higher).

常態水剝離力FW0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之水剝離力[N/20 mm]。更具體而言,常態水剝離力FW0可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The normal water peel force FW0 is measured at 23°C and 50%RH on the interface between the alkaline glass and the surface protective sheet, after being kept at 23°C and 50%RH for 1 hour. Then, 20 μL of distilled water is supplied between the alkaline glass and the interface, allowing the distilled water to enter one end of the interface. The water peel force [N/20 mm] is measured at 23°C, a peel angle of 180°, and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. More specifically, the normal water peel force FW0 can be measured using the method described in the embodiments below.

(水中起點剝離力) 雖無特別限定,但於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之水中起點剝離力較佳為0.2 N/10 mm以上,上述水中起點剝離力係於室溫(23~25℃)環境下在水中於剝離角度20度、拉伸速度1000 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定。滿足該特性之表面保護片材有防端部剝離性優異之傾向。於搬送等製程中,可能成為表面保護片材之端部剝離之原因之振動等外力可認為係對保護對象物以相對較小之角度所施加之高速之剝離負載。於剝離角度20度、剝離速度1000 mm/分鐘之條件下所實施之上述水中起點剝離力顯示0.2 N/10 mm以上之表面保護片材對於上述剝離負載之應力為特定值以上,因此即便於在以將上述表面保護片材貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於藥液或水等液中進行處理之製程中被施加振動等外力之情形時,針對該外力亦可發揮優異之防端部剝離性。就防端部剝離性提昇之觀點而言,上述水中起點剝離力更佳為0.3 N/10 mm以上,進而較佳為0.5 N/10 mm以上,尤佳為0.6 N/10 mm以上(例如0.7 N/10 mm以上)。上述水中起點剝離力之上限值並無特別限定,例如為3 N/10 mm以下,亦可為2 N/10 mm以下(例如1 N/10 mm以下)。上述水中起點剝離力可主要藉由將表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值設定為特定範圍而較佳地實現。又,亦可藉由黏著劑之組成(例如黏著賦予劑之使用或使用量、種類之選擇等)來提昇上述水中起點剝離力。更具體而言,上述水中起點剝離力可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。 (Underwater Peel-Off Force) While not specifically limited, in several samples, the underwater peel-off force of the surface protection sheet is preferably 0.2 N/10 mm or higher. This underwater peel-off force was measured in water at room temperature (23–25°C) under conditions of a peel angle of 20 degrees and a tensile speed of 1000 mm/min. Surface protection sheets meeting this characteristic tend to exhibit excellent resistance to end peeling. External forces such as vibrations that may cause end peeling of the surface protection sheet during handling and other manufacturing processes can be considered as high-speed peeling loads applied to the protected object at relatively small angles. The surface protective sheet exhibits a peeling force of 0.2 N/10 mm or more at a peeling angle of 20 degrees and a peeling speed of 1000 mm/min. Therefore, even when the object being protected is subjected to external forces such as vibration during the process of treating the object in a liquid such as medicine or water while the surface protective sheet is attached to it, it can still exhibit excellent anti-end peeling properties against such external forces. From the perspective of improving end-peel resistance, the aforementioned underwater initial peel force is preferably 0.3 N/10 mm or more, more preferably 0.5 N/10 mm or more, and even more preferably 0.6 N/10 mm or more (e.g., 0.7 N/10 mm or more). There is no particular limitation on the upper limit of the aforementioned underwater initial peel force; for example, it can be 3 N/10 mm or less, or 2 N/10 mm or less (e.g., 1 N/10 mm or less). The aforementioned underwater initial peel force can be preferably achieved primarily by setting the 25° bending stiffness value of the surface protective sheet to a specific range. Furthermore, the aforementioned underwater initial peel force can also be improved by the composition of the adhesive (e.g., the use, amount, and type of adhesive additive). More specifically, the aforementioned in-water stripping force can be measured using the method described in the embodiments below.

(透濕度) 於若干態樣中,表面保護片材較佳為利用杯式法所測定之透濕度為24 g/(m 2・day)以下。藉由設為具有如此限制之透濕度之構成,表面保護片材即便有以貼附於被黏著體之狀態被投入至液中等與水性液體接觸之情況,水性液體亦不易滲入至與被黏著體之接著界面,不表現基於水剝離性之接著力降低,或接著力降低得到抑制。其結果,對於被黏著體之接著力得以維持,表面保護片材可維持與被黏著體之密接狀態。此種表面保護片材可成為例如於藥液處理等液中處理中不產生自端部之剝離者。於若干較佳之態樣中,表面保護片材之上述透濕度為約20 g/(m 2・day)以下,更佳為約16 g/(m 2・day)以下,進而較佳為約12 g/(m 2・day)以下,尤佳為約8 g/(m 2・day)以下,亦可為約5 g/(m 2・day)以下,例如亦可為約3 g/(m 2・day)以下。又,於表面保護片材曝露於溫水等熱之情形時,若上述透濕度過度低,則有因該加熱所致之老化而無法有效地表現水剝離性之虞。就此種觀點而言,於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之透濕度適當為1 g/(m 2・day)以上,較佳為約3 g/(m 2・day)以上,更佳為超過5 g/(m 2・day),例如亦可為超過6 g/(m 2・day)。 (Humidity) Among several samples, the surface protective sheet preferably has a humidity permeability of 24 g/( ·day) or less, as measured by the cupping method. By configuring it with such a limited humidity permeability, even when the surface protective sheet is immersed in a liquid or comes into contact with an aqueous liquid while still attached to the substrate, the aqueous liquid does not easily penetrate to the interface with the substrate, and there is no reduction in adhesion based on water peelability, or the reduction in adhesion is suppressed. As a result, the adhesion to the substrate is maintained, and the surface protective sheet can maintain a close bond with the substrate. Such a surface protective sheet can be used in liquid treatments, such as pharmaceutical processing, without peeling from its ends. In several preferred embodiments, the moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet is approximately 20 g/( ·day) or less, more preferably approximately 16 g/( ·day) or less, even more preferably approximately 12 g/( ·day) or less, particularly preferably approximately 8 g/( ·day) or less, and may also be approximately 5 g/( ·day) or less, for example, approximately 3 g/( ·day) or less. Furthermore, if the moisture permeability is excessively low when the surface protective sheet is exposed to heat such as warm water, there is a risk that the aging caused by the heating may prevent it from effectively exhibiting water peelability. From this perspective, in several samples, the moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet is preferably 1 g/(m 2・day) or more, more preferably about 3 g/(m 2・day) or more, even more preferably more than 5 g/(m 2・day), and for example, more than 6 g/(m 2・day).

更具體而言,表面保護片材之上述透濕度例如可為23 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、22 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、21 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、20 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、19 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、18 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、17 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、16 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、15 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、14 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、13 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、12 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、11 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、10 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、9 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、8 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、7 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、6 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、5 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、4 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、3 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、2 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、或1 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下。 More specifically, the moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet can be, for example, 23 g/( ·day) or less, 22 g/( ·day) or less, 21 g/( ·day) or less, 20 g/( ·day) or less, 19 g/( ·day) or less, 18 g/( ·day) or less, 17 g/( ·day) or less, 16 g/( ·day) or less, 15 g/( ·day) or less, 14 g/( ·day) or less, 13 g/( ·day) or less, 12 g/( ·day) or less, 11 g/( ·day) or less, 10 g/( ·day) or less, 9 g/( ·day) or less, 8 ... g/(m 2・day) or more or less, 7 g/(m 2・day) or more or less, 6 g/(m 2・day) or more or less, 5 g/(m 2・day) or more or less, 4 g/(m 2・day) or more or less, 3 g/(m 2・day) or more or less, 2 g/(m 2・day) or more or less, or 1 g/(m 2・day) or more or less.

表面保護片材之上述透濕度可藉由選擇使用適當之不透濕性或低透濕性之材料(典型而言,基材)而獲得。更具體而言,表面保護片材之透濕度可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The aforementioned moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet can be obtained by selecting an appropriate material with opacity or low moisture permeability (typically, a substrate). More specifically, the moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet can be measured using the methods described in the embodiments described later.

(25℃彎曲剛度值) 於若干態樣中,表面保護片材較佳為25℃下之彎曲剛度值(25℃彎曲剛度值)處於1.0×10 -6~1.0×10 -2Pa・m 3之範圍內。滿足該特性之表面保護片材即便於在以將表面保護片材貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於藥液或水等液中進行處理之製程中被施加振動等外力之情形時,針對該外力亦不易產生自端部之剝離。具體而言,藉由使表面保護片材具有特定範圍之剛度(25℃彎曲剛度),提高對於上述製程中可能成為表面保護片材之端部剝離之原因之振動等外力之應力(剝離應力),即便於上述製程中被施加振動等外力之情形時,亦可防止產生端部剝離,或降低產生端部剝離之風險。再者,藉由上述25℃彎曲剛度值為特定值(例如10 -2Pa・m 3)以下,表面保護片材具有適於表面保護用途之剛度,容易獲得良好之剝離作業性、操作性。有保護對象物之表面追隨性亦提昇之傾向。 (25°C Bending Stiffness Value) In several samples, the surface protective sheet preferably has a bending stiffness value (25°C bending stiffness value) within the range of 1.0× 10⁻⁶ to 1.0× 10⁻² Pa・ . A surface protective sheet that meets this characteristic will not easily peel off from its ends even when subjected to external forces such as vibration during a process in which the object being protected is treated in a liquid such as a pharmaceutical solution or water while the surface protective sheet is attached to it. Specifically, by giving the surface protection sheet a specific range of stiffness (25°C bending stiffness), the stress (peeling stress) against external forces such as vibration that could cause end peeling of the surface protection sheet during the aforementioned manufacturing process is increased. Even when external forces such as vibration are applied during the aforementioned process, end peeling can be prevented or the risk of end peeling can be reduced. Furthermore, by setting the aforementioned 25°C bending stiffness value to a specific value (e.g., 10⁻² Pa· or less), the surface protection sheet possesses stiffness suitable for surface protection applications, easily achieving good peeling operability and handling. There is also a tendency to improve the surface tracking of the protected object.

就防端部剝離性之觀點而言,上述25℃彎曲剛度值D可為5.0×10 -6Pa・m 3以上,較佳為1.0×10 -5Pa・m 3以上,更佳為5.0×10 -5Pa・m 3以上,進而較佳為1.0×10 -4Pa・m 3以上,亦可為3.0×10 -4Pa・m 3以上。就防端部剝離性、剝離作業性、操作性等觀點而言,上述25℃彎曲剛度值D較佳為5.0×10 -3Pa・m 3以下,更佳為1.0×10 -3Pa・m 3以下,進而較佳為5.0×10 -4Pa・m 3以下,亦可為1.0×10 -5Pa・m 3以下。上述25℃彎曲剛度值D於特定範圍內較低就保護對象物之表面追隨性提昇之方面而言有利。 From the perspective of preventing end-stripping, the aforementioned 25°C bending stiffness value D can be 5.0 × 10⁻⁶ Pa· or more, preferably 1.0 × 10⁻⁵ Pa· or more, even more preferably 5.0 × 10⁻⁵ Pa· m³ or more, and further preferably 1.0 × 10⁻⁴ Pa· or more, or it can also be 3.0 × 10⁻⁴ Pa· or more. From the perspective of preventing end-stripping, peeling workability, and operability, the aforementioned 25°C bending stiffness value D is preferably 5.0 × 10⁻³ Pa· or less, more preferably 1.0 × 10⁻³ Pa· or less, even more preferably 5.0 × 10⁻⁴ Pa· or less, or it can also be 1.0 × 10⁻⁵ Pa· or less. The aforementioned 25°C bending stiffness value D is relatively low within a certain range, which is advantageous in terms of improving the surface tracking of the protected object.

上述25℃彎曲剛度值D[Pa・m 3]係於將基材層之厚度設為h[m]及將該基材之泊松比設為ν,將表面保護片材於溫度25℃下之拉伸彈性模數(25℃拉伸彈性模數)設為E[Pa]之情形時,藉由式: D=Eh 3/12(1-ν 2) 所求出之值。再者,黏著劑層之彎曲剛度值與基材層之彎曲剛度值相比非常小,因此表面保護片材之彎曲剛度可依賴於基材層之彎曲剛度。因此,於本說明書中,表面保護片材之彎曲剛度值D係指換算成構成表面保護片材之基材層之每單位剖面面積所得之值。基材層之剖面面積係基於基材層之厚度而算出。基材層之厚度h係設為自表面保護片材之厚度之實測值減去黏著劑層之厚度所得之值。泊松比ν於係由基材層之材質所決定之值(無因次數),且該材質為樹脂之情形時,通常可採用0.35作為ν之值。 上述25℃彎曲剛度值D[Pa・m 3]可藉由將由後述之實施例中所記載之拉伸試驗所獲得之25℃拉伸彈性模數E[Pa]及基材厚度h[m]代入上式而求出。上述25℃彎曲剛度值可為長度方向(MD:Machine Direction)之25℃彎曲剛度值,亦可為寬度方向(TD:Transverse Direction,與MD正交之方向)之25℃彎曲剛度值,因此,可為MD之25℃彎曲剛度值及TD之25℃彎曲剛度值之至少一者之25℃彎曲剛度值,或者亦可為MD或TD之任意一方向之25℃彎曲剛度值。 表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值主要可藉由構成表面保護片材之基材層之材料之選擇、厚度之設定而獲得。 The aforementioned 25°C bending stiffness value D [Pa・ ] is calculated using the formula: D=Eh³/12(1- ν² ), where the thickness of the substrate layer is h [m], the Poisson's ratio of the substrate is ν, and the tensile modulus of elasticity of the surface protection sheet at 25°C (25°C tensile modulus of elasticity) is E [Pa ] . Furthermore, the bending stiffness value of the adhesive layer is very small compared to that of the substrate layer; therefore, the bending stiffness of the surface protection sheet can depend on the bending stiffness of the substrate layer. Therefore, in this specification, the bending stiffness value D of the surface protection sheet refers to the value converted into the cross-sectional area per unit of the substrate layer constituting the surface protection sheet. The cross-sectional area of the substrate layer is calculated based on the thickness of the substrate layer. The thickness h of the substrate layer is assumed to be the value obtained by subtracting the thickness of the adhesive layer from the measured thickness of the surface protection sheet. Poisson's ratio ν is a value determined by the material of the substrate layer (dimensionless), and when the material is resin, 0.35 is typically used as the value of ν. The aforementioned 25°C bending stiffness value D [Pa・m 3 ] can be obtained by substituting the 25°C tensile modulus of elasticity E [Pa] obtained from the tensile test described in the following embodiments and the substrate thickness h [m] into the above formula. The aforementioned 25°C bending stiffness value can be the 25°C bending stiffness value in the length direction (MD: Machine Direction), or it can be the 25°C bending stiffness value in the width direction (TD: Transverse Direction, the direction orthogonal to MD). Therefore, it can be the 25°C bending stiffness value of at least one of the 25°C bending stiffness values of MD and TD, or it can be the 25°C bending stiffness value in any direction of MD or TD. The 25°C bending stiffness value of the surface protection sheet can be obtained mainly by selecting the material and setting the thickness of the substrate layer that makes up the surface protection sheet.

(25℃拉伸彈性模數) 雖無特別限定,但於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之25℃拉伸彈性模數可為100 MPa以上,亦可為500 MPa以上。於若干較佳之態樣中,上述25℃拉伸彈性模數為1000 MPa以上,更佳為3000 MPa以上,進而較佳為5000 MPa以上,亦可為6000 MPa以上。25℃拉伸彈性模數越高,可獲得越高之25℃彎曲剛度值。上述25℃拉伸彈性模數之上限並無特別限定,例如可為30 GPa以下,亦可為15 GPa以下,亦可為10 GPa以下,亦可為8000 MPa以下,亦可為6000 MPa以下,亦可為4500 MPa以下。25℃拉伸彈性模數越小,可獲得越低之25℃彎曲剛度值。又,具有上述範圍之25℃拉伸彈性模數之表面保護片材有剝離作業性、操作性、表面追隨性亦良好之傾向。 (Tensive Modulus at 25°C) While not particularly limited, in several embodiments, the tensile modulus at 25°C of the surface protective sheet may be 100 MPa or higher, or 500 MPa or higher. In several preferred embodiments, the aforementioned tensile modulus at 25°C is 1000 MPa or higher, more preferably 3000 MPa or higher, even more preferably 5000 MPa or higher, and may also be 6000 MPa or higher. A higher tensile modulus at 25°C results in a higher 25°C bending stiffness value. There is no particular upper limit to the aforementioned tensile modulus at 25°C; for example, it may be below 30 GPa, below 15 GPa, below 10 GPa, below 8000 MPa, below 6000 MPa, or below 4500 MPa. A lower tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C results in a lower 25°C flexural stiffness value. Furthermore, surface protective sheets with a tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C within the aforementioned range tend to exhibit good peelability, operability, and surface tracking properties.

(25℃100%伸長時應力) 雖無特別限定,但於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之25℃下之100%伸長時應力可為10 N/mm 2以上,適當為30 N/mm 2以上,較佳為50 N/mm 2以上,更佳為80 N/mm 2以上,亦可為120 N/mm 2以上。有如下傾向:上述100%伸長時應力越大,表面保護片材越容易具有特定以上之剛度,越容易獲得防端部剝離性。上述100%伸長時應力之上限例如為300 N/mm 2以下,亦可為200 N/mm 2以下,亦可為100 N/mm 2以下。具有上述範圍之100%伸長時應力之表面保護片材有容易發揮良好之剝離作業性、操作性、表面追隨性之傾向。 (Stress at 100% elongation at 25°C) While not particularly limited, in several samples, the stress at 100% elongation of the surface protective sheet at 25°C may be 10 N/ mm² or higher, preferably 30 N/ mm² or higher, more preferably 50 N/ mm² or higher, even more preferably 80 N/ mm² or higher, and may also be 120 N/ mm² or higher. There is a tendency that the higher the stress at 100% elongation, the easier it is for the surface protective sheet to possess a certain level of stiffness and to achieve end-peel resistance. The upper limit of the stress at 100% elongation may be, for example, 300 N/ mm² or lower, or may be 200 N/ mm² or lower, or may be 100 N/ mm² or lower. Surface protective sheets with 100% elongation stress within the above range tend to exhibit good peelability, operability, and surface traceability.

(25℃斷裂應力) 雖無特別限定,但於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之25℃下之斷裂應力可為10 N/mm 2以上,適當為30 N/mm 2以上(例如50 N/mm 2以上),較佳為100 N/mm 2以上,更佳為120 N/mm 2以上,亦可為150 N/mm 2以上。有如下傾向:上述斷裂應力越大,表面保護片材越容易具有特定以上之剛度,越容易獲得防端部剝離性。上述斷裂應力之上限例如為500 N/mm 2以下,亦可為300 N/mm 2以下,亦可為200 N/mm 2以下,亦可為150 N/mm 2以下。具有上述範圍之斷裂應力之表面保護片材有容易發揮良好之剝離作業性、操作性、表面追隨性之傾向。 (Tear stress at 25°C) While not particularly limited, in several samples, the tear stress of the surface protective sheet at 25°C may be 10 N/ mm² or higher, preferably 30 N/ mm² or higher (e.g., 50 N/ mm² or higher), more preferably 100 N/ mm² or higher, even more preferably 120 N/ mm² or higher, and may also be 150 N/ mm² or higher. There is a tendency that the higher the tear stress, the easier it is for the surface protective sheet to possess a certain or higher stiffness, and the easier it is to obtain end-peel resistance. The upper limit of the tear stress may be, for example, 500 N/ mm² or lower, or may be 300 N/ mm² or lower, or may be 200 N/ mm² or lower, or may be 150 N/ mm² or lower. Surface protective sheets with fracture stress within the above range tend to exhibit good peelability, operability, and surface tracking.

(25℃斷裂應變) 雖無特別限定,但於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之25℃下之斷裂應變可為500%以下,適當為未達300%,較佳為250%以下,亦可為200%以下。有如下傾向:上述斷裂應變越小,表面保護片材越容易具有特定以上之剛度,越容易獲得防端部剝離性。上述斷裂應變之下限例如為120%以上,亦可為150%以上,亦可為200%以上。具有上述範圍之斷裂應變之表面保護片材有容易發揮良好之剝離作業性、操作性、表面追隨性之傾向。 (Tear Strain at 25°C) While not specifically limited, in several samples, the tear strain at 25°C for the surface protective sheet can be less than 500%, preferably less than 300%, more preferably less than 250%, and may also be less than 200%. There is a tendency that the smaller the tear strain, the easier it is for the surface protective sheet to possess a certain level of stiffness and to achieve resistance to end peeling. The lower limit of the tear strain is, for example, 120% or more, or more than 150%, or more than 200%. Surface protective sheets with tear strain within the above range tend to exhibit good peelability, operability, and surface followability.

上述25℃拉伸彈性模數係根據由後述之實施例中所記載之拉伸試驗所獲得之應力-應變曲線之線性回歸而求出。又,上述100%伸長時應力[N/mm 2]、斷裂應力[N/mm 2]及斷裂應變[%]亦可藉由後述之實施例中所記載之拉伸試驗進行測定。再者,黏著劑層之機械特性值(拉伸彈性模數、100%伸長時應力、斷裂應力及斷裂應變)與基材層之上述機械特性值相比非常小,表面保護片材之上述機械特性可依賴於基材層之機械特性。因此,於本說明書中,表面保護片材之拉伸彈性模數、100%伸長時應力及斷裂應力係指換算成構成表面保護片材之基材層之每單位剖面面積所得之值。基材層之剖面面積可基於基材層之厚度而算出。基材層之厚度係設為自表面保護片材之厚度之實測值減去黏著劑層之厚度所得之值。上述25℃拉伸彈性模數可為MD之25℃拉伸彈性模數,亦可為TD之25℃拉伸彈性模數,因此,可為MD之25℃拉伸彈性模數及TD之25℃拉伸彈性模數之至少一者之25℃拉伸彈性模數,或者亦可為MD或TD之任意一方向之25℃拉伸彈性模數。同樣地,上述100%伸長時應力、斷裂應力及斷裂應變亦分別可為MD之測定值(100%伸長時應力、斷裂應力或斷裂應變),亦可為TD之測定值,因此,可為MD之測定值及TD之測定值之至少一者之測定值,或者亦可為MD或TD之任意一方向之測定值。 The aforementioned tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C is derived by linear regression of the stress-strain curve obtained from the tensile test described in the embodiments described later. Furthermore, the stress at 100% elongation [N/ mm² ], the stress at break [N/ mm² ], and the strain at break [%] can also be determined by the tensile test described in the embodiments described later. Moreover, the mechanical property values (tensile modulus of elasticity, stress at 100% elongation, stress at break, and strain at break) of the adhesive layer are very small compared to those of the substrate layer, and the mechanical properties of the surface protective sheet can depend on the mechanical properties of the substrate layer. Therefore, in this specification, the tensile modulus of elasticity, stress at 100% elongation, and tensile stress of the surface protection sheet refer to values converted into per unit cross-sectional area of the substrate layer constituting the surface protection sheet. The cross-sectional area of the substrate layer can be calculated based on the thickness of the substrate layer. The thickness of the substrate layer is assumed to be the value obtained by subtracting the thickness of the adhesive layer from the measured thickness of the surface protection sheet. The aforementioned tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C can be the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C of MD, or it can be the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C of TD. Therefore, it can be the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C of at least one of the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C of MD and the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C of TD, or it can be the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C in any direction of MD or TD. Similarly, the stress at 100% elongation, the fracture stress, and the fracture strain mentioned above can be the measured values of MD (stress at 100% elongation, fracture stress, or fracture strain), or the measured values of TD. Therefore, it can be the measured value of at least one of the measured values of MD and TD, or it can be the measured value of MD or TD in any direction.

表面保護片材之上述機械特性(25℃拉伸彈性模數、25℃100%伸長時應力、25℃斷裂應力、25℃斷裂應變)可主要藉由構成表面保護片材之基材層之材料之選擇進行設定、調節。The aforementioned mechanical properties of the surface protective sheet (tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C, stress at 100% elongation at 25°C, breaking stress at 25°C, and breaking strain at 25°C) can be set and adjusted primarily by selecting the material of the substrate layer that constitutes the surface protective sheet.

<黏著劑層> 本文所揭示之表面保護片材典型而言具備黏著劑層。上述黏著劑層例如可為包含選自丙烯酸系黏著劑、橡膠系黏著劑(天然橡膠系、合成橡膠系、該等之混合系等)、聚矽氧系黏著劑、聚酯系黏著劑、胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑、聚醚系黏著劑、聚醯胺系黏著劑、氟系黏著劑等各種黏著劑中之1種或2種以上之黏著劑而構成之黏著劑層。此處,所謂丙烯酸系黏著劑,係指以丙烯酸系聚合物作為主成分之黏著劑。橡膠系黏著劑及其他黏著劑亦為相同之含義。 <Adhesive Layer> The surface protection sheets disclosed herein typically possess an adhesive layer. This adhesive layer may, for example, be composed of one or more adhesives selected from acrylic adhesives, rubber adhesives (natural rubber, synthetic rubber, mixtures thereof), polysiloxane adhesives, polyester adhesives, urethane adhesives, polyether adhesives, polyamide adhesives, fluorinated adhesives, etc. Here, acrylic adhesives refer to adhesives whose main component is an acrylic polymer. Rubber adhesives and other adhesives have the same meaning.

再者,於本說明書中,所謂「丙烯酸系聚合物」,係指源自包含多於50重量%之丙烯酸系單體之單體成分之聚合物。上述丙烯酸系單體係指於1分子中具有至少1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之單體。又,於本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基」,係指包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基在內之含義。同樣地,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」,係指包括丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯在內之含義,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」,係指包括丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸在內之含義。上述丙烯酸系聚合物可為丙烯酸系聚合體。上述丙烯酸系聚合物例如可為於水分散型或溶劑型之黏著劑中作為基礎聚合體(主構成聚合體)含有之丙烯酸系聚合體。該情形時,本說明書中之「構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分」可改稱為「構成丙烯酸系聚合體之單體成分」。又,本說明書中,以與「構成聚合物之單體成分」或「構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分」之相對量表示之添加成分之含量可改稱為與「丙烯酸系聚合體」之相對量。Furthermore, in this specification, the term "acrylic polymer" refers to a polymer derived from a monomeric component containing more than 50% by weight of an acrylic monomer. The aforementioned acrylic monomer refers to a monomer having at least one (meth)acrylic group in one molecule. Also, in this specification, the term "(meth)acrylic" means including both acrylonitrile and methacrylic. Similarly, the term "(meth)acrylate" means including both acrylate and methacrylate, and the term "(meth)acrylic acid" means including both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. The aforementioned acrylic polymer can be an acrylic polymer. For example, the aforementioned acrylic polymer can be an acrylic polymer contained in a water-dispersible or solvent-based adhesive as a base polymer (main constituent polymer). In this case, "monomer components constituting acrylic polymers" in this specification may be changed to "monomer components constituting acrylic polymers". Furthermore, the content of added components expressed in this specification as a relative amount to "monomer components constituting polymers" or "monomer components constituting acrylic polymers" may be changed to a relative amount to "acrylic polymers".

(丙烯酸系黏著劑) 就耐候性等觀點而言,於若干態樣中,可較佳地採用丙烯酸系黏著劑作為黏著劑層之構成材料。 (Acrylic Adhesives) From the perspective of weather resistance and other factors, acrylic adhesives are preferred as the constituent material of the adhesive layer in several applications.

作為丙烯酸系黏著劑,例如較佳為包含由包含多於35重量%之在酯末端具有碳原子數1以上且20以下之直鏈或支鏈狀之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之單體成分所構成之丙烯酸系聚合物者。以下,有時將在酯末端具有碳原子數為X以上且Y以下之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯表述為「(甲基)丙烯酸C X-Y烷基酯」。具有上述鏈狀(以包含直鏈狀、支鏈狀之含義使用)烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 As an acrylic adhesive, it is preferably an acrylic polymer comprising a monomeric component consisting of more than 35% by weight of an alkyl (meth)acrylate containing a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 or more carbon atoms at the ester terminus. Hereinafter, an alkyl (meth)acrylate containing an alkyl group having X or more carbon atoms at the ester terminus is sometimes referred to as "(meth)acrylate C XY alkyl ester". The alkyl (meth)acrylate containing the above-mentioned linear (including linear and branched) alkyl groups can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於若干態樣中,就容易獲得特性之平衡而言,單體成分整體中(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之比率例如可為40重量%以上,亦可為45重量%以上,亦可為50重量%以上(例如55重量%以上)。就同樣之理由而言,單體成分中(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之比率例如可為90重量%以下,亦可為70重量%以下,亦可為65重量%以下(例如55重量%以下)。於其他若干態樣中,就容易獲得特性之平衡而言,單體成分整體中(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之比率例如可為70重量%以上,亦可為80重量%以上,亦可為90重量%以上。就同樣之理由而言,單體成分中(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之比率例如可為99.9重量%以下,亦可為99.5重量%以下,亦可為99重量%以下。 In several states, to facilitate a balance of properties, the proportion of (meth)acrylic acid C1-20 alkyl esters in the total monomer component may be, for example, 40% by weight or more, 45% by weight or more, or 50% by weight or more (e.g., 55% by weight or more). For the same reason, the proportion of (meth)acrylic acid C1-20 alkyl esters in the total monomer component may be, for example, 90% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, or 65% by weight or less (e.g., 55% by weight or less). In several other states, to facilitate a balance of properties, the proportion of (meth)acrylic acid C1-20 alkyl esters in the total monomer component may be, for example, 70% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more. For the same reason, the percentage of (meth)acrylic acid C1-20 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be, for example, 99.9% by weight or less, 99.5% by weight or less, or 99% by weight or less.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之非限定性之具體例,可例舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十九烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二十烷基酯等。 As non-limiting specific examples of C1-20 alkyl esters of (meth)acrylate, the following can be cited: methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, propyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, dibutyl methacrylate, terbutyl methacrylate, pentyl methacrylate, isoamyl methacrylate, hexyl methacrylate, heptyl methacrylate, octyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, and isooctyl methacrylate. Nonyl methacrylate, isononyl methacrylate, decyl methacrylate, isodecanyl methacrylate, undecyl methacrylate, dodecyl methacrylate, tridecyl methacrylate, tetradecyl methacrylate, pentadecyl methacrylate, hexadecyl methacrylate, heptadecanyl methacrylate, stearyl methacrylate, isostearyl methacrylate, nonadecanyl methacrylate, eicosyl methacrylate, etc.

該等之中,較佳為至少使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-20烷基酯,更佳為至少使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-18烷基酯。例如,較佳為包含丙烯酸正丁酯(BA)及丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)之一者或兩者作為上述單體成分之丙烯酸系黏著劑,尤佳為至少包含BA之丙烯酸系黏著劑。作為可較佳地使用之(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-20烷基酯之其他例,可例舉:丙烯酸異壬酯、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯(BMA)、甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHMA)、丙烯酸異硬脂酯(iSTA)等。 Among these, it is preferable to use at least a C4-20 alkyl ester of (meth)acrylate, and more preferably at least a C4-18 alkyl ester of (meth)acrylate. For example, it is preferable to use an acrylic adhesive containing one or both of n-butyl acrylate (BA) and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) as the above-mentioned monomer components, and even more preferably an acrylic adhesive containing at least BA. Other examples of C4-20 alkyl esters of (meth)acrylate that can be preferably used include: isononyl acrylate, n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (2EHMA), isostearyl acrylate (iSTA), etc.

於若干態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分可以40重量%以上之比率包含(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-18烷基酯。根據如此包含相對較多之在酯末端具有碳原子數4以上之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之單體成分,有形成親油性較高之丙烯酸系聚合物之傾向。根據親油性較高之丙烯酸系聚合物,容易形成即便浸漬於溫水等水中而接著力亦不易降低之黏著劑層。(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-18烷基酯於單體成分中所占之比率例如可為60重量%以上,亦可為70重量%以上,亦可為75重量%以上,亦可為80重量%以上。亦可為以上述之任一下限值以上之比率包含(甲基)丙烯酸C 6-18烷基酯之單體成分。 又,就提高黏著劑層之凝聚性而防止凝聚破壞之觀點而言,(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-18烷基酯於單體成分中所占之比率適當設為99.5重量%以下,亦可為99重量%以下,亦可為98重量%以下,亦可為97重量%以下。就黏著劑層之凝聚性提高之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-18烷基酯於上述單體成分中所占之比率為95重量%以下,例如適當為90重量%以下。於其他若干態樣中,(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-18烷基酯於單體成分中所占之比率可為85重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。亦可為以上述之任一上限值以下之比率包含(甲基)丙烯酸C 6-18烷基酯之單體成分。 In several embodiments, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain (meth)acrylate C4-18 alkyl esters at a ratio of 40% by weight or more. Based on such a relatively large amount of (meth)acrylate alkyl esters with alkyl groups having 4 or more carbon atoms at the ester terminus, there is a tendency to form acrylic polymers with higher oleophilicity. Acrylic polymers with higher oleophilicity tend to form adhesive layers whose adhesion is not easily reduced even when immersed in warm water or other water. The percentage of (meth)acrylate C4-18 alkyl esters in the monomer component may, for example, be 60% by weight or more, 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, or 80% by weight or more. It is also possible to have a monomer component containing (meth)acrylate C6-18 alkyl esters at a ratio of any of the above lower limits. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving the cohesiveness of the adhesive layer and preventing aggregation failure, the proportion of (meth)acrylate C4-18 alkyl ester in the monomer component is appropriately set to 99.5% by weight or less, or 99% by weight or less, or 98% by weight or less, or 97% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of improving the cohesiveness of the adhesive layer, in some samples, the proportion of (meth)acrylate C4-18 alkyl ester in the above-mentioned monomer component is 95% by weight or less, for example, appropriately 90% by weight or less. In other samples, the proportion of (meth)acrylate C4-18 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be 85% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less. It is also possible to have a monomer component containing (meth)acrylate C6-18 alkyl ester at a proportion below any of the above upper limits.

於若干態樣中,可較佳地使用由(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-4烷基酯(較佳為BA)於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率超過50重量%之單體成分所形成之丙烯酸系聚合物。根據該丙烯酸系聚合物,容易獲得具有適於表面保護用途之接著力及凝聚力之黏著劑。(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-4烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中之(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-4烷基酯之比率較佳為70重量%以上,更佳為85重量%以上,例如亦可為90重量%以上。(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-4烷基酯於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率之上限為100重量%,亦可為99重量%以下,例如亦可為未達97重量%。 Among several embodiments, an acrylic polymer formed by a monomer component comprising more than 50% by weight of a C1-4 alkyl methacrylate (preferably BA) in a (meth)acrylate containing the aforementioned chain alkyl group is preferably used. Based on this acrylic polymer, an adhesive with adhesion and cohesive strength suitable for surface protection applications can be readily obtained. One C1-4 alkyl methacrylate may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The proportion of C1-4 alkyl methacrylate in the (meth)acrylate containing the aforementioned chain alkyl group is preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 85% by weight or more, and for example, 90% by weight or more. The maximum percentage of (meth)acrylate C1-4 alkyl esters in (meth)acrylate alkyl esters having the above-mentioned chain alkyl group is 100% by weight, or it can be 99% by weight or less, for example, less than 97% by weight.

於若干較佳之態樣中,(甲基)丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率為超過50重量%(例如70重量%以上、或85重量%以上、或90重量%以上)。作為(甲基)丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯之具體例,可例舉:丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸丙酯、丙烯酸異丙酯、BA、丙烯酸異丁酯、丙烯酸第二丁酯及丙烯酸第三丁酯。(甲基)丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。若使用此種單體組成之丙烯酸系聚合物,則容易實現對於被黏著體之密接性良好之表面保護片材。其中,作為較佳之態樣,可例舉:BA於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率多於50重量%(例如70重量%以上、或85重量%以上、或90重量%以上)之態樣。(甲基)丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率為100重量%,亦可為99重量%以下,例如亦可為未達97重量%。 In several preferred embodiments, the proportion of (meth)acrylate C2-4 alkyl ester in the (meth)acrylate alkyl ester having the aforementioned chain alkyl group is greater than 50% by weight (e.g., 70% by weight or more, or 85% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more). Specific examples of (meth)acrylate C2-4 alkyl esters include: ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, BA, isobutyl acrylate, dibutyl acrylate, and tributyl acrylate. One (meth)acrylate C2-4 alkyl ester can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Using acrylic polymers composed of such monomers, it is easy to achieve surface protective sheets with good adhesion to the adherend. Among them, a preferred state is an example in which the proportion of BA in the alkyl (meth)acrylate containing the above-mentioned chain alkyl group is more than 50% by weight (e.g., more than 70% by weight, or more than 85% by weight, or more than 90% by weight). The proportion of (meth)acrylate C2-4 alkyl ester in the alkyl (meth)acrylate containing the above-mentioned chain alkyl group is 100% by weight, or it can be 99% by weight or less, for example, it can be less than 97% by weight.

於若干較佳之態樣中,可較佳地使用由(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率超過30重量%之單體成分所形成之丙烯酸系聚合物。根據該丙烯酸系聚合物,容易實現對於被黏著體之密接性良好之表面保護片材。作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸C 8-9烷基酯,更佳為丙烯酸C 8-9烷基酯,尤佳為2EHA。(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中之(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯(較佳為2EHA)之比率可為40重量%以上,適當為50重量%以上,較佳為70重量%以上,亦可為85重量%以上,例如亦可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率之上限為100重量%,亦可為99重量%以下,例如亦可為未達97重量%。 Among several preferred embodiments, an acrylic polymer formed from a monomer component comprising more than 30% by weight of a (meth)acrylate C7-12 alkyl ester in a (meth)acrylate having the aforementioned chain alkyl group can be preferably used. Based on this acrylic polymer, a surface protective sheet with good adhesion to the adherend can be readily achieved. As for the aforementioned (meth)acrylate C7-12 alkyl ester, C8-9 alkyl ester is preferred, more preferably C8-9 alkyl acrylate, and especially preferably 2EHA. One type of (meth)acrylate C7-12 alkyl ester can be used alone or in combination of two or more types. The proportion of (meth)acrylate C7-12 alkyl ester (preferably 2EHA) in the (meth)acrylate containing the above-mentioned chain alkyl group can be 40% by weight or more, appropriately 50% by weight or more, preferably 70% by weight or more, and can also be 85% by weight or more, for example, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. The upper limit of the proportion of (meth)acrylate C7-12 alkyl ester in the (meth)acrylate containing the above-mentioned chain alkyl group is 100% by weight, and can also be 99% by weight or less, for example, less than 97% by weight.

於若干較佳之態樣中,上述單體成分包含1種或2種以上之甲基丙烯酸烷基酯作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。藉由使用甲基丙烯酸烷基酯,可較佳地設計適於表面保護用途之丙烯酸系聚合物。作為上述甲基丙烯酸烷基酯,較佳為甲基丙烯酸C 1-10烷基酯,更佳為甲基丙烯酸C 1-4(進而較佳為C 2-4)烷基酯。上述甲基丙烯酸烷基酯可較佳地與丙烯酸烷基酯併用。於將甲基丙烯酸烷基酯與丙烯酸烷基酯併用之情形時,1種或2種以上之甲基丙烯酸烷基酯(例如甲基丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯)之重量C AM與1種或2種以上之丙烯酸烷基酯之重量C AA之比(C AM:C AA)並無特別限定,於若干態樣中,通常為約1:9~9:1,適當設為約2:8~8:2,較佳為約3:7~7:3,更佳為約4:6~6:4。於其他若干態樣中,甲基丙烯酸烷基酯(例如甲基丙烯酸C 1烷基酯、即甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA))於(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之總量(C AM+C AA)中所占之重量C AM通常為約30重量%以下,適當為約10重量%以下,亦可為約5重量%以下,更佳亦可為約3重量%以下。另一方面,其下限通常可為約0.1重量%以上、約0.5重量%以上。 In several preferred embodiments, the monomer component comprises one or more alkyl methacrylates as (meth)acrylates. By using alkyl methacrylates, acrylic polymers suitable for surface protection applications can be better designed. Preferably, the alkyl methacrylate is a C1-10 alkyl methacrylate, more preferably a C1-4 (and even more preferably C2-4 ) alkyl methacrylate. The alkyl methacrylate can preferably be used in combination with alkyl acrylates. When alkyl methacrylates and alkyl acrylates are used together, the weight ratio ( CAM ) of one or more alkyl methacrylates (e.g., C2-4 alkyl methacrylates) to the weight ( CAA) of one or more alkyl acrylates ( CAM : CAA ) is not particularly limited. In some samples, it is usually about 1:9 to 9:1, appropriately about 2:8 to 8:2, preferably about 3:7 to 7:3, and even more preferably about 4:6 to 6:4. In other samples, the weight CAM of alkyl methacrylates (e.g., C1 alkyl methacrylates, i.e., methyl methacrylate (MMA)) in the total amount of (meth) acrylates ( CAM + CAA ) is usually about 30% by weight or less, appropriately about 10% by weight or less, and possibly about 5% by weight or less, and even more preferably about 3% by weight or less. On the other hand, its lower limit is usually above about 0.1% by weight or above about 0.5% by weight.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分亦可包含(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、以及視需要之可與(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯共聚之其他單體(共聚性單體)。作為共聚性單體,可較佳地使用具有極性基(例如,羧基、羥基、含氮原子之環等)之單體。具有極性基之單體可有助於向丙烯酸系聚合物中導入交聯點,或提高黏著劑之凝聚力。共聚性單體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。The monomer components constituting acrylic polymers may also include alkyl (meth)acrylates, and other monomers (copolymeric monomers) that can copolymerize with alkyl (meth)acrylates as needed. As copolymeric monomers, monomers with polar groups (e.g., carboxyl, hydroxyl, nitrogen-containing rings, etc.) are preferred. Monomers with polar groups can help introduce crosslinking sites into acrylic polymers or improve the cohesiveness of adhesives. One copolymeric monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為共聚性單體之非限定性之具體例,可例舉以下者。 含羧基之單體:例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、丙烯酸羧基乙酯、丙烯酸羧基戊酯、伊康酸、順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、丁烯酸、異丁烯酸等。 含酸酐基之單體:例如順丁烯二酸酐、伊康酸酐。 含羥基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-羥基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸8-羥基辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸10-羥基癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸12-羥基月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(4-羥基甲基環己基)甲酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯等。 含有磺酸基或磷酸基之單體:例如苯乙烯磺酸、烯丙基磺酸、乙烯基磺酸鈉、2-(甲基)丙烯醯胺-2-甲基丙磺酸、(甲基)丙烯醯胺丙磺酸、(甲基)丙烯酸磺基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基萘磺酸、丙烯醯基磷酸2-羥基乙酯等。 含環氧基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯或(甲基)丙烯酸-2-乙基縮水甘油醚等含環氧基之丙烯酸酯、烯丙基縮水甘油醚、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油醚等。 含氰基之單體:例如丙烯腈、甲基丙烯腈等。 含異氰酸基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯等。 含醯胺基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯醯胺;N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二(正丁基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二(第三丁基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺等N,N-二烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺;N-乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-正丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等N-烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺;N-乙烯基乙醯胺等N-乙烯基羧酸醯胺類;具有羥基及醯胺基之單體,例如N-(2-羥基乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(2-羥基丙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(1-羥基丙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(3-羥基丙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(2-羥基丁基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(3-羥基丁基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(4-羥基丁基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺等N-羥基烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺;具有烷氧基及醯胺基之單體,例如N-甲氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丁氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等N-烷氧基烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺;以及N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基𠰌啉等。 含胺基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯酸胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁基胺基乙酯。 具有環氧基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲基縮水甘油酯、烯丙基縮水甘油醚。 具有含氮原子之環之單體:例如N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-甲基乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基吡啶、N-乙烯基哌啶酮、N-乙烯基嘧啶、N-乙烯基哌𠯤、N-乙烯基吡𠯤、N-乙烯基吡咯、N-乙烯基咪唑、N-乙烯基㗁唑、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基哌啶、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基吡咯啶、N-乙烯基𠰌啉、N-乙烯基-3-𠰌啉酮、N-乙烯基-2-己內醯胺、N-乙烯基-1,3-㗁𠯤-2-酮、N-乙烯基-3,5-𠰌啉二酮、N-乙烯基吡唑、N-乙烯基異㗁唑、N-乙烯基噻唑、N-乙烯基異噻唑、N-乙烯基嗒𠯤等(例如N-乙烯基-2-己內醯胺等內醯胺類)。 具有琥珀醯亞胺骨架之單體:例如N-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基亞甲基琥珀醯亞胺、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基-6-氧基六亞甲基琥珀醯亞胺、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基-8-氧基六亞甲基琥珀醯亞胺等。 順丁烯二醯亞胺類:例如N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-異丙基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-月桂基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺等。 伊康醯亞胺類:例如N-甲基伊康醯亞胺、N-乙基伊康醯亞胺、N-丁基伊康醯亞胺、N-辛基伊康醯亞胺、N-2-乙基己基伊康醯亞胺、N-環己基伊康醯亞胺、N-月桂基伊康醯亞胺等。 (甲基)丙烯酸胺基烷基酯類:例如(甲基)丙烯酸胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二乙基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁基胺基乙酯。 含烷氧基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-甲氧基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基丙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷基酯類;甲氧基乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲氧基聚丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等烷氧基伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯類。 含烷氧基矽烷基之單體:例如3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷。 乙烯酯類:例如乙酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯等。 乙烯醚類:例如甲基乙烯醚或乙基乙烯醚等乙烯基烷基醚。 芳香族乙烯基化合物:例如苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯等。 烯烴類:例如乙烯、丁二烯、異戊二烯、異丁烯等。 具有脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯:例如(甲基)丙烯酸環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異𦯉基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸金剛烷基酯等。 具有芳香族烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯:例如(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等。 此外,(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠酯等含雜環之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、氯乙烯或含氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含鹵素原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚矽氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含矽原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、由萜烯化合物衍生物醇獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 As non-limiting examples of copolymerizable monomers, the following can be cited: Monomers containing carboxyl groups: such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, carboxyethyl acrylate, carboxypentyl acrylate, itconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, butenoic acid, isobutenoic acid, etc. Monomers containing anhydride groups: such as maleic anhydride, itconic anhydride. Hydroxyl-containing monomers: such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, methyl (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)acrylate, and other hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates. Monomers containing sulfonic acid or phosphoric acid groups: Examples include styrene sulfonic acid, allyl sulfonic acid, sodium vinyl sulfonate, 2-(meth)acrylamide-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, (meth)acrylamide propanesulfonic acid, (meth)acrylate sulfonylpropyl ester, (meth)acryloxynaphthalene sulfonic acid, and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylphosphate. Monomers containing epoxy groups: Examples include (meth)acrylate glycidyl ester or (meth)acrylate-2-ethyl glycidyl ether, as well as epoxy-containing acrylates, allyl glycidyl ether, and (meth)acrylate glycidyl ether. Monomers containing cyano groups: Examples include acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile. Monomers containing isocyanate groups: Examples include (meth)acrylate 2-isocyanate ethyl ester. Monomers containing amide groups: Examples include (meth)acrylamide; N,N-dimethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-dipropyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-diisopropyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-di(n-butyl)(meth)acrylamide, N,N-di(tert-butyl)(meth)acrylamide, etc. N-Dialkyl(meth)acrylamide; N-ethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-isopropyl(meth)acrylamide, N-butyl(meth)acrylamide, N-n-butyl(meth)acrylamide, and other N-alkyl(meth)acrylamides; N-vinylacetamide and other N-vinylcarboxylic acid amides; monomers having hydroxyl and amide groups, such as N-(2-hydroxyethyl)( N-(2-Hydropropyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(1-Hydropropyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(3-Hydropropyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(2-Hydrobutyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(3-Hydrobutyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(4-Hydrobutyl)(meth)acrylamide, etc., are N-hydroxyl groups. Alkyl (meth)acrylamide; monomers having alkoxy and amide groups, such as N-methoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-butoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, and other N-alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylamides; as well as N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylamide, N-(meth)acrylyl α-line, etc. Amino-containing monomers: such as aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, and tributylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate. Epoxy-containing monomers: such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, methyl glycidyl (meth)acrylate, and allyl glycidyl ether. Monomers having a ring containing a nitrogen atom: for example, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylvinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpiperidone, N-vinylpyrimidine, N-vinylpiperidine, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylimidazol, N-vinylpyrazole, N-(meth)propenyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(meth)propenylpiperidine, N-(meth)propenylpiperidine, etc. (N-)Acryloylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinyl-3-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinyl-2-caprolactone, N-vinyl-1,3-vinyl-2-one, N-vinyl-3,5-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyrazole, N-vinylisothiazole, N-vinylisothiazole, N-vinylpyrrolidone, etc. (e.g., lactamines such as N-vinyl-2-caprolactone). Monomers having a succinimide skeleton: e.g., N-(meth)acryloyloxymethylenesuccinimide, N-(meth)acryloyl-6-oxyhexamethylenesuccinimide, N-(meth)acryloyl-8-oxyhexamethylenesuccinimide, etc. Cisyldiamides: such as N-cyclohexylcisyldiamide, N-isopropylcisyldiamide, N-laurylcisyldiamide, N-phenylcisyldiamide, etc. Iconamides: such as N-methyliconamide, N-ethyliconamide, N-butyliconamide, N-octyliconamide, N-2-ethylhexyliconamide, N-cyclohexyliconamide, N-lauryliconamide, etc. (Meth)acrylate aminoalkyl esters: Examples include aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, and tributylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate. Alkoxy-containing monomers: Examples include 2-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-methoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, propoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and other (meth)acrylate alkoxyalkyl esters; methoxyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, and other alkoxyalkyl glycol (meth)acrylates. Alkoxysilyl monomers: Examples include 3-(meth)propenyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(meth)propenyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-(meth)propenyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and 3-(meth)propenyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane. Ethylene esters: Examples include vinyl acetate and vinyl propionate. Ethylene ethers: Examples include vinylalkyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether or ethyl vinyl ether. Aromatic vinyl compounds: Examples include styrene, α-methylstyrene, and vinyltoluene. Alkenes: Examples include ethylene, butadiene, isoprene, and isobutene. (Meth)acrylates containing alicyclic hydrocarbon groups: Examples include cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isocyanate (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, and tetraalkyl (meth)acrylate. (Meth)acrylates containing aromatic hydrocarbon groups: Examples include phenyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and benzyl (meth)acrylate. Furthermore, (meth)acrylates containing heterocyclic groups such as tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylates containing halogen atoms such as vinyl chloride or fluorine-containing (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylates containing silicon atoms such as polysiloxane (meth)acrylates, and (meth)acrylates obtained from terpene compound derivative alcohols, etc.

於使用此種共聚性單體之情形時,其使用量並無特別限定,適當設為單體成分整體之0.01重量%以上。就更良好地發揮共聚性單體之使用效果之觀點而言,亦可將共聚性單體之使用量設為單體成分整體之0.1重量%以上,亦可設為0.5重量%以上。又,就容易獲取黏著特性之平衡之觀點而言,共聚性單體之使用量適當設為單體成分整體之50重量%以下,較佳為設為40重量%以下。When using this type of copolymer, there is no particular limitation on its amount, which is appropriately set to 0.01% by weight or more of the total monomer component. From the viewpoint of better utilizing the copolymer, the amount of copolymer can also be set to 0.1% by weight or more of the total monomer component, or even 0.5% by weight or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a balance of adhesive properties, the amount of copolymer is appropriately set to 50% by weight or less of the total monomer component, preferably 40% by weight or less.

於若干態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分可包含具有氮原子之單體。藉由使用具有氮原子之單體,可提高黏著劑之凝聚力,可較佳地提昇接著力。具有氮原子之單體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。作為具有氮原子之單體之一較佳例,可例舉具有含氮原子之環之單體。作為具有含氮原子之環之單體,可使用上述所例示者等,例如可使用通式(1): [化1] 所表示之N-乙烯基環狀醯胺。此處,通式(1)中,R 1為2價有機基,具體而言為-(CH 2) n-。n為2~7(較佳為2、3或4)之整數。其中,可較佳地採用N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮。作為具有氮原子之單體之其他較佳例,可例舉(甲基)丙烯醯胺。 In several embodiments, the monomer components constituting acrylic polymers may include monomers having nitrogen atoms. By using monomers having nitrogen atoms, the cohesive force of the adhesive can be improved, and the adhesion force can be better enhanced. Monomers having nitrogen atoms may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As a preferred example of a monomer having nitrogen atoms, a monomer having a ring containing nitrogen atoms can be cited. As a monomer having a ring containing nitrogen atoms, those exemplified above can be used, for example, the general formula (1) can be used: [Chemical 1] The N-vinylcyclic acetylamine is represented here. In general formula (1), R1 is a divalent organic group, specifically -( CH2 ) n- . n is an integer from 2 to 7 (preferably 2, 3 or 4). N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone is preferably used. As another preferred example of a monomer having a nitrogen atom, (meth)acrylamide is exemplified.

具有氮原子之單體(較佳為具有含氮原子之環之單體)之使用量並無特別限制,例如可為單體成分整體之1重量%以上,亦可為3重量%以上,進而可設為5重量%以上或7重量%以上。於若干態樣中,就接著力提昇之觀點而言,具有氮原子之單體之使用量可為單體成分整體之10重量%以上,亦可為12重量%以上,亦可為15重量%以上,亦可為20重量%以上。又,具有氮原子之單體之使用量適當設為單體成分整體之例如40重量%以下,亦可為35重量%以下,亦可為30重量%以下,亦可為25重量%以下。於其他若干態樣中,具有氮原子之單體之使用量可設為單體成分整體之例如20重量%以下,亦可設為15重量%以下。於其他若干態樣中,具有氮原子之單體之使用量可設為單體成分整體之例如12重量%以下,亦可為8重量%以下,亦可為4重量%以下。The amount of nitrogen-containing monomers (preferably monomers with nitrogen-containing rings) used is not particularly limited; for example, it can be 1% or more, 3% or more, 5% or more, or 7% or more of the total monomer component. In some samples, from the viewpoint of enhancing adhesion, the amount of nitrogen-containing monomers used can be 10% or more, 12% or more, 15% or more, or 20% or more of the total monomer component. Furthermore, the amount of nitrogen-containing monomers used is appropriately set to, for example, 40% or less, 35% or less, 30% or less, or 25% or less of the total monomer component. In other samples, the amount of nitrogen-containing monomers used can be set to, for example, 20% or less, or 15% or less of the total monomer component. In several other states, the amount of monomers containing nitrogen atoms used may be set to, for example, 12% by weight or less, 8% by weight or less, or 4% by weight or less of the total monomer component.

於若干態樣中,單體成分包含含羧基之單體。作為含羧基之單體之較佳例,可例舉丙烯酸(AA)及甲基丙烯酸(MAA)。亦可將AA與MAA併用。於將AA與MAA併用之情形時,該等之重量比(AA/MAA)並無特別限定,例如可設為約0.1~10之範圍。於若干態樣中,上述重量比(AA/MAA)例如可為約0.3以上,亦可為約0.5以上。又,上述重量比(AA/MAA)例如可為約4以下,亦可為約3以下。In several embodiments, the monomer component includes a carboxyl-containing monomer. Preferred examples of carboxyl-containing monomers include acrylic acid (AA) and methacrylic acid (MAA). AA and MAA may also be used together. When AA and MAA are used together, the weight ratio (AA/MAA) is not particularly limited, and may be set in the range of about 0.1 to 10. In several embodiments, the aforementioned weight ratio (AA/MAA) may be, for example, about 0.3 or more, or about 0.5 or more. Furthermore, the aforementioned weight ratio (AA/MAA) may be, for example, about 4 or less, or about 3 or less.

藉由使用含羧基之單體,可使水等水性液體快速地親和於黏著劑層之表面。該情況可有助於水剝離力之降低。含羧基之單體之使用量例如可為單體成分整體之0.05重量%以上,亦可為0.1重量%以上,亦可為0.3重量%以上,亦可為0.5重量%以上,亦可為0.8重量%以上,亦可為1.2重量%以上,亦可為1.5重量%以上。藉由使用特定量以上之含羧基之單體,可提高黏著劑層之凝聚力或交聯密度。上述含羧基之單體之比率例如可為15重量%以下,亦可為10重量%以下,亦可為5重量%以下,亦可為4.5重量%以下,亦可為3.5重量%以下,亦可為3.0重量%以下,亦可為2.5重量%以下。含羧基之單體之使用量不過多就抑制水向黏著劑層之整體之擴散,抑制溫水浸漬等接觸於水性液體之情形時之接著力降低之觀點而言較佳。又,含羧基之單體之使用量不過多就防止用於測定水剝離力之水被黏著劑層吸收而於剝離中途水不足之情況之觀點而言亦可變得有利。又,本文所揭示之技術亦可於上述單體成分實質上不含含羧基之單體之態樣中較佳地實施。就該觀點而言,於上述單體成分中,上述含羧基之單體之比率例如可為未達1重量%,亦可為未達0.3重量%,亦可為未達0.1重量%。By using carboxyl-containing monomers, aqueous liquids such as water can quickly adhere to the surface of the adhesive layer. This helps reduce water peeling forces. The amount of carboxyl-containing monomers used can be, for example, 0.05% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, 0.3% by weight or more, 0.5% by weight or more, 0.8% by weight or more, 1.2% by weight or more, or 1.5% by weight or more of the total monomer component. By using a certain amount or more of carboxyl-containing monomers, the cohesiveness or crosslinking density of the adhesive layer can be improved. The proportion of the aforementioned carboxyl-containing monomers can be, for example, 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, 4.5% by weight or less, 3.5% by weight or less, 3.0% by weight or less, or 2.5% by weight or less. It is preferable to use a moderate amount of carboxyl-containing monomers to suppress the diffusion of water into the adhesive layer as a whole, and to suppress the reduction of adhesion when in contact with aqueous liquids, such as during warm water immersion. Furthermore, using a moderate amount of carboxyl-containing monomers is also advantageous from the viewpoint of preventing the water used to measure water peeling force from being absorbed by the adhesive layer, thus avoiding insufficient water during peeling. Furthermore, the techniques disclosed herein can also be preferably implemented in monomeric compositions that substantially do not contain carboxyl-containing monomers. In this view, the proportion of carboxyl-containing monomers in the monomeric composition may, for example, be less than 1% by weight, less than 0.3% by weight, or less than 0.1% by weight.

於若干態樣中,單體成分可包含含羥基之單體。藉由使用含羥基之單體,可調整黏著劑之凝聚力或交聯密度,提昇接著力。作為含羥基之單體,可使用上述所例示者等,例如可較佳地採用丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEA)或丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯(4HBA)。含羥基之單體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。In several formulations, the monomer component may include hydroxyl-containing monomers. By using hydroxyl-containing monomers, the cohesive force or crosslinking density of the adhesive can be adjusted, thereby improving adhesion. Hydroxyl-containing monomers can be those exemplified above, such as preferably 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) or 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA). One hydroxyl-containing monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

使用含羥基之單體之情形時之使用量並無特別限制,例如可為單體成分整體之0.01重量%以上,亦可為0.1重量%以上,亦可為0.5重量%以上。於若干較佳之態樣中,含羥基之單體之使用量為單體成分整體之1重量%以上,更佳為5重量%以上,進而較佳為10重量%以上,例如亦可為12重量%以上。於其他若干態樣中,含羥基之單體之使用量可為單體成分整體之15重量%以上,亦可為20重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上。又,就抑制黏著劑層之吸水性之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,含羥基之單體之使用量適當設為單體成分整體之例如40重量%以下,亦可設為30重量%以下,亦可設為20重量%以下,亦可設為15重量%以下、10重量%以下、5重量%以下或3重量%以下。本文所揭示之技術亦可於實質上不使用含羥基之單體作為黏著劑層之單體成分之態樣中實施。There are no particular limitations on the amount of hydroxyl-containing monomers used, for example, it can be 0.01% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more of the total monomer component. In several preferred embodiments, the amount of hydroxyl-containing monomers used is 1% by weight or more of the total monomer component, more preferably 5% by weight or more, and even more preferably 10% by weight or more, for example, 12% by weight or more. In several other embodiments, the amount of hydroxyl-containing monomers used can be 15% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more of the total monomer component. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of suppressing the water absorption of the adhesive layer, in several samples, the amount of hydroxyl-containing monomers used is appropriately set to, for example, 40% by weight or less of the total monomer component, or 30% by weight or less, or 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, or 3% by weight or less. The technology disclosed herein can also be implemented in samples in which hydroxyl-containing monomers are not substantially used as monomer components of the adhesive layer.

於若干較佳之態樣中,丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分併用具有氮原子之單體(例如,(甲基)丙烯醯胺等含醯胺基之單體、NVP等具有含氮原子之環之單體)、及含羥基之單體(例如HEA、4HBA)作為具有極性基之單體(含極性基之單體)。藉此,可有效地提昇接著力。於併用具有氮原子之單體與含羥基之單體之態樣中,具有氮原子之單體之量A N與含羥基之單體之量A OH之重量比(A N/A OH)並無特別限定,例如可為0.1以上,亦可為0.5以上,亦可為0.8以上,亦可為1.0以上,亦可為1.2以上。又,上述重量比(A N/A OH)例如可為10以下,亦可為5以下,亦可為3以下,亦可為1.5以下。 In several preferred embodiments, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer combines a nitrogen-containing monomer (e.g., monomers containing amide groups such as (meth)acrylamide, monomers containing nitrogen-containing rings such as NVP) and a hydroxyl-containing monomer (e.g., HEA, 4HBA) as a polar monomer. This effectively enhances adhesion. In embodiments combining nitrogen-containing and hydroxyl-containing monomers, the weight ratio ( AN /AOH ) of the amount of nitrogen-containing monomer ( AN) to the amount of hydroxyl-containing monomer (AOH) is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, 0.1 or more, 0.5 or more, 0.8 or more, 1.0 or more, or 1.2 or more. Furthermore, the aforementioned weight ratio (A N / A OH ) may be 10 or less, or 5 or less, or 3 or less, or 1.5 or less.

於若干態樣中,單體成分可包含含烷氧基矽烷基之單體。含烷氧基矽烷基之單體典型而言為於一分子內具有至少1個(較佳為2個以上、例如2個或3個)之烷氧基矽烷基之乙烯性不飽和單體,其具體例如上所述。上述含烷氧基矽烷基之單體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。藉由使用含烷氧基矽烷基之單體,可於黏著劑層中導入利用矽烷醇基之縮合反應(矽烷醇縮合)形成之交聯結構。再者,含烷氧基矽烷基之單體亦可理解為下述之矽烷偶合劑。In several embodiments, the monomer component may include alkoxysilyl-containing monomers. Typically, an alkoxysilyl-containing monomer is an ethylene-unsaturated monomer having at least one (preferably two or more, e.g., two or three) alkoxysilyl groups within a molecule, examples of which are described above. The aforementioned alkoxysilyl-containing monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. By using alkoxysilyl-containing monomers, cross-linking structures formed by the condensation reaction of silanol groups (silanol condensation) can be introduced into the adhesive layer. Furthermore, alkoxysilyl-containing monomers can also be understood as silane coupling agents as described below.

於單體成分包含含烷氧基矽烷基之單體之態樣中,含烷氧基矽烷基之單體於該單體成分整體中所占之比率例如可設為0.005重量%以上,適當設為0.01重量%以上。又,就對被黏著體之密接性提高之觀點而言,上述含烷氧基矽烷基之單體之比率例如可為0.5重量%以下,亦可為0.1重量%以下,亦可為0.05重量%以下。In monomeric components comprising alkoxysilyl-containing monomers, the proportion of alkoxysilyl-containing monomers in the total monomeric component may be set to 0.005% by weight or more, and appropriately to 0.01% by weight or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion of the adherend, the proportion of the aforementioned alkoxysilyl-containing monomers may be 0.5% by weight or less, or 0.1% by weight or less, or 0.05% by weight or less.

又,就凝膠化抑制之觀點而言,若干較佳之態樣之丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分將(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷基酯及烷氧基聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯之合計比率限制為未達20重量%。上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷基酯及烷氧基聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯之合計比率更佳為未達10重量%,進而較佳為未達3重量%,尤佳為未達1重量%,於若干態樣中,上述單體成分實質上不含(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷基酯及烷氧基聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯(含量0~0.3重量%)。 同樣地,本文所揭示之丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分可為以未達20重量%之比率包含或不含含烷氧基之單體者。含烷氧基之單體於上述單體成分中所占之量較佳為未達10重量%,更佳為未達3重量%,進而較佳為未達1重量%,於尤佳之態樣中,上述單體成分實質上不含含烷氧基之單體(含量0~0.3重量%)。 Furthermore, from the perspective of inhibiting gelation, in several preferred embodiments of the acrylic polymer, the monomer composition limits the total ratio of (meth)acrylate alkoxyalkyl esters and alkoxy polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylate to less than 20% by weight. More preferably, the total ratio of (meth)acrylate alkoxyalkyl esters and alkoxy polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylate is less than 10% by weight, further preferably less than 3% by weight, and even more preferably less than 1% by weight. In several embodiments, the monomer composition substantially does not contain (meth)acrylate alkoxyalkyl esters and alkoxy polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylate (content 0-0.3% by weight). Similarly, the monomer composition of the acrylic polymers disclosed herein may include or exclude alkoxy-containing monomers at a ratio of less than 20% by weight. The alkoxy-containing monomer constitutes less than 10% by weight, more preferably less than 3% by weight, and even more preferably less than 1% by weight in the above-mentioned monomer components. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the above-mentioned monomer components substantially do not contain alkoxy-containing monomers (content 0-0.3% by weight).

又,於若干較佳之態樣中,丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分將親水性單體之比率設定為恰當之範圍。藉此,可較佳地發揮水剝離性。此處,本說明書中之「親水性單體」係指含羧基之單體、含酸酐基之單體、含羥基之單體、具有氮原子之單體(典型而言,(甲基)丙烯醯胺等含醯胺基之單體、N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮等具有含氮原子之環之單體)及含烷氧基之單體(典型而言,(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷基酯及烷氧基聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯)。該態樣中,丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中上述親水性單體之比率適當為40重量%以下(例如35重量%以下),較佳為32重量%以下,例如可為30重量%以下,亦可為28重量%以下。並無特別限定,丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中上述親水性單體之比率可為1重量%以上,亦可為10重量%以上,亦可為20重量%以上。Furthermore, in several preferred embodiments, the monomer composition of the acrylic polymer has the hydrophilic monomer ratio set within an appropriate range. This allows for better water exfoliation. Here, "hydrophilic monomer" in this specification refers to monomers containing carboxyl groups, monomers containing anhydride groups, monomers containing hydroxyl groups, monomers with nitrogen atoms (typically, monomers containing amide groups such as (meth)acrylamide, and monomers with rings containing nitrogen atoms such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone), and monomers containing alkoxy groups (typically, alkoxyalkyl esters of (meth)acrylate and alkoxy polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylate). In this sample, the proportion of the hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is preferably 40% by weight or less (e.g., 35% by weight or less), more preferably 32% by weight or less, for example, 30% by weight or less, or 28% by weight or less. There is no particular limitation; the proportion of the hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer can be 1% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more.

於若干態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分可包含含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。藉此,可提高黏著劑之凝聚力,提昇接著力。含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。作為含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,可使用上述所例示者等,例如可較佳地採用丙烯酸環己酯或丙烯酸異𦯉基酯。使用含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之情形時之使用量並無特別限制,例如可設為單體成分整體之1重量%以上、3重量%以上或5重量%以上。於若干態樣中,含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之使用量可為單體成分整體之10重量%以上,亦可為15重量%以上。含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之使用量之上限適當設為約40重量%以下,例如可為30重量%以下,亦可為25重量%以下(例如15重量%以下、進而10重量%以下)。In several embodiments, the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may include (meth)acrylates containing alicyclic hydrocarbons. This improves the cohesiveness of the adhesive and enhances adhesion. One type of (meth)acrylate containing alicyclic hydrocarbons may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As alicyclic hydrocarbon (meth)acrylate, those exemplified above can be used, such as preferably cyclohexyl acrylate or isopropyl acrylate. There are no particular limitations on the amount of (meth)acrylate containing alicyclic hydrocarbons used; for example, it may be set to 1% or more, 3% or more, or 5% or more of the total monomer component. In several formulations, the amount of (meth)acrylate containing alicyclic hydrocarbons may be 10% by weight or more, or 15% by weight or more, of the total monomer component. The upper limit of the amount of (meth)acrylate containing alicyclic hydrocarbons is appropriately set at about 40% by weight or less, for example, 30% by weight or less, or 25% by weight or less (e.g., 15% by weight or less, and further 10% by weight or less).

於若干較佳之態樣中,丙烯酸系聚合物包含該丙烯酸系聚合物每100 g為0.05 mol~0.45 mol之具有極性基之單體(含極性基之單體)作為單體成分。藉此,對於極性之被黏著體之接著性提昇,例如溫水浸漬後之接著力亦可維持得較高。可認為藉由將上述極性基導入至丙烯酸系聚合物,例如基於針對玻璃等極性被黏著體之氫鍵而界面接著力提昇。作為含極性基之單體,可使用上述之含羧基之單體(典型而言,AA、MAA等)、含羥基之單體(典型而言,HEA、4HBA等)、具有氮原子之單體(典型而言,(甲基)丙烯醯胺等含醯胺基之單體、NVP等具有含氮原子之環之單體)之1種或2種以上。關於丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之含極性基之單體之比率,就有效地發揮含極性基之單體之作用之觀點而言,丙烯酸系聚合物每100 g,適當設為0.10 mol以上,較佳為0.15 mol以上,更佳為0.20 mol以上,例如亦可為0.24 mol以上。又,關於丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之含極性基之單體之比率之上限,丙烯酸系聚合物每100 g,適當設為0.40 mol以下,較佳為0.35 mol以下,例如亦可為0.30 mol以下。In several preferred embodiments, the acrylic polymer comprises 0.05 mol to 0.45 mol of a polar-group-containing monomer per 100 g of the acrylic polymer as a monomer component. This improves the adhesion to polar substrates, for example, maintaining higher adhesion after immersion in warm water. It can be considered that by introducing the aforementioned polar groups into the acrylic polymer, for example, based on hydrogen bonds targeting polar substrates such as glass, interfacial adhesion is improved. As a monomer containing a polar group, one or more of the above-mentioned monomers containing carboxyl groups (typically AA, MAA, etc.), monomers containing hydroxyl groups (typically HEA, 4HBA, etc.), and monomers having nitrogen atoms (typically (meth)acrylamide and other monomers containing amide groups, NVP and other monomers having nitrogen-containing rings) can be used. Regarding the ratio of monomers containing polar groups in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer, from the viewpoint of effectively exerting the role of monomers containing polar groups, it is appropriate to set the ratio to be 0.10 mol or more per 100 g of acrylic polymer, preferably 0.15 mol or more, more preferably 0.20 mol or more, and for example, 0.24 mol or more. Furthermore, regarding the upper limit of the proportion of polar monomers in the monomer composition of acrylic polymers, it is appropriate to set it to less than 0.40 mol per 100 g of acrylic polymer, preferably less than 0.35 mol, and for example, less than 0.30 mol.

單體成分之組成可以基於該單體成分之組成藉由Fox公式所求出之玻璃轉移溫度(以下,亦稱為「聚合物之玻璃轉移溫度」)成為-75℃以上且-10℃以下之方式設定。於若干態樣中,上述聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物、典型而言丙烯酸系聚合體)之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)適當為-15℃以下,較佳為-20℃以下,更佳為-25℃以下,進而較佳為-30℃以下,亦可為-40℃以下(例如-55℃以下)。若上述聚合物之Tg變低,則存在黏著劑層對於基材層之密接性或對於被黏著體之接著性總體而言提昇之傾向。根據該黏著劑層,於未意圖黏著劑層之剝離之狀況下容易抑制水滲入至被黏著體與黏著劑層之界面。該情況就抑制溫水浸漬等接觸於水性液體之情形時之接著力降低之觀點而言可變得有利。又,就容易提高接著力之觀點而言,聚合物之Tg例如可為-70℃以上,亦可為-65℃以上。於其他若干態樣中,上述Tg例如可為-60℃以上,亦可為-50℃以上,亦可為-45℃以上或-40℃以上。The composition of the monomer components can be set such that the glass transition temperature (hereinafter, also referred to as the "glass transition temperature of the polymer") calculated by the Fox formula based on the composition of the monomer components is above -75°C and below -10°C. In several embodiments, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the aforementioned polymer (e.g., acrylic polymers, typically acrylic polymers) is preferably below -15°C, more preferably below -20°C, even more preferably below -25°C, and further preferably below -30°C, and may also be below -40°C (e.g., below -55°C). If the Tg of the aforementioned polymer is lower, there is a tendency for the adhesion of the adhesive layer to the substrate layer or the overall adhesion of the adherend to the substrate to be improved. According to this adhesive layer, water penetration to the interface between the adherend and the adhesive layer is easily suppressed even when the adhesive layer is not intended to be peeled off. This is advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing the decrease in adhesion when in contact with aqueous liquids, such as when immersed in warm water. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of easily improving adhesion, the Tg of the polymer can be, for example, above -70°C or above -65°C. In several other embodiments, the aforementioned Tg can be, for example, above -60°C, above -50°C, above -45°C, or above -40°C.

此處,如下所示,上述Fox公式係共聚物之Tg、與構成該共聚物之各單體單獨聚合而成之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度Tgi之關係式。 1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi) 再者,於上述Fox公式中,Tg表示共聚物之玻璃轉移溫度(單位:K),Wi表示該共聚物中之單體i之重量分率(重量基準之共聚比率),Tgi表示單體i之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度(單位:K)。 Here, as shown below, the Fox formula above relates the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the copolymer to the glass transition temperature (Tgi) of the homopolymer formed by the individual polymerization of the monomers constituting the copolymer. 1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi) Furthermore, in the Fox formula above, Tg represents the glass transition temperature of the copolymer (unit: K), Wi represents the weight fraction of monomer i in the copolymer (weight-based copolymerization ratio), and Tgi represents the glass transition temperature (unit: K) of the homopolymer of monomer i.

作為用於算出Tg之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度,使用公知資料中所記載之值。例如,關於以下所例舉之單體,該單體之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度使用以下之值。 丙烯酸2-乙基己酯        -70℃ 丙烯酸正丁酯              -55℃ 甲基丙烯酸正丁酯        20℃ 丙烯酸異硬脂酯           -18℃ 甲基丙烯酸甲酯           105℃ 丙烯酸甲酯                 8℃ 丙烯酸環己酯              15℃ N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮   54℃ 丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯        -15℃ 丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯        -40℃ 甲基丙烯酸二環戊酯     175℃ 丙烯酸異𦯉基酯           94℃ 丙烯酸                        106℃ 甲基丙烯酸                 228℃ The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the homopolymer used to calculate the glass transition temperature is the value recorded in known sources. For example, for the monomers listed below, the following values are used for the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of those monomers. 2-Ethylhexyl acrylate: -70℃ n-Butyl acrylate: -55℃ n-Butyl methacrylate: 20℃ Isostearic acid acrylate: -18℃ Methyl methacrylate: 105℃ Methyl acrylate: 8℃ Cyclohexyl acrylate: 15℃ N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone: 54℃ 2-Hydroethyl acrylate: -15℃ 4-Hydrobutyl acrylate: -40℃ Dicyclopentyl methacrylate: 175℃ Isopropyl acrylate: 94℃ Acrylic acid: 106℃ Methacrylamide: 228℃

關於上述例示以外之單體之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度,使用「Polymer Handbook」(第3版,John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989)中所記載之數值。於在本文獻中記載有複數種值之情形時,採用最高值。For the glass transition temperatures of homopolymers of monomers other than those illustrated above, the values recorded in the "Polymer Handbook" (3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989) shall be used. In cases where multiple values are recorded in this literature, the highest value shall be used.

關於上述Polymer Handbook中亦未記載均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度之單體,使用藉由以下之測定方法所獲得之值(參照日本專利申請案公開2007-51271號公報)。具體而言,於具備溫度計、攪拌機、氮氣導入管及回流冷卻管之反應器中,投入單體100重量份、偶氮雙異丁腈0.2重量份及作為聚合溶劑之乙酸乙酯200重量份,一面使氮氣流通一面攪拌1小時。如此去除聚合系內之氧後,升溫至63℃而反應10小時。繼而,冷卻至室溫,獲得固形物成分濃度33重量%之均聚物溶液。繼而,將該均聚物溶液流延塗佈於剝離襯墊上,進行乾燥而製作厚度約2 mm之試驗樣品(片狀之均聚物)。將該試驗樣品沖裁成直徑7.9 mm之圓盤狀,由平行板夾入,使用黏彈性試驗機(ARES,Rheometrics公司製造),一面賦予頻率1 Hz之剪切應變,一面於溫度區域-70~150℃、5℃/分鐘之升溫速度下藉由剪切模式測定黏彈性,將tanδ之峰頂溫度設為均聚物之Tg。Regarding the monomer whose glass transition temperature of the homopolymer is not recorded in the aforementioned Polymer Handbook, the value obtained by the following determination method was used (see Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-51271). Specifically, in a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a nitrogen inlet pipe, and a reflux cooling pipe, 100 parts by weight of the monomer, 0.2 parts by weight of azobisisobutyronitrile, and 200 parts by weight of ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent were added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour while nitrogen was flowing through it. After removing oxygen from the polymerization system, the temperature was raised to 63°C and the reaction was carried out for 10 hours. Then, the mixture was cooled to room temperature to obtain a homopolymer solution with a solid content of 33% by weight. Next, the homopolymer solution was cast onto a release liner and dried to produce a test sample (sheet-shaped homopolymer) with a thickness of approximately 2 mm. The test sample was punched into a disc shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm, clamped between parallel plates, and the viscoelasticity was measured in shear mode using a viscoelasticity testing machine (ARES, manufactured by Rheometrics) while applying shear strain at a frequency of 1 Hz in the temperature range of -70 to 150 °C at a heating rate of 5 °C/min. The peak temperature of tanδ was set as the Tg of the homopolymer.

本文所揭示之黏著劑層中所含之聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物、典型而言丙烯酸系聚合體)並無特別限定,較佳為SP值為23.0(MJ/m 3) 1/2以下。包含具有此種SP值之聚合物之黏著劑例如藉由含有後述之水親和劑,可成為較佳地實現具有充分之接著強度,並且具有優異之水剝離性之黏著劑者。上述SP值更佳為21.0(MJ/m 3) 1/2以下(例如20.0(MJ/m 3) 1/2以下)。上述SP值之下限並無特別限定,例如為約10.0(MJ/m 3) 1/2以上,又,適當為約15.0(MJ/m 3) 1/2以上,較佳為18.0(MJ/m 3) 1/2以上。 The polymers (e.g., acrylic polymers, typically acrylic polymers) contained in the adhesive layer disclosed herein are not particularly limited, but preferably have an SP value of 23.0 (MJ/ ) 1/2 or less. Adhesives containing polymers with such SP values, for example by containing the water affinity agent described later, can preferably achieve adhesives with sufficient adhesive strength and excellent water peelability. The aforementioned SP value is more preferably 21.0 (MJ/ ) 1/2 or less (e.g., 20.0 (MJ/ ) 1/2 or less). There is no particular limitation on the lower limit of the above SP value, for example, it is about 10.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or more, and appropriately it is about 15.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or more, preferably it is 18.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or more.

再者,上述聚合物之SP值可依據Fedors之算出法[參照「聚合物工程與科學(POLYMER ENG. & SCI.)」,第14卷,第2號(1974),第148~154頁]即,式: SP值δ=(ΣΔe/ΣΔv) 1/2(上式中,Δe為25℃下之各原子或原子團之蒸發能量Δe,Δv為相同溫度下之各原子或原子團之莫耳體積) 進行計算。具有上述SP值之聚合物可藉由基於業者之技術常識,恰當地決定單體組成而獲得。 Furthermore, the SP value of the aforementioned polymer can be calculated using Fedors' method [see "Polymer Engineering and Science", Vol. 14, No. 2 (1974), pp. 148-154], i.e., the formula: SP value δ = (ΣΔe/ΣΔv) ^(1/2 ) (where Δe is the evaporation energy of each atom or group at 25°C, and Δv is the mole volume of each atom or group at the same temperature). Polymers with the aforementioned SP value can be obtained by appropriately determining the monomer composition based on the industry's technical expertise.

黏著劑層可使用以聚合物、未聚合物(即,聚合性官能基為未反應之形態)、或者該等之混合物之形態包含如上所述之組成之單體成分之黏著劑組合物而形成。上述黏著劑組合物可為如下各種形態:黏著劑(黏著成分)分散於水中之形態之水分散型黏著劑組合物、於有機溶劑中包含黏著劑之形態之溶劑型黏著劑組合物、以藉由紫外線或放射線等活性能量線進行硬化而形成黏著劑之方式製備之活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組合物(例如光硬化型黏著劑組合物)、於加熱熔融狀態下進行塗敷並冷卻至室溫附近時會形成黏著劑之熱熔型黏著劑組合物等。The adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition comprising a monomeric component as described above, in the form of a polymer, a non-polymer (i.e., a polymerizable functional group in an unreacted form), or a mixture thereof. The adhesive composition can take various forms, including: a water-dispersible adhesive composition in which the adhesive (adhesive component) is dispersed in water; a solvent-based adhesive composition in which the adhesive is contained in an organic solvent; an active energy line-curing adhesive composition (e.g., a light-curing adhesive composition) prepared by curing with active energy lines such as ultraviolet light or radiation to form an adhesive; and a hot-melt adhesive composition that forms an adhesive when applied in a heated molten state and cooled to near room temperature.

聚合時,根據聚合方法或聚合態樣等,可使用公知或慣用之熱聚合起始劑或光聚合起始劑。此種聚合起始劑可單獨使用1種或適宜組合使用2種以上。During polymerization, depending on the polymerization method or polymerization state, known or commonly used thermal polymerization initiators or photopolymerization initiators may be used. Such polymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more as appropriate.

作為熱聚合起始劑,並無特別限定,例如可使用偶氮系聚合起始劑、過氧化物系起始劑、利用過氧化物與還原劑之組合獲得之氧化還原系起始劑、取代乙烷系起始劑等。更具體而言,可例示:例如2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙脒)二硫酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-脒基丙烷)二鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙[2-(5-甲基-2-咪唑啉-2-基)丙烷]二鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙(N,N'-二亞甲基異丁基脒)、2,2'-偶氮雙[N-(2-羧基乙基)-2-甲基丙脒]水合物等偶氮系起始劑;例如過硫酸鉀、過硫酸銨等過硫酸鹽;過氧化苯甲醯、氫過氧化第三丁基、過氧化氫等過氧化物系起始劑;例如苯基取代乙烷等取代乙烷系起始劑;例如過硫酸鹽與亞硫酸氫鈉之組合、過氧化物與抗壞血酸鈉之組合等氧化還原系起始劑等,但並不限定於該等。再者,熱聚合可於例如20~100℃(典型而言40~80℃)左右之溫度下較佳地實施。There are no particular limitations on its use as a thermal polymerization initiator. For example, azo-based polymerization initiators, peroxide-based initiators, redox initiators obtained by combining peroxides and reducing agents, and substituted ethane-based initiators can be used. More specifically, examples include: 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropane)disulfate, 2,2'-azobis(2-amylpropane)dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis[2-(5-methyl-2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane]dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis(N,N'-dimethyleneisobutylamidine), 2,2'-azobis[N-(2-... Azo-based initiators such as [-carboxyethyl]-2-methylpropanedione hydrate; persulfates such as potassium persulfate and ammonium persulfate; peroxide-based initiators such as benzoyl peroxide, tributyl hydroperoxide, and hydrogen peroxide; substituted ethane-based initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; redox initiators such as combinations of persulfates and sodium bisulfite, and combinations of peroxides and sodium ascorbate, etc., but not limited to these. Furthermore, thermal polymerization is preferably carried out at temperatures of, for example, around 20–100°C (typically 40–80°C).

作為光聚合起始劑,並無特別限定,例如可使用縮酮系光聚合起始劑、苯乙酮系光聚合起始劑、安息香醚系光聚合起始劑、醯基氧化膦系光聚合起始劑、α-酮醇系光聚合起始劑、芳香族磺醯氯系光聚合起始劑、光活性肟系光聚合起始劑、安息香系光聚合起始劑、苯偶醯系光聚合起始劑、二苯甲酮系光聚合起始劑、9-氧硫𠮿系光聚合起始劑等。There are no particular limitations on the type of photopolymerization initiator used. For example, ketone-based, acetophenone-based, benzoin ether-based, phosphine oxide-based, α-ketool-based, aromatic sulfonyl chloride-based, photoactive oxime-based, benzoin-based, benzoin-based, benzoin-based, benzoyl acetone-based, and 9-oxosulfuron-methyl-2-ethylhexylene ... Photopolymerization initiators, etc.

此種熱聚合起始劑或光聚合起始劑之使用量可設為與聚合方法或聚合態樣等對應之通常之使用量,並無特別限定。例如,相對於聚合對象之單體100重量份,可使用聚合起始劑約0.001~5重量份(典型而言為約0.01~2重量份、例如約0.01~1重量份)。The amount of such thermal polymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator used can be set to the usual amount corresponding to the polymerization method or polymerization state, and there is no particular limitation. For example, about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight of polymerization initiator can be used relative to 100 parts by weight of monomer of the polymerization target (typically about 0.01 to 2 parts by weight, for example about 0.01 to 1 part by weight).

上述聚合中,可視需要使用先前公知之各種鏈轉移劑(亦可理解為分子量調節劑或聚合度調節劑)。作為鏈轉移劑,可使用正十二烷基硫醇、第三-十二烷基硫醇、硫代乙醇酸等硫醇類。或者,亦可使用不含硫原子之鏈轉移劑(非硫繫鏈轉移劑)。作為非硫繫鏈轉移劑之具體例,可例舉:N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二乙基苯胺等苯胺類;α-蒎烯、異松油烯等萜類;α-甲基苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯二聚物等苯乙烯類;二亞苄基丙酮、肉桂醇、肉桂醛等具有亞苄基之化合物;對苯二酚、二羥基萘等對苯二酚類;苯醌、萘醌等醌類;2,3-二甲基-2-丁烯、1,5-環辛二烯等烯烴類;苯酚、苄醇、烯丙醇等醇類;二苯基苯、三苯基苯等苄基氫類等。 鏈轉移劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。於使用鏈轉移劑之情形時,其使用量相對於單體成分100重量份,可設為例如約0.01~1重量份左右。本文所揭示之技術亦可於不使用鏈轉移劑之態樣中較佳地實施。 In the above polymerization, various previously known chain transfer agents (which can also be understood as molecular weight regulators or degree of polymerization regulators) may be used as needed. Thiols such as n-dodecyl mercaptan, ter-dodecyl mercaptan, and thioglycolic acid can be used as chain transfer agents. Alternatively, chain transfer agents that do not contain sulfur atoms (non-sulfur chain transfer agents) may also be used. Specific examples of non-sulfur chain transfer agents include: anilines such as N,N-dimethylaniline and N,N-diethylaniline; terpenes such as α-pinene and isoprene; styrene compounds such as α-methylstyrene and α-methylstyrene dimer; compounds containing benzylidene groups such as dibenzylacetone, cinnamyl alcohol, and cinnamaldehyde; hydroquinones such as hydroquinone and dihydroxynaphthalene; quinones such as benzoquinone and naphthoquinone; alkenes such as 2,3-dimethyl-2-butene and 1,5-cyclooctadiene; alcohols such as phenol, benzyl alcohol, and allyl alcohol; and benzylhydrogen compounds such as diphenylbenzene and triphenylbenzene. Chain transfer agents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using a chain transfer agent, the amount used, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component, can be set to, for example, about 0.01 to 1 part by weight. The technique disclosed herein can also be preferably implemented in samples without the use of a chain transfer agent.

適宜採用上述之各種聚合法而獲得之聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物、典型而言丙烯酸系聚合體)之分子量並無特別限制,可根據要求性能等而設定為適當之範圍。上述聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)適當為約10×10 4以上,例如可為約15×10 4以上。藉由使用具有特定值以上之Mw之聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物),可平衡良好地兼顧凝聚力與接著力。於若干態樣中,就獲得良好之接著可靠性之觀點而言,上述Mw可為20×10 4以上,亦可為30×10 4以上(例如超過30×10 4),亦可為約40×10 4以上,亦可為約50×10 4以上,例如亦可為約55×10 4以上。上述聚合物之Mw之上限並無特別限定,例如可為約500×10 4以下(例如約150×10 4以下),亦可為約75×10 4以下。於若干較佳之態樣中,上述Mw可為未達50×10 4,亦可為未達40×10 4,亦可為未達35×10 4(例如未達30×10 4)。根據具有此種Mw之聚合物,有容易將黏著劑之60℃損失彈性模數調節為特定範圍之傾向。此處,所謂Mw,係指藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)所獲得之標凖聚苯乙烯換算之值。作為GPC裝置,例如使用機種名「HLC-8320GPC」(管柱:TSKgelGMH-H(S),東曹公司製造)即可。於後述之實施例中亦相同。 There are no particular limitations on the molecular weight of polymers (e.g., acrylic polymers, typically acrylic polymers) suitable for the various polymerization methods described above, and they can be set to an appropriate range according to the required performance. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the above polymers is preferably about 10 × 10⁴ or higher, for example, about 15 × 10⁴ or higher. By using polymers with a specific or higher Mw value (e.g., acrylic polymers), a good balance between cohesiveness and adhesion can be achieved. In some cases, from the viewpoint of obtaining good adhesion reliability, the above Mw can be 20 × 10⁴ or higher, or 30 × 10⁴ or higher (e.g., exceeding 30 × 10⁴ ), or about 40 × 10⁴ or higher, or about 50 × 10⁴ or higher, for example, about 55 × 10⁴ or higher. There is no particular upper limit to the Mw of the aforementioned polymers; for example, it can be less than approximately 500 × 10⁴ (e.g., less than approximately 150 × 10⁴ ) or less than approximately 75 × 10⁴ . In some preferred embodiments, the aforementioned Mw can be less than 50 × 10⁴ , less than 40 × 10⁴ , or less than 35 × 10⁴ (e.g., less than 30 × 10⁴ ). With polymers having such Mw, there is a tendency to easily adjust the elastic modulus of the adhesive at 60°C to a specific range. Here, Mw refers to the value converted from standard polystyrene obtained by gel osmosis chromatography (GPC). As a GPC device, for example, the model name "HLC-8320GPC" (pipe column: TSKgelGMH-H(S), manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) can be used. The same applies to the embodiments described later.

若干態樣之表面保護片材具有由水分散型黏著劑組合物所形成之黏著劑層。作為水分散型黏著劑組合物之代表例,可例舉乳液型黏著劑組合物。乳液型黏著劑組合物典型而言含有單體成分之聚合物、及視需要使用之添加劑。Several types of surface protective sheets have an adhesive layer formed by a water-dispersible adhesive composition. As a representative example of a water-dispersible adhesive composition, an emulsion adhesive composition can be cited. Emulsion adhesive compositions typically contain a polymer of monomeric components and additives used as needed.

單體成分之乳液聚合通常於乳化劑之存在下進行。作為乳液聚合用之乳化劑,並無特別限制,可使用公知之陰離子性乳化劑、非離子性乳化劑等。乳化劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。Emulsion polymerization of monomer components is usually carried out in the presence of an emulsifier. There are no particular restrictions on the emulsifier used in emulsion polymerization; known anionic emulsifiers, nonionic emulsifiers, etc., can be used. One emulsifier can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為陰離子性乳化劑之非限定性之例,可例舉:月桂基硫酸鈉、月桂基硫酸銨、十二烷基苯磺酸鈉、聚氧乙烯月桂基硫酸鈉、聚氧乙烯烷基醚硫酸鈉、聚氧乙烯烷基苯醚硫酸銨、聚氧乙烯烷基苯醚硫酸鈉、聚氧乙烯烷基磺基琥珀酸鈉等。作為非離子性乳化劑之非限定性之例,可例舉:聚氧乙烯烷基醚、聚氧乙烯烷基苯醚、聚氧乙烯脂肪酸酯、聚氧乙烯聚氧丙烯嵌段聚合體等。亦可使用具有反應性官能基之乳化劑(反應性乳化劑)。作為反應性乳化劑之例,可例舉於上述之陰離子性乳化劑或非離子性乳化劑中,導入有丙烯基或烯丙醚基等自由基聚合性官能基之結構之自由基聚合性乳化劑。Examples of non-ionic emulsifiers include: sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate, polyoxyethylene sodium lauryl sulfate, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sodium sulfate, polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether ammonium sulfate, polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sodium sulfate, and polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfosuccinate. Examples of non-ionic emulsifiers include: polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, and polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block polymers. Emulsifiers with reactive functional groups (reactive emulsifiers) may also be used. Examples of reactive emulsifiers include free radical polymerizable emulsifiers, which incorporate free radical polymerizable functional groups such as propylene or allyl ether groups into the structure of the aforementioned anionic or nonionic emulsifiers.

乳液聚合中之乳化劑之使用量相對於單體成分100重量份,例如可為0.2重量份以上,亦可為0.5重量份以上,亦可為1.0重量份以上,亦可為1.5重量份以上。又,就抑制溫水浸漬後之接著力降低等觀點而言,於若干態樣中,乳化劑之使用量相對於單體成分100重量份適當設為10重量份以下,較佳為設為5重量份以下,亦可設為3重量份以下。再者,此處用於乳液聚合之乳化劑亦可作為黏著劑層之水親和劑發揮功能。The amount of emulsifier used in emulsion polymerization relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component can be, for example, 0.2 parts by weight or more, 0.5 parts by weight or more, 1.0 parts by weight or more, or 1.5 parts by weight or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of suppressing the decrease in adhesion after soaking in warm water, in several samples, the amount of emulsifier used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is appropriately set to 10 parts by weight or less, preferably 5 parts by weight or less, and can also be set to 3 parts by weight or less. Moreover, the emulsifier used in emulsion polymerization here can also function as a hydrophilic agent in the adhesive layer.

根據乳液聚合,可獲得單體成分之聚合物分散於水中之乳液形態之聚合反應液。用於形成黏著劑層之水分散型黏著劑組合物可使用上述聚合反應液較佳地製造。According to emulsion polymerization, a polymerization reaction solution in which the polymer of the monomer components is dispersed in water in the form of an emulsion can be obtained. Water-dispersible adhesive compositions used to form adhesive layers can preferably be manufactured using the above-mentioned polymerization reaction solution.

於若干較佳之態樣中,表面保護片材具有由溶劑型黏著劑組合物所形成之黏著劑層。溶劑型黏著劑組合物典型而言含有單體成分之溶液聚合物、及視需要使用之添加劑。由本文所揭示之技術所帶來之效果可於具備溶劑型黏著劑層之形態中有效地發揮。用於溶液聚合之溶劑(聚合溶劑)可自先前公知之有機溶劑中適宜選擇。例如,可使用選自甲苯等芳香族化合物類(典型而言為芳香族烴類);乙酸乙酯或乙酸丁酯等酯類;己烷或環己烷等脂肪族或脂環式烴類;1,2-二氯乙烷等鹵化烷烴類;異丙醇等低級醇類(例如碳原子數1~4之一元醇類);第三丁基甲醚等醚類;甲基乙基酮等酮類等中之任一種溶劑或兩種以上之混合溶劑。根據溶液聚合,可獲得單體成分之聚合物溶解於聚合溶劑中之形態之聚合反應液。用於形成黏著劑層之溶劑型黏著劑組合物可較佳地使用上述聚合反應液而製造。In several preferred embodiments, the surface protective sheet has an adhesive layer formed by a solvent-based adhesive composition. The solvent-based adhesive composition typically contains a solution polymer of monomeric components and, as needed, additives. The effects of the techniques disclosed herein can be effectively achieved in the form of having a solvent-based adhesive layer. The solvent used for solution polymerization (polymerization solvent) can be appropriately selected from previously known organic solvents. For example, solvents selected from aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); esters such as ethyl acetate or butyl acetate; aliphatic or cyclohexane such as hexane or cyclohexane; halogenated alkane such as 1,2-dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropanol (e.g., monohydric alcohols with 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tributyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, or any one or a mixture of two or more solvents can be used. According to solution polymerization, a polymerization reaction solution in which the polymer of the monomer components is dissolved in the polymerization solvent can be obtained. Solvent-type adhesive compositions used to form adhesive layers can preferably be manufactured using the above-mentioned polymerization reaction solution.

於其他較佳之態樣中,表面保護片材具有由活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組合物所形成之黏著劑層。此處,於本說明書中,所謂「活性能量線」,係指具有可引起聚合反應、交聯反應、起始劑之分解等化學反應之能量之能量線。此處所謂之活性能量線之例中包含如紫外線、可見光線、紅外線之類的光、或如α射線、β射線、γ射線、電子束、中子束、X射線之類的放射線等。作為活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組合物之一較佳例,可例舉光硬化型黏著劑組合物。光硬化型之黏著劑組合物具有即便為較厚之黏著劑層亦可容易地形成之優點。其中,較佳為紫外線硬化型黏著劑組合物。又,由本文所揭示之技術所帶來之效果可於具備光硬化型黏著劑層之形態中有效地發揮。In other preferred embodiments, the surface protective sheet has an adhesive layer formed by an active energy line curing adhesive composition. Here, in this specification, "active energy line" refers to an energy line with the energy to initiate chemical reactions such as polymerization, crosslinking, and initiator decomposition. Examples of active energy lines include light such as ultraviolet, visible, and infrared rays, or radiation such as alpha, beta, and gamma rays, electron beams, neutron beams, and X-rays. A preferred example of an active energy line curing adhesive composition is a photocurable adhesive composition. Photocurable adhesive compositions have the advantage of being easily formed even into thicker adhesive layers. Among these, ultraviolet-curing adhesive compositions are preferred. Furthermore, the effects of the technology disclosed herein can be effectively achieved in morphologies with light-curing adhesive layers.

光硬化型黏著劑組合物典型而言以聚合物之形態包含該組合物之單體成分中之至少一部分(可為單體之種類之一部分,亦可為分量之一部分)。形成上述聚合物時之聚合方法並無特別限定,可適宜採用先前公知之各種聚合方法。例如,可適宜採用溶液聚合、乳液聚合、塊狀聚合等熱聚合(典型而言,於熱聚合起始劑之存在下進行);照射紫外線等光而進行之光聚合(典型而言,於光聚合起始劑之存在下進行);照射β射線、γ射線等放射線而進行之放射線聚合等。其中,較佳為光聚合。Photocurable adhesive compositions typically contain at least a portion (which may be a portion of the type or quantity of monomers) of the composition in polymer form. The polymerization method used to form the polymer is not particularly limited, and various previously known polymerization methods may be suitable. For example, thermal polymerization such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, and block polymerization (typically carried out in the presence of a thermal polymerization initiator) may be suitable; photopolymerization carried out by irradiation with ultraviolet light (typically carried out in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator); and radiation polymerization carried out by irradiation with beta rays, gamma rays, etc. Photopolymerization is preferred.

若干較佳之態樣之光硬化型黏著劑組合物包含單體成分之部分聚合物。此種部分聚合物典型而言為源自單體成分之聚合物與未反應之單體之混合物,較佳為呈現漿液狀(具有黏性之液狀)。以下,有時將上述性狀之部分聚合物稱為「單體漿液」或簡稱為「漿液」。使單體成分部分聚合時之聚合方法並無特別限制,可適宜選擇如上所述之各種聚合方法而使用。就效率或簡便性之觀點而言,可較佳地採用光聚合法。根據光聚合,藉由光之照射量(光量)等聚合條件,可容易地控制單體成分之聚合轉化率(單體轉化率)。Several preferred forms of photocurable adhesive compositions comprise a partial polymer of the monomer component. This partial polymer is typically a mixture derived from the polymer of the monomer component and unreacted monomers, preferably in a slurry (a viscous liquid). Hereinafter, the partial polymer with the above properties is sometimes referred to as a "monomer slurry" or simply "slurry." There are no particular limitations on the polymerization method used to partially polymerize the monomer component; various polymerization methods as described above can be appropriately selected. From the viewpoint of efficiency or simplicity, photopolymerization is preferable. According to photopolymerization, the polymerization conversion rate (monomer conversion rate) of the monomer component can be easily controlled by polymerization conditions such as the amount of light irradiation (light intensity).

上述部分聚合物中之單體混合物之聚合轉化率並無特別限定。上述聚合轉化率可設為例如約70重量%以下,較佳為設為約60重量%以下。就包含上述部分聚合物之黏著劑組合物之製備容易性或塗敷性等觀點而言,上述聚合轉化率適當為約50重量%以下,較佳為約40重量%以下(例如約35重量%以下)。聚合轉化率之下限並無特別限定,典型而言為約1重量%以上,適當設為約5重量%以上。The polymerization conversion rate of the monomer mixture in the aforementioned polymer is not particularly limited. The polymerization conversion rate can be set, for example, to about 70% by weight or less, preferably to about 60% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of ease of preparation or coatability of the adhesive composition containing the aforementioned polymer, the polymerization conversion rate is appropriately to be about 50% by weight or less, preferably about 40% by weight or less (e.g., about 35% by weight or less). The lower limit of the polymerization conversion rate is not particularly limited, typically to be about 1% by weight or more, appropriately set to about 5% by weight or more.

包含單體成分之部分聚合物之黏著劑組合物例如可藉由利用適當之聚合方法(例如光聚合法)使包含用於製備該黏著劑組合物之單體成分之全部量之單體混合物進行部分聚合而獲得。又,包含單體成分之部分聚合物之黏著劑組合物亦可為包含用於製備該黏著劑組合物之單體成分中之一部分之單體混合物之部分聚合物或完全聚合物、與剩餘之單體成分或其部分聚合物之混合物。再者,於本說明書中,所謂「完全聚合物」,係指聚合轉化率超過95重量%。Adhesive compositions containing a partial polymer of monomer components can be obtained, for example, by partially polymerizing a mixture of monomers containing the entire amount of the monomer components used to prepare the adhesive composition using a suitable polymerization method (e.g., photopolymerization). Furthermore, adhesive compositions containing a partial polymer of monomer components can also be a mixture of a partial or complete polymer of a monomer mixture containing a portion of the monomer components used to prepare the adhesive composition, and the remaining monomer components or their partial polymers. Moreover, in this specification, "complete polymer" refers to a polymerization conversion rate exceeding 95% by weight.

包含上述部分聚合物之黏著劑組合物中可調配視需要使用之其他成分(例如光聚合起始劑、多官能單體、交聯劑、水親和劑等)。調配此種其他成分之方法並無特別限定,例如可使其預先含有於上述單體混合物中,亦可添加至上述部分聚合物中。Other components (such as photopolymerization initiators, multifunctional monomers, crosslinking agents, hydrophilic agents, etc.) may be incorporated into the adhesive composition containing the aforementioned polymers as needed. There are no particular limitations on the method of incorporating such other components; for example, they may be pre-contained in the aforementioned monomer mixture or added to the aforementioned polymers.

(水親和劑) 黏著劑層中可視需要含有水親和劑。藉由使黏著劑層中含有水親和劑,可利用水等水性液體而有效地降低剝離力。其原因並無特別限定解釋,但一般可認為水親和劑藉由具有親水性區域而容易偏集存在於黏著劑層之表面,藉此發揮高效率地提高該黏著劑層表面之水親和性之作用,該黏著劑層與水接觸時有效地降低剝離力。水親和劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 (Hydrophilic Agents) Hydrophilic agents may be included in the adhesive layer as needed. By including hydrophilic agents in the adhesive layer, peeling forces can be effectively reduced using water or other aqueous liquids. The reason for this is not particularly definitive, but it is generally believed that hydrophilic agents, by possessing hydrophilic regions, tend to aggregate on the surface of the adhesive layer, thereby efficiently increasing the water affinity of the adhesive layer surface. This effectively reduces peeling forces when the adhesive layer comes into contact with water. Hydrophilic agents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. One type of hydrophilic agent can be used alone or in combination.

於若干態樣中,作為水親和劑,可使用選自界面活性劑及具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物中之至少1種化合物A。作為界面活性劑及具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物,可無特別限制地使用公知之界面活性劑、具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物之1種或2種以上。再者,上述界面活性劑中,存在具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物,當然反之亦然。In several samples, at least one compound A selected from surfactants and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene backbone may be used as a water affinity agent. One or more known surfactants and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene backbone may be used without particular restriction as surfactants and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene backbone. Furthermore, among the aforementioned surfactants, there may be compounds having a polyoxyalkylene backbone, and vice versa.

作為可用作化合物A之界面活性劑,可使用公知之非離子性界面活性劑、陰離子性界面活性劑、陽離子性界面活性劑等。其中,較佳為非離子性界面活性劑。界面活性劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。As a surfactant that can be used as compound A, known nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and cationic surfactants can be used. Among these, nonionic surfactants are preferred. One surfactant can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為非離子性界面活性劑之例,可例舉:聚氧乙烯月桂醚、聚氧乙烯鯨蠟醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂醚、聚氧乙烯油醚等聚氧乙烯烷基醚;聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚等聚氧乙烯烷基苯基醚;山梨醇酐單肉桂酸酯、山梨醇酐單棕櫚酸酯、山梨醇酐單硬脂酸酯、山梨醇酐單油酸酯等山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯;聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單肉桂酸酯、聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單棕櫚酸酯、聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單硬脂酸酯、聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐三硬脂酸酯、聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐三異硬脂酸酯、聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單油酸酯、聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐三油酸酯等聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯;聚氧乙烯甘油醚脂肪酸酯;聚氧乙烯-聚氧丙烯嵌段共聚物等。該等非離子性界面活性劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。Examples of nonionic surfactants include: polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, and polyoxyethylene oleyl ether; polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether and polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether; sorbitan fatty acid esters such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monocinnamate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monopalmitate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan triisostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, and polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate; polyoxyethylene glycerol ether fatty acid esters; and polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene block copolymers. These nonionic surfactants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為陰離子性界面活性劑之例,可例舉:壬基苯磺酸鹽、十二烷基苯磺酸鹽(例如十二烷基苯磺酸鈉)等烷基苯磺酸鹽;月桂基硫酸鹽(例如月桂基硫酸鈉、月桂基硫酸銨)、十八烷基硫酸鹽等烷基硫酸鹽;脂肪酸鹽;聚氧乙烯十八烷基醚硫酸鹽、聚氧乙烯月桂醚硫酸鹽等聚氧乙烯烷基醚硫酸鹽(例如聚氧乙烯烷基醚硫酸鈉)、聚氧乙烯月桂基苯基醚硫酸鹽等聚氧乙烯烷基苯基醚硫酸鹽(例如聚氧乙烯烷基苯基醚硫酸銨、聚氧乙烯烷基苯基醚硫酸鈉等)、聚氧乙烯苯乙烯化苯基醚硫酸鹽等聚醚硫酸鹽;聚氧乙烯硬脂醚磷酸酯、聚氧乙烯月桂醚磷酸酯等聚氧乙烯烷基醚磷酸酯;上述聚氧乙烯烷基醚磷酸酯之鈉鹽、鉀鹽等聚氧乙烯烷基醚磷酸酯鹽;月桂基磺基琥珀酸鹽、聚氧乙烯月桂基磺基琥珀酸鹽(例如聚氧乙烯烷基磺基琥珀酸鈉)等磺基琥珀酸鹽;聚氧乙烯烷基醚乙酸鹽等。於陰離子性界面活性劑形成鹽之情形時,該鹽例如可為鈉鹽、鉀鹽、鈣鹽、鎂鹽等金屬鹽(較佳為一價金屬之鹽)、銨鹽、胺鹽等。陰離子性界面活性劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。Examples of anionic surfactants include: alkylbenzene sulfonates such as nonylbenzene sulfonate and dodecylbenzene sulfonate (e.g., sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate); alkyl sulfates such as lauryl sulfate (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate) and octadecyl sulfate; fatty acid salts; polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfates such as polyoxyethylene octadecyl ether sulfate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate (e.g., sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate), and polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfates such as polyoxyethylene lauryl phenyl ether sulfate (e.g., sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate). Examples of polyether sulfates include: polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether ammonium sulfate, polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sodium sulfate, etc.; polyoxyethylene styrene phenyl ether sulfate, etc.; polyoxyethylene stearyl ether phosphate, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether phosphate, etc.; sodium salts, potassium salts, etc., of the above-mentioned polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphates; lauryl sulfosuccinate, polyoxyethylene lauryl sulfosuccinate (e.g., polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfosuccinate sodium), etc.; polyoxyethylene alkyl ether acetate, etc. When anionic surfactants form salts, these salts can be, for example, metallic salts such as sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts (preferably monovalent metal salts), ammonium salts, amine salts, etc. Anionic surfactants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於若干態樣中,例如可較佳地使用具有-POH基、-COH基及-SOH基之至少一者之陰離子性界面活性劑。其中,較佳為具有-POH基之界面活性劑。此種界面活性劑典型而言包含磷酸酯結構,例如可為磷酸之單酯(ROP(=O)(OH) 2;此處,R為1價有機基)、二酯((RO) 2P(=O)OH;此處,R為相同或不同之1價有機基)、包含單酯及二酯之兩者之混合物等。作為具有-POH基之界面活性劑之較佳例,可例舉聚氧乙烯烷基醚磷酸酯。聚氧乙烯烷基醚磷酸酯中之烷基之碳原子數例如可為6~20,亦可為8~20,亦可為10~20,亦可為12~20,亦可為14~20。 Among several types, anionic surfactants having at least one of the following groups (-POH, -COH, and -SOH) are preferably used. Among these, surfactants having the -POH group are preferred. Such surfactants typically comprise a phosphate ester structure, such as a monoester of phosphate (ROP(=O)(OH) ; where R is a monovalent organic group), a diester ((RO) ₂P (=O)OH; where R is the same or different monovalent organic groups), or a mixture comprising both monoesters and diesters. A preferred example of a surfactant having the -POH group is a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate can be, for example, 6 to 20, 8 to 20, 10 to 20, 12 to 20, or 14 to 20.

作為陽離子性界面活性劑之例,可例舉:聚氧乙烯月桂胺、聚氧乙烯硬脂胺等聚醚胺。陽離子性界面活性劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。Examples of cationic surfactants include polyoxyethylene laurylamine and polyoxyethylene stearylamine. Cationic surfactants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為可用作化合物A之具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物,例如可使用聚乙二醇(PEG)、聚丙二醇(PPG)等聚伸烷基二醇;包含聚氧伸乙基單元之聚醚、包含聚氧伸丙基單元之聚醚、包含氧伸乙基單元及氧伸丙基單元之化合物(該等單元之排列可為無規,亦可為嵌段狀);該等之衍生物等。又,亦可使用上述之界面活性劑中具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物。該等可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。其中,較佳為使用包含聚氧伸乙基骨架(亦稱為聚氧伸乙基鏈段)之化合物,更佳為PEG。As compounds with a polyoxyalkylene backbone that can be used as compound A, examples include polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol (PEG) and polypropylene glycol (PPG); polyethers containing polyoxyethyl units, polyethers containing polyoxypropyl units, compounds containing both oxyethyl and oxypropyl units (these units can be arranged randomly or in a block configuration); and derivatives thereof. Furthermore, compounds with a polyoxyalkylene backbone among the above-mentioned surfactants can also be used. One of these can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Preferably, a compound containing a polyoxyethylene backbone (also known as a polyoxyethylene segment) is used, and more preferably, PEG.

具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物(例如聚乙二醇)之分子量(化學式量)並無特別限定,例如適當為未達1000,就黏著劑組合物製備性之方面而言,較佳為約600以下(例如500以下)。具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物(例如聚乙二醇)之分子量之下限並無特別限定,可較佳地使用分子量為約100以上(例如約200以上、進而約300以上)者。The molecular weight (chemical formula weight) of compounds having a polyoxyalkylene backbone (e.g., polyethylene glycol) is not particularly limited, but is preferably less than 1000, and preferably about 600 or less (e.g., 500 or less) for the purposes of adhesive composition preparation. The lower limit of the molecular weight of compounds having a polyoxyalkylene backbone (e.g., polyethylene glycol) is not particularly limited, but those with a molecular weight of about 100 or more (e.g., about 200 or more, and further about 300 or more) are preferably used.

作為水親和劑之其他例,可例舉:聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮、聚丙烯酸等水溶性聚合體。水溶性聚合體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。於本文所揭示之技術中,作為水親和劑,可使用化合物A之1種或2種以上,亦可使用水溶性聚合體之1種或2種以上,還可將該等組合使用。Other examples of water-soluble polymers include polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and polyacrylic acid. A single water-soluble polymer can be used alone, or in combination of two or more. In the art disclosed herein, one or more compounds A, one or more water-soluble polymers, or combinations thereof can be used as water-soluble polymers.

水親和劑之HLB並無特別限定,例如為3以上,適當為約6以上,可為8以上(例如9以上)。於若干較佳之態樣中,水親和劑之HLB為10以上。藉此,有較佳地表現水剝離性之傾向。上述HLB更佳為11以上,進而較佳為12以上,尤佳為13以上(例如14以上)。藉由使具有上述範圍之HLB之水親和劑(典型而言,界面活性劑)含有於黏著劑層,可更有效地表現水剝離性。上述HLB之上限為20以下,例如亦可為18以下,亦可為16以下,亦可為15以下。The HLB value of the hydrophilic agent is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 3 or more, preferably about 6 or more, or 8 or more (e.g., 9 or more). In several preferred embodiments, the HLB value of the hydrophilic agent is 10 or more. This results in a better tendency to exhibit water peelability. More preferably, the HLB value is 11 or more, even more preferably 12 or more, and particularly preferably 13 or more (e.g., 14 or more). By incorporating a hydrophilic agent (typically a surfactant) with an HLB value within the above range into the adhesive layer, water peelability can be exhibited more effectively. The upper limit of the above HLB value is 20 or less, but can also be 18 or less, 16 or less, or 15 or less.

再者,本說明書中之HLB係基於Griffin之親水親油平衡值(Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance),係表示界面活性劑與水或油之親和性之程度之值,係以0~20之間之數值表示親水性與親油性之比者。HLB之定義係如W. C. Griffin:J. Soc. Cosmetic Chemists,1,311(1949),或高橋越民、難波義郎、小池基生、小林正雄共著之「界面活性劑手冊」、第3版、工學圖書社出版、1972年11月25日、p179~182等中所記載。具有上述HLB之水親和劑可視需要參照上述參考文獻等,基於業者之技術常識進行選定。Furthermore, the HLB value in this manual is based on Griffin's Hydrophilic-Lipophile Balance, which represents the degree of affinity of a surfactant for water or oil. It is expressed as a value between 0 and 20, indicating the ratio of hydrophilicity to lipophilicity. The definition of HLB is as described in W. C. Griffin: J. Soc. Cosmetic Chemists, 1,311 (1949), or in "Surfactant Handbook" co-authored by Takahashi Koshimitsu, Namba Yoshiro, Koike Motoo, and Kobayashi Masao, 3rd edition, Kogaku Shusho Publishing, November 25, 1972, pp. 179-182. Water-loving agents with the aforementioned HLB value can be selected based on the industry's technical knowledge, referring to the above references as needed.

此種水親和劑較佳為以游離之形態含有於黏著劑層中。作為水親和劑,就黏著劑組合物製備性之方面而言,可較佳地使用於常溫(約25℃)下為液狀者。This hydrophilic agent is preferably contained in the adhesive layer in a free form. As a hydrophilic agent, it is preferable to use one that is liquid at room temperature (about 25°C) in terms of the ease of preparation of the adhesive composition.

包含水親和劑之黏著劑層典型而言由包含水親和劑之黏著劑組合物所形成。上述黏著劑組合物可為上述之水分散型黏著劑組合物、溶劑型黏著劑組合物、活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組合物、熱熔型黏著劑組合物等之任一種。於若干較佳之態樣中,包含水親和劑之黏著劑層可為由光硬化型或溶劑型之黏著劑組合物所形成之黏著劑層。於此種黏著劑層中,可較佳地發揮水親和劑之添加效果。黏著劑層亦可具有光硬化性。The adhesive layer containing a hydrophilic agent is typically formed from an adhesive composition containing a hydrophilic agent. This adhesive composition can be any of the water-dispersible adhesive composition, solvent-based adhesive composition, active energy line curing adhesive composition, or hot-melt adhesive composition mentioned above. In several preferred embodiments, the adhesive layer containing the hydrophilic agent can be an adhesive layer formed from a photocurable or solvent-based adhesive composition. In such an adhesive layer, the added effect of the hydrophilic agent can be better utilized. The adhesive layer may also have photocurability.

黏著劑層中之水親和劑之含量並無特別限定,可以恰當地發揮該水親和劑之使用效果之方式進行設定。於若干態樣中,水親和劑之含量相對於構成黏著劑層中所含之聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物)之單體成分每100重量份,例如可設為0.001重量份以上,適當設為0.01重量份以上,亦可為0.03重量份以上,亦可為0.07重量份以上,亦可為0.1重量份以上。於若干較佳之態樣中,水親和劑之含量相對於單體成分100重量份,例如可為0.2重量份以上,就獲得更高之效果之觀點而言,可為0.3重量份以上,亦可為0.4重量份以上,亦可為0.5重量份以上,亦可為1.0重量份以上,亦可為1.5重量份以上。又,就抑制水向黏著劑層整體過度擴散之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,水親和劑之使用量相對於單體成分100重量份,例如可為20重量份以下,適當設為10重量份以下,較佳為設為5重量份以下,亦可設為3重量份以下。水親和劑之含量不過多就抑制溫水浸漬等接觸於水性液體之情形時之接著力降低之觀點而言亦較佳。例如,於若干態樣中,相對於單體成分100重量份之水親和劑之含量可為未達2重量份,亦可為未達1重量份,亦可為未達0.7重量份,亦可為未達0.3重量份,亦可為未達0.2重量份。HLB為10以上之水親和劑有藉由少量之使用亦發揮良好之水剝離性之傾向。The content of the hydrophilic agent in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited and can be set in a way that appropriately utilizes the effect of the hydrophilic agent. In several samples, the content of the hydrophilic agent relative to the monomer component of the polymer (e.g., acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer per 100 parts by weight can be, for example, 0.001 parts by weight or more, appropriately 0.01 parts by weight or more, 0.03 parts by weight or more, 0.07 parts by weight or more, or 0.1 parts by weight or more. In several preferred embodiments, the content of the hydrophilic agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 0.2 parts by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect, it may be 0.3 parts by weight or more, or 0.4 parts by weight or more, or 0.5 parts by weight or more, or 1.0 parts by weight or more, or 1.5 parts by weight or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of inhibiting excessive diffusion of water into the overall adhesive layer, in several embodiments, the amount of hydrophilic agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 20 parts by weight or less, appropriately set to 10 parts by weight or less, preferably set to 5 parts by weight or less, or may be set to 3 parts by weight or less. It is preferable to use a low concentration of hydrophilic agent to minimize the decrease in adhesion when in contact with aqueous liquids, such as during warm water immersion. For example, in several samples, the concentration of hydrophilic agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be less than 2 parts by weight, less than 1 part by weight, less than 0.7 parts by weight, less than 0.3 parts by weight, or less than 0.2 parts by weight. Hydrophilic agents with an HLB of 10 or higher tend to exhibit good water-peeling properties even with small amounts.

(交聯劑) 本文所揭示之黏著劑組合物中,主要以於黏著劑層內之交聯或黏著劑層與其鄰接面之交聯為目的,可視需要含有交聯劑。交聯劑典型而言以交聯反應後之形態包含於黏著劑層中。藉由使用交聯劑,可恰當地調節黏著劑層之凝聚力。 (Cross-linking agents) The adhesive compositions disclosed herein primarily aim at cross-linking within the adhesive layer or between the adhesive layer and its adjacent surfaces, and may contain cross-linking agents as needed. Typically, the cross-linking agent is incorporated into the adhesive layer in its post-cross-linking form. By using cross-linking agents, the cohesive strength of the adhesive layer can be appropriately adjusted.

交聯劑之種類並無特別限制,可自先前公知之交聯劑中,例如根據黏著劑組合物之組成,以該交聯劑於黏著劑層內發揮恰當之交聯功能之方式進行選擇。作為可使用之交聯劑,可例示:異氰酸酯系交聯劑、環氧系交聯劑、㗁唑啉系交聯劑、氮丙啶系交聯劑、碳二醯亞胺系交聯劑、三聚氰胺系交聯劑、脲系交聯劑、金屬烷氧化物系交聯劑、金屬螯合物系交聯劑、金屬鹽系交聯劑、肼系交聯劑、胺系交聯劑等。該等可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。水分散型黏著劑組合物中,較佳為使用可溶解或分散於水中之交聯劑。There are no particular limitations on the type of crosslinking agent. It can be selected from previously known crosslinking agents, for example, based on the composition of the adhesive compound, in a way that allows the crosslinking agent to perform its appropriate crosslinking function within the adhesive layer. Examples of usable crosslinking agents include: isocyanate-based crosslinking agents, epoxy-based crosslinking agents, aziridine-based crosslinking agents, carbodiimide-based crosslinking agents, melamine-based crosslinking agents, urea-based crosslinking agents, metal alkoxide-based crosslinking agents, metal chelate-based crosslinking agents, metal salt-based crosslinking agents, hydrazine-based crosslinking agents, and amine-based crosslinking agents. One of these can be used alone, or two or more can be used in combination. In water-dispersible adhesive compositions, it is preferable to use crosslinking agents that are soluble or dispersible in water.

作為異氰酸酯系交聯劑,可使用2官能以上之多官能異氰酸酯化合物。例如可例示:甲苯二異氰酸酯、二甲苯二異氰酸酯、聚亞甲基聚苯基二異氰酸酯、硫代磷酸三(對異氰酸基苯基)酯、二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯等芳香族異氰酸酯;異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯等脂環族異氰酸酯;六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等脂肪族異氰酸酯等。作為市售品,可例示:三羥甲基丙烷/甲苯二異氰酸酯三聚物加成物(東曹公司製造,商品名「Coronate L」)、三羥甲基丙烷/六亞甲基二異氰酸酯三聚物加成物(東曹公司製造,商品名「Coronate HL」)、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯異氰尿酸酯體(東曹公司製造,商品名「Coronate HX」)、三羥甲基丙烷/苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物(三井化學公司製造,商品名「Takenate D-110 N」)等異氰酸酯加成物等。於水分散型之黏著劑組合物中,較佳為使用可溶解或分散於水中之異氰酸酯系交聯劑。例如,可較佳地採用水溶性、水分散性或自乳化型之異氰酸酯系交聯劑。可較佳地使用異氰酸基經封端之所謂封端異氰酸酯型之異氰酸酯系交聯劑。As an isocyanate crosslinking agent, multifunctional isocyanate compounds with two or more functions can be used. Examples include aromatic isocyanates such as toluene diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, polymethylene polyphenyl diisocyanate, tris(p-isocyanophenyl) thiophosphate, and diphenylmethane diisocyanate; alicyclic isocyanates such as isophorone diisocyanate; and aliphatic isocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate. Examples of commercially available products include: trihydroxymethylpropane/toluene diisocyanate trimer adduct (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, trade name "Coronate L"), trihydroxymethylpropane/hexamethylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, trade name "Coronate HL"), hexamethylene diisocyanate isocyanurate (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, trade name "Coronate HX"), and trihydroxymethylpropane/phenylenedimethyl diisocyanate adduct (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, trade name "Takenate D-110 N"), etc. In water-dispersible adhesive compositions, isocyanate-based crosslinkers that are soluble or dispersible in water are preferred. For example, water-soluble, water-dispersible, or self-emulsifying isocyanate crosslinkers are preferred. Isocyanate-type isocyanate crosslinkers with isocyanate groups capped are preferred.

作為環氧系交聯劑,可無特別限制地使用於1分子中具有2個以上之環氧基者。較佳為於1分子中具有3~5個環氧基之環氧系交聯劑。作為環氧系交聯劑之具體例,可例舉:N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基間苯二甲胺、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚甘油聚縮水甘油醚等。作為環氧系交聯劑之市售品,可例舉:三菱瓦斯化學公司製造之商品名「TETRAD-X」、「TETRAD-C」、DIC公司製造之商品名「EPICLON CR-5L」、Nagase ChemteX公司製造之商品名「DENACOL EX-512」、日產化學工業公司製造之商品名「TEPIC-G」等。As an epoxy crosslinker, it can be used without particular restriction on those having two or more epoxy groups per molecule. Preferably, it is an epoxy crosslinker having three to five epoxy groups per molecule. Specific examples of epoxy crosslinkers include: N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl m-phenylenediamine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether, etc. Commercially available epoxy crosslinking agents include: Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.'s "TETRAD-X" and "TETRAD-C", DIC Co., Ltd.'s "EPICLON CR-5L", Nagase ChemteX Co., Ltd.'s "DENACOL EX-512", and Nissan Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.'s "TEPIC-G".

作為㗁唑啉系交聯劑,可無特別限制地使用於1分子內具有1個以上之㗁唑啉基者。於水分散型黏著劑組合物中,較佳為使用可溶解或分散於水中之㗁唑啉系交聯劑。 㗁唑啉基可為2-㗁唑啉基、3-㗁唑啉基、4-㗁唑啉基之任一者。通常,可較佳地使用具有2-㗁唑啉基之㗁唑啉系交聯劑。例如,可使用使2-乙烯基-2-㗁唑啉、2-乙烯基-4-甲基-2-㗁唑啉、2-乙烯基-5-甲基-2-㗁唑啉、2-異丙烯基-2-㗁唑啉、2-異丙烯基-4-甲基-2-㗁唑啉、2-異丙烯基-5-乙基-2-㗁唑啉等加成聚合性㗁唑啉與其他單體共聚而獲得之水溶性共聚物或水分散型共聚物作為㗁唑啉系交聯劑。 作為㗁唑啉系交聯劑之市售品,例如可例舉:日本觸媒公司製造之商品名「Epocros WS」系列、「Epocros K」系列等。 As an acezoline crosslinker, it can be used without particular restriction on those having one or more acezoline groups per molecule. In water-dispersible adhesive compositions, acezoline crosslinkers that are soluble or dispersible in water are preferred. The acezoline group can be any of 2-acezoline, 3-acezoline, or 4-acezoline. Generally, acezoline crosslinkers having a 2-acezoline group are preferred. For example, water-soluble copolymers or water-dispersible copolymers obtained by copolymerizing addition polymerizable acezoline species such as 2-vinyl-2-acezoline, 2-vinyl-4-methyl-2-acezoline, 2-vinyl-5-methyl-2-acezoline, 2-isopropenyl-2-acezoline, 2-isopropenyl-4-methyl-2-acezoline, and 2-isopropenyl-5-ethyl-2-acezoline with other monomers can be used as acezoline crosslinking agents. Commercially available acezoline crosslinking agents include, for example, the "Epocros WS" series and "Epocros K" series manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.

作為氮丙啶系交聯劑之例,可例舉:三羥甲基丙烷三[3-(1-氮丙啶基)丙酸酯]、三羥甲基丙烷三[3-(1-(2-甲基)氮丙啶基丙酸酯)]等。 作為碳二醯亞胺系交聯劑,可使用具有2個以上之碳二醯亞胺基之低分子化合物或高分子化合物。 Examples of aziridine crosslinkers include trihydroxymethylpropanetrios[3-(1-aziridine)propionate] and trihydroxymethylpropanetrios[3-(1-(2-methyl)aziridine propionate)]. As carbodiimide crosslinkers, low-molecular-weight or high-molecular-weight compounds having two or more carbodiimide groups can be used.

於若干態樣中,亦可使用過氧化物作為交聯劑。作為過氧化物,可例舉:過氧化二碳酸二(2-乙基己基)酯、過氧化二碳酸二(4-第三丁基環己基)酯、過氧化二碳酸二第二丁酯、過氧化新癸酸第三丁酯、過氧化特戊酸第三己酯、過氧化特戊酸第三丁酯、過氧化二月桂醯、過氧化二正辛醯、過氧化異丁酸1,1,3,3-四甲基丁酯、過氧化二苯甲醯等。該等之中,作為交聯反應效率特別優異之過氧化物,可例舉:過氧化二碳酸二(4-第三丁基環己基)酯、過氧化二月桂醯、過氧化二苯甲醯等。再者,於使用過氧化物作為上述聚合起始劑之情形時,亦可將未用於聚合反應而殘存之過氧化物用於交聯反應。該情形時定量過氧化物之殘存量,於過氧化物之比率未達特定量之情形時,可視需要以成為特定量之方式添加過氧化物。過氧化物之定量可藉由日本專利第4971517號公報中所記載之方法而進行。In several formulations, peroxides can also be used as crosslinking agents. Examples of peroxides include: di(2-ethylhexyl) percarbonate, di(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl) percarbonate, dibutyl percarbonate, tert-butyl neodecanoate, tert-hexyl peroxypentanoate, tert-butyl peroxypentanoate, dilauryl peroxide, dioctyl peroxide, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl peroxide, and dibenzoxyl peroxide. Among these, peroxides with particularly high crosslinking efficiency include: di(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl) percarbonate, dilauryl peroxide, and dibenzoxyl peroxide. Furthermore, when using peroxide as the aforementioned polymerization initiator, the residual peroxide that was not used in the polymerization reaction can also be used in the crosslinking reaction. In this case, the residual amount of peroxide is measured, and if the peroxide ratio does not reach a specific amount, peroxide can be added as needed to achieve a specific amount. The measurement of the peroxide can be performed by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 4971517.

使用交聯劑之情形時之使用量(於使用2種以上之交聯劑之情形時,為其等之合計量)並無特別限定。就實現平衡良好地發揮接著力或凝聚力等黏著特性之黏著劑之觀點而言,交聯劑之使用量相對於黏著劑組合物中所含之單體成分(例如丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分)100重量份,例如為10重量份以下左右,適當設為約5重量份以下,亦可設為3重量份以下,亦可設為2重量份以下,亦可設為1重量份以下,亦可設為未達1重量份。於若干態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之交聯劑(例如,異氰酸酯系交聯劑)之使用量例如可為0.50重量份以下,亦可為0.40重量份以下,亦可為0.30重量份以下,亦可為0.20重量份以下。交聯劑之使用量之下限並無特別限定,只要為相對於上述單體成分100重量份多於0重量份之量即可。於若干態樣中,交聯劑之使用量相對於上述單體成分100重量份,例如可設為0.001重量份以上,亦可設為0.01重量份以上,亦可設為0.05重量份以上,亦可設為0.10重量份以上。於其他若干態樣中,交聯劑之使用量相對於上述單體成分100重量份,例如可為0.5重量份以上,亦可為1重量份以上,亦可為1.5重量份以上。There is no particular limitation on the amount of crosslinking agent used (when using two or more crosslinking agents, the total amount of each is considered). From the perspective of adhesives that achieve a good balance of adhesive properties such as bonding force or cohesion, the amount of crosslinking agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component (e.g., the monomer component of acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive composition is, for example, about 10 parts by weight or less, appropriately set to about 5 parts by weight or less, or 3 parts by weight or less, or 2 parts by weight or less, or 1 part by weight or less, or even less than 1 part by weight. In several samples, the amount of crosslinking agent (e.g., an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent) used relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned monomer component may be, for example, 0.50 parts by weight or less, 0.40 parts by weight or less, 0.30 parts by weight or less, or 0.20 parts by weight or less. There is no particular limitation on the lower limit of the amount of crosslinking agent used, as long as it is an amount greater than 0 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned monomer component. In several samples, the amount of crosslinking agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned monomer component may, for example, be 0.001 parts by weight or more, 0.01 parts by weight or more, 0.05 parts by weight or more, or 0.10 parts by weight or more. In several other samples, the amount of crosslinking agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer component may be, for example, 0.5 parts by weight or more, 1 part by weight or more, or 1.5 parts by weight or more.

或者,亦可為不含如上所述之交聯劑之黏著劑組合物。於使用光硬化型黏著劑組合物作為本文所揭示之黏著劑組合物之情形時,該黏著劑組合物可為實質上不含異氰酸酯系交聯劑等交聯劑者。此處,黏著劑組合物實質上不含交聯劑(典型而言,異氰酸酯系交聯劑)係指相對於上述單體成分100重量份之交聯劑之量為未達0.05重量份(例如未達0.01重量份)。Alternatively, it may be an adhesive composition that does not contain the crosslinking agent described above. When a light-curing adhesive composition is used as the adhesive composition disclosed herein, the adhesive composition may be substantially free of crosslinking agents such as isocyanate-based crosslinking agents. Here, "substantially free of crosslinking agents (typically isocyanate-based crosslinking agents)" means that the amount of crosslinking agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned monomer component is less than 0.05 parts by weight (e.g., less than 0.01 parts by weight).

為了使交聯反應更有效地進行,亦可使用交聯觸媒。作為交聯觸媒,可例示鈦酸四正丁酯、鈦酸四異丙酯、乙醯丙酮鐵、氧化丁基錫、二月桂酸二辛基錫等金屬系交聯觸媒等。其中,較佳為二月桂酸二辛基錫等錫系交聯觸媒。交聯觸媒之使用量並無特別限制。交聯觸媒之使用量相對於黏著劑組合物中所含之單體成分(例如丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分)100重量份,例如可設為約0.0001重量份以上、約0.001重量份以上、約0.005重量以上等,又,可設為約1重量份以下、約0.1重量份以下、約0.05重量份以下等。To make the crosslinking reaction more effective, a crosslinking catalyst may also be used. Examples of crosslinking catalysts include tetrabutyl titanium oxide, tetraisopropyl titanium oxide, ferric acetone, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate, among other metal-based crosslinking catalysts. Tin-based crosslinking catalysts, such as dioctyltin dilaurate, are preferred. There is no particular limitation on the amount of crosslinking catalyst used. The amount of crosslinking catalyst used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component (e.g., the monomer component of an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive composition can be, for example, about 0.0001 parts by weight or more, about 0.001 parts by weight or more, about 0.005 parts by weight or more, or about 1 part by weight or less, about 0.1 parts by weight or less, or about 0.05 parts by weight or less.

用於形成黏著劑層之黏著劑組合物中,可視需要含有產生酮-烯醇互變異構之化合物作為交聯延遲劑。例如,於包含異氰酸酯系交聯劑之黏著劑組合物或可調配使用異氰酸酯系交聯劑之黏著劑組合物中,可較佳地使用產生酮-烯醇互變異構之化合物。藉此,可發揮出延長黏著劑組合物之適用期之效果。 作為產生酮-烯醇互變異構之化合物,可使用各種β-二羰基化合物。作為具體例,可例舉:乙醯丙酮、2,4-己二酮等β-二酮類;乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯等乙醯乙酸酯類;丙醯乙酸乙酯等丙醯乙酸酯類;異丁醯乙酸乙酯等異丁醯乙酸酯類;丙二酸甲酯、丙二酸乙酯等丙二酸酯類等。其中,作為較佳之化合物,可例舉乙醯丙酮及乙醯乙酸酯類。產生酮-烯醇互變異構之化合物可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 產生酮-烯醇互變異構之化合物之使用量相對於黏著劑組合物中所含之單體成分(例如丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分)100重量份,例如可為0.1重量份以上20重量份以下,適當設為0.5重量份以上15重量份以下,例如可設為1重量份以上10重量份以下,亦可設為1重量份以上且5重量份以下。 In adhesive compositions used to form adhesive layers, compounds that generate keto-enol tautomers may be included as crosslinking retarders as needed. For example, compounds that generate keto-enol tautomers are preferably used in adhesive compositions containing isocyanate-based crosslinkers or adhesive compositions incorporating isocyanate-based crosslinkers. This extends the shelf life of the adhesive composition. Various β-dicarbonyl compounds can be used as compounds that generate keto-enol tautomers. Specific examples include: β-diketones such as acetoacetone and 2,4-hexanedione; acetyl acetates such as methyl acetate and ethyl acetate; acetyl acetates such as ethyl propionate; isobutyl acetates such as ethyl isobutylate; and malonates such as methyl malonate and ethyl malonate. Among these, acetoacetone and acetyl acetates are considered preferred compounds. Compounds that produce keto-enol tautomerism can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the compound that produces the ketone-enol tautomer isomer is approximately 100 parts by weight relative to the monomer component (e.g., the monomer component of an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive composition. For example, it can be 0.1 parts by weight to 20 parts by weight, appropriately 0.5 parts by weight to 15 parts by weight, for example, 1 part by weight to 10 parts by weight, or 1 part by weight to 5 parts by weight.

(多官能單體) 黏著劑組合物(進而黏著劑層)中可視需要使用多官能單體。多官能單體可有助於凝聚力之調整等目的。多官能單體於黏著劑層形成時或貼附於被黏著體後藉由光(例如紫外線)照射等使上述乙烯性不飽和基反應,藉此可形成具有適度之柔軟性之交聯結構。因此,於本說明書中,「多官能單體」可改稱為交聯劑。例如,於由光硬化型之黏著劑組合物所形成之黏著劑層中,可較佳地使用多官能單體。作為多官能單體,可使用具有2個以上之乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。多官能單體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 (Multifunctional Monomers) Multifunctional monomers may be used as needed in adhesive compositions (and consequently adhesive layers). Multifunctional monomers can aid in purposes such as adjusting cohesive strength. During the formation of the adhesive layer or after attachment to the substrate, the vinyl unsaturated groups of the multifunctional monomer react under light (e.g., ultraviolet light) to form a crosslinked structure with suitable flexibility. Therefore, in this specification, "multifunctional monomer" may be referred to as a crosslinking agent. For example, multifunctional monomers are preferably used in adhesive layers formed from light-curing adhesive compositions. Compounds having two or more vinyl unsaturated groups can be used as multifunctional monomers. One multifunctional monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

多官能單體所具有之乙烯性不飽和基之例中,包括丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、乙烯基及烯丙基,但並不限定於該等。就光反應性之觀點而言,作為較佳之乙烯性不飽和基,可例舉丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基。其中,較佳為丙烯醯基。Examples of vinyl unsaturated groups in multifunctional monomers include acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, vinyl, and allyl, but are not limited to these. From the viewpoint of photoreactivity, acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile are preferred vinyl unsaturated groups. Among them, acrylonitrile is preferred.

作為多官能單體,較佳為於分子內具有2~10個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物,更佳為於分子內具有2~8個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物,進而較佳為於分子內具有2~6個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。於若干態樣中,作為多官能單體,可使用於分子內具有4個以下(具體而言2~4個、例如2個或3個、較佳為2個)之乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。藉由使用此種乙烯性不飽和基之數量受到限制之多官能單體,容易獲得兼顧伸長性與強度之黏著劑層。As a multifunctional monomer, it is preferably a compound having 2 to 10 ethylene unsaturated groups within the molecule, more preferably a compound having 2 to 8 ethylene unsaturated groups within the molecule, and even more preferably a compound having 2 to 6 ethylene unsaturated groups within the molecule. In several embodiments, as a multifunctional monomer, it can be used in compounds having 4 or fewer ethylene unsaturated groups within the molecule (specifically 2 to 4, for example 2 or 3, preferably 2). By using such a multifunctional monomer with a limited number of ethylene unsaturated groups, it is easy to obtain an adhesive layer that balances elongation and strength.

作為多官能單體,例如可例舉:乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,12-十二烷二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙烯酯、二乙烯基苯、環氧丙烯酸酯、聚酯丙烯酸酯、胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯、丁二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。其中,較佳為三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯,更佳為1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯。As multifunctional monomers, examples include: ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12-dodecanediol di(meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetrahydroxymethylmethane tri(meth)acrylate, allyl methacrylate, ethylene methacrylate, divinylbenzene, epoxy acrylate, polyester acrylate, urethane acrylate, butanediol (meth)acrylate, hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, etc. Among them, the preferred materials are trihydroxymethylpropane tri(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, and the most preferred material is 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate.

多官能單體之使用量根據其分子量或官能基數等而不同,例如相對於形成黏著劑層中所含之聚合物之單體成分(典型而言,丙烯酸系聚合物或該聚合物之單體成分)100重量份,適當設為0.01重量份~3.0重量份左右之範圍。於若干態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之多官能單體之使用量例如可為0.02重量份以上,亦可為0.1重量份以上,亦可為0.5重量份以上、1.0重量份以上或2.0重量份以上。藉由增大多官能單體之使用量,有可獲得更高之凝聚力之傾向。另一方面,就避免因凝聚力過度提昇而導致與和黏著劑層鄰接之層之接著性降低之觀點而言,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之多官能單體之使用量例如可為10重量份以下,亦可為5.0重量份以下,亦可為3.0重量份以下。於若干態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之多官能單體之使用量例如適當設為1.0重量份以下,較佳為0.5重量份以下,更佳為0.3重量份以下,亦可為0.2重量份以下。The amount of multifunctional monomers used varies depending on their molecular weight or functional groups. For example, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomeric component of the polymer contained in the adhesive layer (typically, an acrylic polymer or a monomeric component of such polymer), it is appropriately set to a range of about 0.01 parts by weight to 3.0 parts by weight. In some samples, the amount of multifunctional monomers used relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned monomeric component may be, for example, 0.02 parts by weight or more, or 0.1 parts by weight or more, or 0.5 parts by weight or more, 1.0 parts by weight or more, or 2.0 parts by weight or more. By increasing the amount of multifunctional monomers used, there is a tendency to obtain higher cohesive strength. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of avoiding a decrease in adhesion between the layers adjacent to the adhesive layer due to excessive enhancement of cohesion, the amount of the multifunctional monomer used relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned monomer component can be, for example, 10 parts by weight or less, or 5.0 parts by weight or less, or 3.0 parts by weight or less. In several embodiments, the amount of the multifunctional monomer used relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned monomer component is appropriately set to 1.0 parts by weight or less, preferably 0.5 parts by weight or less, more preferably 0.3 parts by weight or less, or possibly 0.2 parts by weight or less.

(黏著賦予劑) 於若干較佳之態樣中,黏著劑層包含黏著賦予劑。藉由使黏著劑層中包含黏著賦予劑,可保持利用水剝離自被黏著體去除之去除性,並且提昇30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1。因此,即便於在以貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於液中進行處理之態樣中使用之情形時,表面保護片材亦可更良好地維持對於保護對象物之密接狀態,可成為例如於上述處理中或處理後更不易產生端部剝離者。藉由利用本文所揭示之水剝離技術,添加作為接著力提昇成分之黏著賦予劑,可以高水準兼顧對於保護對象物之接著性與剝離去除性。作為黏著賦予劑,可無特別限制地使用可提昇接著力之各種成分。作為黏著賦予劑之較佳例,可例舉黏著賦予樹脂或丙烯酸系寡聚物。黏著賦予劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 (Adhesive Assignment) In several preferred embodiments, the adhesive layer includes an adhesive assignment. By including an adhesive assignment in the adhesive layer, removability from the adhered object using water peeling is maintained, and the adhesion F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is improved. Therefore, even when used in a state where the protected object is treated in a liquid while being adhered to it, the surface protective sheet can maintain a better adhesion to the protected object, and can become less prone to end peeling during or after the aforementioned treatment. By utilizing the water peeling technology disclosed herein and adding an adhesive preformer as an adhesion enhancer, a high level of balance can be achieved between adhesion to the protected substrate and peelability. Various adhesion enhancers can be used without particular restriction. Preferred examples of adhesive preformers include adhesive-enhancing resins or acrylic oligomers. One adhesive preformer can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

雖無特別限定,但作為黏著賦予劑,可較佳地使用賦予有酸值者。藉由使用具有特定值以上之酸值之黏著賦予劑,例如對於極性被黏著體之接著性提昇,溫水浸漬後之接著力亦可維持得較高。黏著賦予劑之酸值例如為超過10 mgKOH/g,適當為超過15 mgKOH/g,較佳為超過20 mgKOH/g,更佳為23 mgKOH/g以上。上述酸值之上限通常例如為200 mgKOH/g以下,就水剝離性之觀點而言,亦可為100 mgKOH/g以下,亦可為50 mgKOH/g以下,亦可為40 mgKOH/g以下。黏著賦予劑之酸值可藉由JIS K 0070:1992中所規定之電位差滴定法進行測定。While there are no particular limitations, it is preferable to use adhesives with acid values as adhesive enhancers. By using adhesive enhancers with acid values above a certain level, for example, the adhesion of polar substrates can be improved, and the adhesion after soaking in warm water can be maintained at a higher level. The acid value of the adhesive enhancer is, for example, greater than 10 mgKOH/g, preferably greater than 15 mgKOH/g, more preferably greater than 20 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably greater than 23 mgKOH/g. The upper limit of the above acid value is usually, for example, below 200 mgKOH/g, and from the viewpoint of water stripping, it can also be below 100 mgKOH/g, below 50 mgKOH/g, or below 40 mgKOH/g. The acid value of the adhesive assignor can be determined by potentiometric titration as specified in JIS K 0070:1992.

於使用黏著賦予劑之態樣中,黏著賦予劑之使用量並無特別限定。就提昇30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之觀點而言,黏著賦予劑之使用量相對於構成黏著劑層中所含之聚合物之單體成分100重量份,例如可設為0.1重量份以上,亦可為0.3重量份以上,適當設為1重量份以上,亦可為3重量份以上,亦可為5重量份以上,亦可為10重量份以上。於若干較佳之態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之黏著賦予劑之使用量超過10重量份,亦可為約11重量份以上,亦可為約12重量份,更佳為15重量份以上,進而較佳為18重量份以上,尤佳為20重量份以上(例如22重量份以上),亦可為25重量份以上,亦可為28重量份以上,亦可為32重量份以上,亦可為35重量份以上。又,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之黏著賦予劑之使用量例如適當設為未達100重量份,亦可為約80重量份以下,亦可為70重量份以下,亦可為50重量份以下。藉由將黏著賦予劑之使用量限制為適當範圍,黏著賦予劑與黏著劑良好地相溶,容易有效地發揮黏著賦予劑之添加效果(接著力等黏著特性)。於若干較佳之態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之黏著賦予劑之使用量為未達50重量份,更佳為未達40重量份,進而較佳為35重量份以下,尤佳為32重量份以下,亦可為30重量份以下,亦可為25重量份以下。於其他若干態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之黏著賦予劑之使用量可為20重量份以下,亦可為未達10重量份,亦可為未達5重量份。In the case of using adhesive preformers, there is no particular limitation on the amount of adhesive preformers used. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion, the amount of adhesive preformers used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component of the polymer contained in the adhesive layer can be, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.3 parts by weight or more, appropriately 1 part by weight or more, 3 parts by weight or more, 5 parts by weight or more, or 10 parts by weight or more. In several preferred embodiments, the amount of adhesive agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned monomer component may exceed 10 parts by weight, or may be about 11 parts by weight or more, or about 12 parts by weight, more preferably 15 parts by weight or more, further preferably 18 parts by weight or more, especially 20 parts by weight or more (e.g., 22 parts by weight or more), or 25 parts by weight or more, or 28 parts by weight or more, or 32 parts by weight or more, or 35 parts by weight or more. Alternatively, the amount of adhesive agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned monomer component may be appropriately set to less than 100 parts by weight, or may be about 80 parts by weight or less, or 70 parts by weight or less, or 50 parts by weight or less. By limiting the amount of adhesive preformer used to an appropriate range, the adhesive preformer and the adhesive are well miscible, and the additive effect of the adhesive preformer (adhesive properties such as adhesion) can be easily and effectively exerted. In several preferred embodiments, the amount of adhesive preformer used relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer component is less than 50 parts by weight, more preferably less than 40 parts by weight, further preferably less than 35 parts by weight, especially less than 32 parts by weight, and may also be less than 30 parts by weight or less, or may also be less than 25 parts by weight. In several other embodiments, the amount of adhesive preformer used relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer component may be less than 20 parts by weight, or may be less than 10 parts by weight or less than 5 parts by weight.

於使用上述黏著賦予劑之態樣中,藉由使用黏著賦予劑,可提昇溫水浸漬後接著力,因此即便不限制於溫水浸漬等接觸於水性液體之情形時可能成為接著力降低之原因之水親和劑之使用量,進而即便增加水親和劑之量,亦可獲得目標之溫水浸漬後接著力。因此,以更優異之水剝離性、更確實之水剝離去除為目的而使用特定量以上之水親和劑,並且藉由使用黏著賦予劑而可提昇溫水浸漬後接著力。總之,藉由使用黏著賦予劑及水親和劑,可以高水準兼顧對於保護對象物之接著性與剝離去除性。於使用黏著賦予劑及水親和劑之態樣中,黏著劑層中所含之水親和劑量(C A)相對於黏著賦予劑量(C B)之比(C A/C B)並無特別限定,例如為0.0001以上,適當為0.001以上,較佳為0.01以上,更佳為0.02以上,進而較佳為0.03以上,亦可為0.05以上,亦可為0.1以上。藉由相對於黏著賦予劑之使用量相對提高水親和劑之使用量,可將基於使用黏著賦予劑之接著性(典型而言,溫水浸漬後接著力)保持為特定範圍,並且可將水剝離力抑製得較低,維持或提昇水剝離去除性。上述比(C A/C B)之上限並無特別限定,例如為10以下,適當為1以下,較佳為0.5以下,更佳為0.3以下,亦可為未達0.15,亦可為未達0.1。藉由相對於黏著賦予劑之使用量將水親和劑之使用量限制為特定範圍,可保持水剝離性,並且維持或提昇溫水浸漬後接著力。 In the samples using the aforementioned adhesive enhancer, the adhesion after immersion in warm water can be improved by using the adhesive enhancer. Therefore, even without limiting the amount of hydrophilic agent used, which may cause a decrease in adhesion in situations involving contact with aqueous liquids such as warm water immersion, the target adhesion after immersion in warm water can still be obtained even by increasing the amount of hydrophilic agent. Therefore, by using a specific amount or more of hydrophilic agent for the purpose of better water peelability and more reliable water peel removal, and by using the adhesive enhancer, the adhesion after immersion in warm water can be improved. In summary, by using adhesive assigners and hydrophilic agents, a high level of adhesion and peelability to the protected object can be achieved. In the embodiment using adhesive assigners and hydrophilic agents, the ratio ( CA / CB ) of the amount of hydrophilic agent ( CA ) in the adhesive layer to the amount of adhesive assigner ( CB ) is not particularly limited. For example, it can be 0.0001 or more, preferably 0.001 or more, more preferably 0.01 or more, even more preferably 0.02 or more, and even more preferably 0.03 or more, or 0.05 or more, or 0.1 or more. By increasing the amount of hydrophilic agent relative to the amount of adhesive additive, adhesion based on the use of adhesive additive (typically, adhesion after warm water immersion) can be maintained within a specific range, and water peeling force can be suppressed to a lower level, maintaining or improving water peeling removal properties. There is no particular upper limit to the above ratio ( CA / CB ), for example, it can be below 10, preferably below 1, more preferably below 0.5, even more preferably below 0.3, and may be less than 0.15 or less than 0.1. By limiting the amount of hydrophilic agent used within a specific range relative to the amount of adhesive additive, water peeling properties can be maintained, and adhesion after warm water immersion can be maintained or improved.

(丙烯酸系寡聚物) 本文所揭示之黏著劑層中,就凝聚力之提昇、或與基材層之密接性提昇或與被黏著體之接著性提昇等觀點而言,可含有丙烯酸系寡聚物。根據本文所揭示之技術,即便將表面保護片材以較高之接著力貼附於保護對象物,於剝離時,亦可利用水剝離,不使保護對象物破損或變形而將表面保護片材剝離去除。因此,可使黏著劑中包含丙烯酸系寡聚物等接著力提昇成分來提高接著可靠性,從而提高保護功能。包含丙烯酸系寡聚物之黏著劑層可使用包含該丙烯酸系寡聚物之黏著劑組合物而形成。作為丙烯酸系寡聚物,可較佳地採用相對於上述之丙烯酸系聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合體)之Tg,具有更高之Tg者。 (Acrylic Oligomers) The adhesive layer disclosed herein may contain acrylic oligomers from the viewpoints of improving cohesiveness, adhesion to the substrate layer, or adhesion to the adherend. According to the technology disclosed herein, even when a surface protection sheet is adhered to the protected object with high adhesion, it can be peeled off using water without damaging or deforming the protected object. Therefore, adhesives containing adhesion-enhancing components such as acrylic oligomers can improve adhesion reliability, thereby enhancing protective functionality. The adhesive layer containing acrylic oligomers can be formed using an adhesive composition containing such acrylic oligomers. As an acrylic oligomer, it is preferable to use one with a higher Tg than the aforementioned acrylic polymers (e.g., acrylic polymers).

上述丙烯酸系寡聚物之Tg並無特別限定,例如可為約20℃以上且300℃以下。上述Tg例如可為約30℃以上,亦可為約40℃以上,亦可為約60℃以上,亦可為約80℃以上或約100℃以上。若丙烯酸系寡聚物之Tg變高,則有使凝聚力提高之效果總體而言變高之傾向。又,就對基材層之抓固性或衝擊吸收性等觀點而言,丙烯酸系寡聚物之Tg例如可為約250℃以下,亦可為約200℃以下,亦可為約180℃以下或約150℃以下。再者,丙烯酸系寡聚物之Tg係與上述之丙烯酸系聚合物之Tg同樣地,基於Fox公式所計算之值。The Tg of the aforementioned acrylic oligomers is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, above about 20°C and below 300°C. The aforementioned Tg can be, for example, above about 30°C, above about 40°C, above about 60°C, above about 80°C, or above about 100°C. If the Tg of the acrylic oligomer increases, the overall effect of improving cohesiveness tends to increase. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the substrate layer or impact absorption, the Tg of the acrylic oligomers can be, for example, below about 250°C, below about 200°C, below about 180°C, or below about 150°C. Moreover, the Tg of the acrylic oligomers, like the Tg of the aforementioned acrylic polymers, is a value calculated based on the Fox formula.

丙烯酸系寡聚物之Mw並無特別限定,例如可為約1000以上,適當為約1500以上,亦可為約2000以上,亦可為約3000以上。又,丙烯酸系寡聚物之Mw例如可為未達約30000,適當為未達約10000,亦可為未達約7000,亦可為未達約5000。若Mw處於上述範圍內,則容易較佳地發揮黏著劑層之凝聚性或接著性提高效果。丙烯酸系寡聚物之Mw可藉由GPC進行測定,並以標凖聚苯乙烯換算之值求出。具體而言,例如東曹公司製造之HPLC8020中使用TSKgelGMH-H(20)×2根作為管柱,利用四氫呋喃溶劑於流速約0.5 mL/分鐘之條件下進行測定。There is no particular limitation on the Mw of acrylic oligomers. For example, it can be above approximately 1000, appropriately above approximately 1500, or above approximately 2000, or above approximately 3000. Furthermore, the Mw of acrylic oligomers can be less than approximately 30000, appropriately less than approximately 10000, less than approximately 7000, or less than approximately 5000. If the Mw is within the above range, the cohesiveness or adhesion enhancement effect of the adhesive layer can be better utilized. The Mw of acrylic oligomers can be determined by GPC and converted to a value equivalent to standard polystyrene. Specifically, for example, the HPLC8020 manufactured by Tosoh Corporation uses two TSKgel GMH-H (20) tubes as columns and performs the determination using tetrahydrofuran solvent at a flow rate of about 0.5 mL/min.

作為構成丙烯酸系寡聚物之單體成分,可例舉:上述之各種(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯;上述之各種含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;上述之各種含芳香族烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;由萜烯化合物衍生物醇獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體。該等可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 Examples of monomeric components constituting acrylic oligomers include: various C1-20 alkyl esters of (meth)acrylates as described above; various (meth)acrylates containing alicyclic hydrocarbons as described above; various (meth)acrylates containing aromatic hydrocarbons as described above; and (meth)acrylate monomers obtained from terpene compound derivative alcohols. One of these may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

就接著性提昇之觀點而言,丙烯酸系寡聚物較佳為包含以如(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯或(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯之類的烷基具有支鏈結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯或含芳香族烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等為代表之具有體積相對較大之結構之丙烯酸系單體作為單體單元。又,於在丙烯酸系寡聚物之合成時或黏著劑層之製作時採用紫外線之情形時,就不易引起聚合阻礙之方面而言,較佳為在酯末端具有飽和烴基之單體,例如可較佳地使用烷基具有支鏈結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯或含飽和脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。From the perspective of improving continuity, acrylic oligomers are preferably composed of acrylic monomers with relatively large volumes, such as alkyl methacrylates with branched alkyl groups (e.g., isobutyl methacrylate or tributyl methacrylate), methacrylates containing alicyclic hydrocarbons, or methacrylates containing aromatic hydrocarbons. Furthermore, when using ultraviolet light during the synthesis of acrylic oligomers or the preparation of adhesive layers, monomers with saturated hydrocarbon groups at the ester terminus are preferred to minimize polymerization inhibition. For example, alkyl methacrylates with branched alkyl groups or methacrylates containing saturated alicyclic hydrocarbons are preferred.

(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體於構成丙烯酸系寡聚物之全部單體成分中所占之比率典型而言為超過50重量%,較佳為60重量%以上,更佳為70重量%以上(例如80重量%以上、進而90重量%以上)。於若干較佳之態樣中,丙烯酸系寡聚物具有實質上僅包含1種或2種以上之(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體之單體組成。於單體成分包含含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之情形時,其等之重量比並無特別限定。於若干態樣中,含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯/(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之重量比例如可設為10/90以上、20/80以上或30/70以上,又,可設為90/10以下、80/20以下或70/30以下。 The proportion of (meth)acrylate monomers in the total monomer composition of the acrylic oligomer is typically more than 50% by weight, preferably more than 60% by weight, and more preferably more than 70% by weight (e.g., more than 80% by weight, and further more than 90% by weight). In several preferred embodiments, the acrylic oligomer has a monomer composition that substantially contains only one or more (meth)acrylate monomers. When the monomer composition includes (meth)acrylates containing alicyclic hydrocarbons and (meth)acrylate C1-20 alkyl esters, their weight ratio is not particularly limited. In several samples, the weight ratio of (meth)acrylate containing alicyclic hydrocarbons to (meth)acrylate C1-20 alkyl esters can be set to, for example, 10/90 or more, 20/80 or more, or 30/70 or more, or 90/10 or less, 80/20 or less, or 70/30 or less.

作為丙烯酸系寡聚物之構成單體成分,除上述之(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體以外,亦可視需要使用含官能基之單體。作為含官能基之單體,可例舉:N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-丙烯醯基𠰌啉等具有含氮原子之雜環之單體;(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯等含胺基之單體;N,N-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等含醯胺基之單體;AA、MAA等含羧基之單體;(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等含羥基之單體。該等含官能基之單體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。於使用含官能基之單體之情形時,含官能基之單體於構成丙烯酸系寡聚物之全部單體成分中所占之比率例如可設為1重量%以上、2重量%以上或3重量%以上,又,例如可設為15重量%以下、10重量%以下或7重量%以下。丙烯酸系寡聚物亦可為不使用含官能基之單體者。In addition to the (meth)acrylate monomers mentioned above, functionalized monomers may also be used as constituent monomers in acrylic oligomers, depending on the requirements. Examples of functionalized monomers include: N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-acryloyl terephthaloline, and other monomers with nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings; N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and other monomers containing amino groups; N,N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide and other monomers containing amide groups; AA, MAA, and other monomers containing carboxyl groups; and 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and other monomers containing hydroxyl groups. One of these functionalized monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using functionalized monomers, the percentage of functionalized monomers in the total monomer composition of the acrylic oligomer can be, for example, 1% or more by weight, 2% or more by weight, or 3% or more by weight, or, for example, 15% or less by weight, 10% or less by weight, or 7% or less by weight. Acrylic oligomers may also be those that do not use functionalized monomers.

作為較佳之丙烯酸系寡聚物,例如可例舉:甲基丙烯酸二環戊酯(DCPMA)、甲基丙烯酸環己酯(CHMA)、甲基丙烯酸異𦯉基酯(IBXMA)、丙烯酸異𦯉基酯(IBXA)、丙烯酸二環戊酯(DCPA)、甲基丙烯酸1-金剛烷基酯(ADMA)、丙烯酸1-金剛烷基酯(ADA)之各均聚物、以及DCPMA與MMA之共聚物、DCPMA與IBXMA之共聚物、ADA與甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)之共聚物、CHMA與甲基丙烯酸異丁酯(IBMA)之共聚物、CHMA與IBXMA之共聚物、CHMA與丙烯醯基𠰌啉(ACMO)之共聚物、CHMA與二乙基丙烯醯胺(DEAA)之共聚物、CHMA與AA之共聚物等。Examples of preferred acrylic oligomers include: dicyclopentyl methacrylate (DCPMA), cyclohexyl methacrylate (CHMA), isopropyl methacrylate (IBXMA), isopropyl acrylate (IBXA), dicyclopentyl methacrylate (DCPA), 1-dalcanyl methacrylate (ADMA), 1-dalcanyl acrylate (ADA), and copolymers of DCPMA and MMA, DCPMA and IBXMA, ADA and methyl methacrylate (MMA), CHMA and isobutyl methacrylate (IBMA), CHMA and IBXMA, CHMA and acrylonitrile methacrylate (ACMO), CHMA and diethylacrylamide (DEAA), and CHMA and AA.

丙烯酸系寡聚物可藉由使其構成單體成分聚合而形成。聚合方法或聚合態樣並無特別限定,可以適宜之態樣採用先前公知之各種聚合方法(例如,溶液聚合、乳液聚合、塊狀聚合、光聚合、放射線聚合等)。可視需要使用之聚合起始劑(例如偶氮系聚合起始劑)之種類大致如關於丙烯酸系聚合物之合成所例示,聚合起始劑量或任意地使用之鏈轉移劑(例如硫醇類)之量以成為所需之分子量之方式基於技術常識恰當地設定,因此省略詳細之說明。Acrylic oligomers can be formed by polymerizing their constituent monomer components. There are no particular limitations on the polymerization method or polymerization state; various previously known polymerization methods (e.g., solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, photopolymerization, radiation polymerization, etc.) can be used as appropriate. The types of polymerization initiators (e.g., azo polymerization initiators) that may be used as needed are generally as illustrated in the synthesis of acrylic polymers. The amount of polymerization initiator or the amount of chain transfer agent (e.g., thiols) used arbitrarily to achieve the desired molecular weight is appropriately determined based on common sense, and therefore detailed descriptions are omitted.

於使黏著劑層或黏著劑組合物中含有丙烯酸系寡聚物之情形時,其含量相對於黏著劑層中所含之聚合物(典型而言,丙烯酸系聚合物)之單體成分100重量份,例如可設為0.01重量份以上,就獲得更高之效果之觀點而言,可設為0.05重量份以上,亦可設為0.1重量份以上或0.2重量份以上。於若干態樣中,丙烯酸系寡聚物之含量相對於上述單體成分100重量份,例如適當為0.5重量份以上,較佳為1重量份以上,亦可為2重量份以上。又,就與上述聚合物(典型而言,丙烯酸系聚合物)之相溶性等觀點而言,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之丙烯酸系寡聚物之含量適當設為未達50重量份,較佳為未達30重量份,更佳為25重量份以下,例如可為10重量份以下,亦可為5重量份以下或1重量份以下。When the adhesive layer or adhesive composition contains acrylic oligomers, their content relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component of the polymer (typically an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer can be, for example, 0.01 parts by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect, can be 0.05 parts by weight or more, or 0.1 parts by weight or more, or 0.2 parts by weight or more. In several embodiments, the content of acrylic oligomers relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned monomer component is, for example, appropriately 0.5 parts by weight or more, preferably 1 part by weight or more, or can be 2 parts by weight or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of compatibility with the aforementioned polymers (typically acrylic polymers), the content of acrylic oligomers relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned monomer components is appropriately set to less than 50 parts by weight, preferably less than 30 parts by weight, more preferably less than 25 parts by weight, for example, less than 10 parts by weight, or less than 5 parts by weight or less than 1 part by weight.

(黏著賦予樹脂) 亦可使黏著劑層中含有黏著賦予樹脂。根據本文所揭示之技術,即便將表面保護片材以較高之接著力貼附於保護對象物,於剝離時,亦可利用水剝離,不使保護對象物破損或變形而將表面保護片材剝離去除。因此,可使黏著劑中含有黏著賦予樹脂等接著力提昇成分來提高接著可靠性,從而提高保護功能。作為黏著賦予樹脂,例如可例舉:松香系黏著賦予樹脂、松香衍生物黏著賦予樹脂、石油系黏著賦予樹脂、萜烯系黏著賦予樹脂、酚系黏著賦予樹脂、酮系黏著賦予樹脂等。該等可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 (Adhesive-enhancing resins) Adhesive layers can also contain adhesive-enhancing resins. According to the technology disclosed herein, even when a surface protection sheet is adhered to the object being protected with high adhesion, it can be peeled off using water without damaging or deforming the object. Therefore, adhesives containing adhesive-enhancing components such as adhesive-enhancing resins can improve adhesion reliability, thereby enhancing protective functionality. Examples of adhesives that impart adhesion to resins include: rosin-based adhesives, rosin derivative adhesives, petroleum-based adhesives, terpene-based adhesives, phenolic adhesives, and ketone-based adhesives. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為上述松香系黏著賦予樹脂,例如可例舉:松香膠、木松香、妥爾油松香等松香、以及穩定化松香(例如,對上述松香進行歧化或氫化處理而成之穩定化松香)、聚合松香(例如,上述松香之多聚物、典型而言為二聚物)、改性松香(例如,藉由順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、(甲基)丙烯酸等不飽和酸進行改性而成之不飽和酸改性松香等)等。 作為上述松香衍生物黏著賦予樹脂,例如可例舉:上述松香系黏著賦予樹脂之酯化物(例如,穩定化松香酯或聚合松香酯等松香酯類)、上述松香系樹脂之酚改性物(酚改性松香)及其酯化物(酚改性松香酯)等。 作為上述石油系黏著賦予樹脂,例如可例舉:脂肪族系石油樹脂、芳香族系石油樹脂、共聚系石油樹脂、脂環族系石油樹脂、該等之氫化物等。 作為上述萜烯系黏著賦予樹脂,例如可例舉:α-蒎烯樹脂、β-蒎烯樹脂、芳香族改性萜烯系樹脂、氫化萜烯樹脂等。 上述萜烯酚樹脂係指包含萜烯殘基及酚殘基之聚合體,其概念包括萜烯類與酚化合物之共聚物(萜烯-酚共聚物樹脂)、及將萜烯類之均聚物或共聚物進行酚改性所得者(酚改性萜烯樹脂)之兩者。萜烯酚樹脂包含氫化萜烯酚樹脂。 作為上述酚系黏著賦予樹脂,可例舉:由烷基酚及甲醛所獲得之烷基酚樹脂等。作為烷基酚樹脂之例,可例舉:酚醛清漆型及可溶酚醛型者。 作為上述酮系黏著賦予樹脂,例如可例舉:利用酮類(例如,甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、苯乙酮等脂肪族酮;環己酮、甲基環己酮等脂環式酮等)與甲醛之縮合獲得之酮系樹脂等。 As adhesives to resins, the aforementioned rosin-based adhesives include, for example, rosin glue, wood rosin, tall oil rosin, and other rosins, as well as stabilized rosin (e.g., stabilized rosin obtained by disproportionation or hydrogenation of the aforementioned rosin), polymerized rosin (e.g., polymers of the aforementioned rosin, typically dimers), and modified rosin (e.g., unsaturated acid-modified rosin obtained by modification with unsaturated acids such as maleic acid, fumaric acid, and (meth)acrylic acid). Examples of rosin derivatives that act as adhesives to resins include: esters of the aforementioned rosin-based adhesives (e.g., rosin esters such as stabilized rosin esters or polymerized rosin esters), phenol-modified rosin resins (phenol-modified rosin), and their esters (phenol-modified rosin esters). Examples of petroleum-based adhesives that act as adhesives to resins include: aliphatic petroleum resins, aromatic petroleum resins, copolymer petroleum resins, alicyclic petroleum resins, and their hydrogenates. Examples of terpene-based adhesive resins include α-pinene resins, β-pinene resins, aromatic modified terpene resins, and hydrogenated terpene resins. The aforementioned terpene phenol resins refer to polymers containing terpene and phenolic residues. This concept includes both copolymers of terpenes and phenolic compounds (terpene-phenol copolymer resins) and those obtained by phenolic modification of terpene homopolymers or copolymers (phenol-modified terpene resins). Terpene phenol resins include hydrogenated terpene phenol resins. Examples of phenolic adhesive resins include alkylphenol resins obtained from alkylphenols and formaldehyde. Examples of alkylphenol resins include phenolic varnish-type and soluble phenolic resins. Examples of ketone-based adhesive resins include ketone resins obtained by the condensation of ketones (e.g., aliphatic ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and acetophenone; alicyclic ketones such as cyclohexanone and methyl cyclohexanone) with formaldehyde.

於若干態樣中,作為黏著賦予樹脂,可較佳地使用選自松香系黏著賦予樹脂、松香衍生物黏著賦予樹脂及萜烯酚樹脂中之1種或2種以上。其中,較佳為松香衍生物黏著賦予樹脂,作為較佳例,可例舉穩定化松香酯及聚合松香酯等松香酯類。Among several types of resins, one or more selected from rosin-based adhesive resins, rosin derivative adhesive resins, and terpene phenol resins may preferably be used as adhesive resins. Among these, rosin derivative adhesive resins are preferred, and rosin esters such as stabilized rosin esters and polymerized rosin esters may be cited as examples.

於水分散型之黏著劑組合物中,較佳為使用如上所述之黏著賦予樹脂分散於水性溶劑中之形態之水分散型黏著賦予樹脂。例如,藉由將丙烯酸系聚合體之水分散液與水分散型黏著賦予樹脂進行混合,可容易地製備以所需之比率含有該等成分之黏著劑組合物。於若干態樣中,作為水分散型黏著賦予樹脂,就對環境衛生之考慮等觀點而言,可較佳地使用至少實質上不含芳香族烴系溶劑者。更佳為使用實質上不含芳香族烴系溶劑及其他有機溶劑之水分散型黏著賦予樹脂。In the aqueous adhesive composition, it is preferable to use an aqueous adhesive resin in the form of an adhesive resin dispersed in an aqueous solvent as described above. For example, by mixing an aqueous dispersion of an acrylic polymer with an aqueous adhesive resin, an adhesive composition containing these components in the desired ratio can be easily prepared. Among several embodiments, as an aqueous adhesive resin, from the viewpoint of environmental hygiene considerations, it is preferable to use one that is at least substantially free of aromatic hydrocarbon solvents. More preferably, an aqueous adhesive resin that is substantially free of aromatic hydrocarbon solvents and other organic solvents is used.

作為包含松香酯類之水分散型黏著賦予樹脂之市售品,例如可例舉:荒川化學工業公司製造之商品名「SUPER ESTER E-720」、「SUPER ESTER E-730-55」、「SUPER ESTER E-865NT」、「SUPER ESTER NS」等、或哈利瑪化成公司製造之商品名「HARIESTER SK-90D」、「HARIESTER SK-70D」、「HARIESTER SK-70E」、「NEOTOL 115E」等。又,作為萜烯酚樹脂(可為水分散型萜烯酚樹脂之形態)之市售品,可例舉:荒川化學工業公司製造之商品名「TAMANOL E-100」、「TAMANOL E-200」、「TAMANOL E-200NT」等。Commercially available products that contain water-dispersible adhesive resins containing rosin esters include, for example, products manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. under the trade names "SUPER ESTER E-720", "SUPER ESTER E-730-55", "SUPER ESTER E-865NT", and "SUPER ESTER NS", or products manufactured by Halima Chemical Co., Ltd. under the trade names "HARIESTER SK-90D", "HARIESTER SK-70D", "HARIESTER SK-70E", and "NEOTOL 115E". Furthermore, commercially available products that are terpene phenol resins (which may be in the form of water-dispersible terpene phenol resins) include, for example, the products manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. under the trade names "TAMANOL E-100", "TAMANOL E-200", and "TAMANOL E-200NT".

黏著賦予樹脂之軟化點並無特別限定。就抑制黏著劑層之凝聚力之降低之觀點而言,可較佳地使用軟化點為80℃以上之黏著賦予樹脂。黏著賦予樹脂之軟化點亦可為90℃以上,亦可為100℃以上,亦可為110℃以上,亦可為120℃以上。亦可使用軟化點130℃以上或140℃以上之黏著賦予樹脂。又,就對基材層之密接性、對被黏著體之接著性等觀點而言,可較佳地使用軟化點為200℃以下或180℃以下之黏著賦予樹脂。再者,作為此處所謂之黏著賦予樹脂之軟化點,可採用文獻或目錄等中所記載之標稱值。於無標稱值之情形時,可基於JIS K5902或JIS K2207中所規定之軟化點試驗方法(環球法)測定黏著賦予樹脂之軟化點。There is no particular limitation on the softening point of the adhesive resin. From the viewpoint of suppressing the reduction of the cohesiveness of the adhesive layer, an adhesive resin with a softening point of 80°C or higher is preferable. The softening point of the adhesive resin may also be 90°C or higher, 100°C or higher, 110°C or higher, or 120°C or higher. Adhesive resins with a softening point of 130°C or higher or 140°C or higher may also be used. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the substrate layer and adhesion to the adhered object, adhesive resins with a softening point of 200°C or lower or 180°C or lower are preferable. Furthermore, the softening point of the resin, referred to here as the adhesive softening point, can be the nominal value recorded in literature or catalogues. In the absence of a nominal value, the softening point of the resin can be determined based on the softening point test method (circular method) specified in JIS K5902 or JIS K2207.

就較佳地發揮其使用效果之觀點而言,黏著賦予樹脂之使用量相對於構成黏著劑層中所含之聚合物之單體成分100重量份,適當設為1重量份以上,亦可為5重量份以上,亦可為10重量份以上。於若干較佳之態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之黏著賦予樹脂之使用量超過10重量份,更佳為15重量份以上,進而較佳為18重量份以上,尤佳為20重量份以上(例如22重量份以上),亦可為25重量份以上,亦可為28重量份以上,亦可為32重量份以上,亦可為35重量份以上。又,就平衡良好地兼顧對基材層或被黏著體之密接性與凝聚性之觀點而言,相對於單體成分100重量份之黏著賦予樹脂之使用量例如適當設為未達100重量份,可為70重量份以下,亦可為50重量份以下,亦可為40重量份以下,亦可為30重量份以下,亦可為20重量份以下。藉由將黏著賦予樹脂之使用量限制為適當範圍,黏著賦予樹脂與黏著劑良好地相溶,可有效地發揮黏著賦予樹脂之添加效果(接著力等黏著特性)。或者,亦可為實質上不含有黏著賦予樹脂之黏著劑層。From the viewpoint of better exerting its effect, the amount of adhesive resin used is appropriately set to 1 part by weight or more, or 5 parts by weight or more, or 10 parts by weight or more, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component of the polymer contained in the adhesive layer. In several preferred embodiments, the amount of adhesive resin used relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned monomer component exceeds 10 parts by weight, more preferably 15 parts by weight or more, further preferably 18 parts by weight or more, especially 20 parts by weight or more (e.g., 22 parts by weight or more), or 25 parts by weight or more, or 28 parts by weight or more, or 32 parts by weight or more, or 35 parts by weight or more. Furthermore, from the perspective of achieving a good balance between adhesion and cohesion to the substrate layer or the adherend, the amount of adhesive resin used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component can be appropriately set to less than 100 parts by weight, for example, it can be 70 parts by weight or less, or 50 parts by weight or less, or 40 parts by weight or less, or 30 parts by weight or less, or 20 parts by weight or less. By limiting the amount of adhesive resin used to an appropriate range, the adhesive resin and the adhesive can be well miscible, and the additive effect of the adhesive resin (adhesive properties such as adhesion) can be effectively exerted. Alternatively, an adhesive layer that does not actually contain adhesive resin can also be used.

(矽烷偶合劑) 於若干態樣中,可使黏著劑層中含有矽烷偶合劑。根據包含矽烷偶合劑之黏著劑層,可較佳地實現接著力較高之表面保護片材。矽烷偶合劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 (Silane Coupling Agent) In several formulations, the adhesive layer may contain a silane coupling agent. Depending on the adhesive layer containing the silane coupling agent, a surface protection sheet with higher adhesion can be achieved. One silane coupling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為矽烷偶合劑,可例舉:3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷等具有環氧結構之矽化合物;3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷等含胺基之矽化合物;3-氯丙基三甲氧基矽烷;含乙醯乙醯基之三甲氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等含(甲基)丙烯醯基之矽烷偶合劑;3-異氰酸基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等含異氰酸基之矽烷偶合劑等。其中,作為較佳例,可例舉3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷及含乙醯乙醯基之三甲氧基矽烷。Examples of silane coupling agents include: 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, which are silicon compounds with an epoxy structure; 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, and N-(2-aminoethyl) Silica compounds containing amino groups, such as 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane; silane coupling agents containing (meth)acrylyl groups, such as acetyltrimethoxysilane, 3-propenyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and 3-methpropenyloxypropyltriethoxysilane; and silane coupling agents containing isocyanate groups, such as 3-isocyanopropyltriethoxysilane. Among these, 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane and acetyltrimethoxysilane are preferred examples.

矽烷偶合劑之使用量可以獲得所需之使用效果之方式進行設定,並無特別限定。於若干態樣中,矽烷偶合劑之使用量相對於構成黏著劑層中所含之聚合物之單體成分100重量份,例如可為0.001重量份以上,就獲得更高之效果之觀點而言,可為0.005重量份以上,亦可為0.01重量份以上,亦可為0.015重量份以上。又,就接著性提昇之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,矽烷偶合劑之使用量相對於構成黏著劑層之單體成分100重量份,例如可為3重量份以下,亦可為1重量份以下,亦可為0.5重量份以下。又,本文所揭示之技術可於使用實質上不含矽烷偶合劑之黏著劑組合物之態樣中實施。藉由限制矽烷偶合劑之使用,或不使用矽烷偶合劑,可抑制經時性之黏著力上升,又,容易獲得良好之水剝離性。The amount of silane coupling agent used can be set in a way that achieves the desired effect and is not particularly limited. In several samples, the amount of silane coupling agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomeric component of the polymer contained in the adhesive layer can be, for example, 0.001 parts by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect, it can be 0.005 parts by weight or more, or 0.01 parts by weight or more, or 0.015 parts by weight or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving adhesion, in several samples, the amount of silane coupling agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomeric component constituting the adhesive layer can be, for example, 3 parts by weight or less, or 1 part by weight or less, or 0.5 parts by weight or less. Furthermore, the techniques disclosed herein can be implemented in adhesive compositions that substantially do not contain silane coupling agents. By limiting or eliminating the use of silane coupling agents, the increase in adhesive strength over time can be suppressed, and good water peelability can be easily obtained.

再者,於單體成分包含含烷氧基矽烷基之單體之態樣中,亦可利用上述含烷氧基矽烷基之單體作為黏著劑層中所含之矽烷偶合劑之一部分或全部。Furthermore, in the case where the monomer component includes a monomer containing alkoxysilyl groups, the aforementioned monomer containing alkoxysilyl groups can also be used as part or all of the silane coupling agent contained in the adhesive layer.

(光聚合起始劑) 本文所揭示之黏著劑組合物及光硬化性黏著劑層中,以光硬化性之賦予等為目的,可視需要含有光聚合起始劑(亦稱為光反應觸媒)。作為光聚合起始劑,與作為可用於合成丙烯酸系聚合物者所例示之光聚合起始劑同樣地,可使用縮酮系光聚合起始劑、苯乙酮系光聚合起始劑、安息香醚系光聚合起始劑、醯基氧化膦系光聚合起始劑、α-酮醇系光聚合起始劑、芳香族磺醯氯系光聚合起始劑、光活性肟系光聚合起始劑、安息香系光聚合起始劑、苯偶醯系光聚合起始劑、二苯甲酮系光聚合起始劑、9-氧硫𠮿系光聚合起始劑等。光聚合起始劑可單獨使用1種或適宜組合使用2種以上。 (Photopolymerization Initiator) The adhesive compositions and photocurable adhesive layers disclosed herein may contain a photopolymerization initiator (also known as a photocatalyst) as needed for the purpose of imparting photocurability. As photopolymerization initiators, similar to those exemplified for use in the synthesis of acrylic polymers, ketone-based, acetophenone-based, benzoin ether-based, phosphine oxide-based, α-ketool-based, aromatic sulfonylurea-chloro-based, photoactive oxime-based, benzoin-based, benzoin-based, benzoin-based, benzoin-based, benzoyl ketone-based, benzophenone-based, and 9-oxosulfuron-methyl-2-ethylhexylene ... Photopolymerization initiators, etc. A single photopolymerization initiator can be used alone, or two or more can be used in combination as appropriate.

黏著劑層中之光聚合起始劑之含量並無特別限定,可以恰當地發揮所需之效果之方式進行設定。於若干態樣中,光聚合起始劑之含量相對於黏著劑層中所含之聚合物(典型而言,丙烯酸系聚合物)之單體成分100重量份,例如可設為約0.005重量份以上,適當設為0.01重量份以上,較佳為設為0.05重量份以上,亦可設為0.10重量份以上,亦可設為0.15重量份以上,亦可設為0.20重量份以上。藉由光聚合起始劑之含量之增大,使得黏著劑層之光硬化性提昇。又,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之光聚合起始劑之含量適當設為5重量份以下,較佳為設為2重量份以下,亦可設為1重量份以下,亦可設為0.7重量份以下,亦可設為0.5重量份以下。光聚合起始劑之含量不過多就表面保護片材之保存穩定性(例如,對於光劣化之穩定性)提昇之觀點而言可變得有利。The content of photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited and can be set in a way that appropriately achieves the desired effect. In several samples, the content of photopolymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the polymer monomer component (typically an acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer can be, for example, set to approximately 0.005 parts by weight or more, appropriately set to 0.01 parts by weight or more, preferably set to 0.05 parts by weight or more, or also set to 0.10 parts by weight or more, or 0.15 parts by weight or more, or even 0.20 parts by weight or more. By increasing the content of photopolymerization initiator, the photocurability of the adhesive layer is improved. Furthermore, the content of the photopolymerization initiator at 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned monomer component is appropriately set to 5 parts by weight or less, preferably 2 parts by weight or less, or 1 part by weight or less, or 0.7 parts by weight or less, or 0.5 parts by weight or less. Maintaining a low content of the photopolymerization initiator is advantageous from the perspective of improving the stability of the surface protection sheet (e.g., stability against photodegradation).

包含光聚合起始劑之黏著劑層典型而言可使用包含該光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組合物(例如溶劑型黏著劑組合物)而形成。包含光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組合物例如可將該組合物中所使用之其他成分與光聚合起始劑混合而製備。又,於使用在光聚合起始劑之存在下合成(光聚合)之聚合物(典型而言,丙烯酸系聚合物)而製備黏著劑組合物之情形時,亦可利用合成上述聚合物時所使用之光聚合起始劑之殘留物(未反應物)作為黏著劑層中所含之光聚合起始劑之一部分或全部。使用在光聚合起始劑之存在下合成者作為視需要使用之丙烯酸系寡聚物之情形亦相同。就製造管理之容易性之觀點而言,本文所揭示之黏著劑層可使用於其他構成成分中新添加上述量之光聚合起始劑所製備之黏著劑組合物而較佳地形成。An adhesive layer containing a photopolymerization initiator is typically formed using an adhesive composition (e.g., a solvent-based adhesive composition) containing the photopolymerization initiator. The adhesive composition containing the photopolymerization initiator can be prepared, for example, by mixing other components used in the composition with the photopolymerization initiator. Furthermore, when preparing an adhesive composition using a polymer synthesized (photopolymerized) in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator (typically an acrylic polymer), the residue (unreacted product) of the photopolymerization initiator used in the synthesis of the aforementioned polymer can also be used as part or all of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive layer. The same applies when using an acrylic oligomer synthesized in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator as needed. From the perspective of ease of manufacturing management, the adhesive layer disclosed herein can be preferably formed in adhesive compositions prepared by adding the aforementioned amount of photopolymerization initiator to other components.

(其他成分) 用於形成黏著劑層之黏著劑組合物可為視需要含有以pH值調整等為目的而使用之酸或鹼(氨水等)者。作為該組合物中可含有之其他任意成分,可例示:黏度調整劑(例如增黏劑)、調平劑、塑化劑、填充劑、顏料或染料等著色劑、穩定劑、防腐劑、防老化劑等黏著劑組合物之領域中一般之各種添加劑。關於此種各種添加劑,可藉由常規方法使用先前公知者,由於並非特別對本發明賦予特徵者,故而省略詳細之說明。再者,雖無特別限定,但本文所揭示之技術可於具備以上述聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物)作為主成分之黏著劑層之態樣中較佳地實施。於若干態樣中,上述聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物)於上述黏著劑層中所占之比率為約85重量%以上(例如85~100重量%),亦可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。 (Other Components) The adhesive composition used to form the adhesive layer may contain, as needed, acids or alkalis (such as ammonia) used for purposes such as pH adjustment. Examples of other arbitrary components that may be included in this composition include: viscosity modifiers (e.g., thickeners), leveling agents, plasticizers, fillers, colorants such as pigments or dyes, stabilizers, preservatives, anti-aging agents, and various additives commonly found in the field of adhesive compositions. Such additives can be used by conventional methods and are not specifically characterized by this invention; therefore, detailed descriptions are omitted. Furthermore, although not particularly limited, the technology disclosed herein is preferably implemented in samples having an adhesive layer with the aforementioned polymer (e.g., an acrylic polymer) as the main component. In several samples, the proportion of the aforementioned polymer (e.g., an acrylic polymer) in the adhesive layer is approximately 85% by weight or more (e.g., 85-100% by weight), or more than 90% by weight, or more than 95% by weight.

(黏著劑層之形成) 黏著劑層可為黏著劑組合物之硬化層。即,該黏著劑層可藉由將黏著劑組合物賦予(例如塗佈)至適當之表面後,適宜實施硬化處理而形成。於進行2種以上之硬化處理(乾燥、交聯、聚合等)之情形時,該等可同時或歷經多階段而進行。於使用單體成分之部分聚合物(丙烯酸系聚合體漿液)之黏著劑組合物中,典型而言,作為上述硬化處理,進行最終之共聚反應。即,將部分聚合物供至進一步之共聚反應而形成完全聚合物。例如,若為光硬化性之黏著劑組合物,則實施光照射。亦可視需要實施交聯、乾燥等硬化處理。例如,於必須以光硬化性黏著劑組合物進行乾燥之情形時,可於乾燥後進行光硬化。於使用完全聚合物之黏著劑組合物中,典型而言,作為上述硬化處理,視需要實施乾燥(加熱乾燥)、交聯等處理。兩層以上之多層構造之黏著劑層可藉由貼合預先形成之黏著劑層而製作。或者,亦可於預先形成之第一黏著劑層上塗佈黏著劑組合物,使該黏著劑組合物硬化而形成第二黏著劑層。 (Formation of the Adhesive Layer) The adhesive layer can be a hardened layer of the adhesive composition. That is, the adhesive layer can be formed by applying (e.g., coating) the adhesive composition to a suitable surface and then performing a curing treatment. When two or more curing treatments (drying, crosslinking, polymerization, etc.) are performed, these can be carried out simultaneously or in multiple stages. In adhesive compositions using a monomeric polymer (acrylic polymer slurry) as a partial polymer, typically, as a curing treatment, a final copolymerization reaction is performed. That is, a portion of the polymer is fed to a further copolymerization reaction to form a complete polymer. For example, if it is a photocurable adhesive composition, light irradiation is performed. Crosslinking, drying, and other curing treatments can also be performed as needed. For example, when drying is necessary with a photocurable adhesive composition, photocuring can be performed after drying. In adhesive compositions using a complete polymer, typically, as a curing treatment, drying (heat drying), crosslinking, or other processes are performed as needed. Multilayer adhesive layers with two or more layers can be fabricated by bonding pre-formed adhesive layers. Alternatively, an adhesive composition can be applied to a pre-formed first adhesive layer, and the adhesive composition can be cured to form a second adhesive layer.

黏著劑組合物之塗佈例如可使用凹版輥式塗佈機、逆輥塗佈機、接觸輥塗佈機、浸漬輥塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、噴霧塗佈機等慣用之塗佈機而實施。例如,作為於基材層上設置黏著劑層之方法,可使用對該基材層直接賦予黏著劑組合物而形成黏著劑層之直接法,亦可使用將形成於剝離面上之黏著劑層轉印至基材層之轉印法。The application of the adhesive composition can be carried out using conventional coating machines such as gravure roller coating machines, reverse roller coating machines, contact roller coating machines, dip roller coating machines, rod coating machines, doctor blade coating machines, and spray coating machines. For example, as a method for setting an adhesive layer on a substrate layer, a direct method can be used to directly apply the adhesive composition to the substrate layer to form the adhesive layer, or a transfer method can be used to transfer the adhesive layer formed on the peel surface to the substrate layer.

黏著劑層之厚度並無特別限定,例如可為3 μm~1000 μm左右。就使黏著劑層密接於基材層或被黏著體而提高耐水可靠性之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,黏著劑層之厚度較佳為5 μm以上(例如超過5 μm),更佳為10 μm以上(例如超過10 μm),進而較佳為15 μm以上,尤佳為20 μm以上。本文所揭示之表面保護片材具有水剝離性,可利用該水剝離而自被黏著體順利地剝離去除,因此可增大黏著劑層之厚度,提高接著力(可以常態接著力、溫水浸漬後接著力表示),保持或提昇保護性。又,就防止因黏著劑層之凝聚破壞而產生糊劑殘留之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,黏著劑層之厚度例如可為500 μm以下,亦可為300 μm以下,亦可為200 μm以下,亦可為150 μm以下。於若干較佳之態樣中,黏著劑層之厚度為100 μm以下,更佳為60 μm以下,進而較佳為50 μm以下,例如亦可為40 μm以下,亦可為30 μm以下。藉由限制黏著劑層之厚度,可限制自黏著劑層端部之水滲入,可抑制浸漬於水性液體或溫水之狀態下之接著力降低。再者,黏著劑層可為單層構造,亦可具有兩層以上之多層構造。The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can range from approximately 3 μm to 1000 μm. From the perspective of improving water resistance by ensuring the adhesive layer adheres tightly to the substrate or the adherend, in several embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 5 μm or more (e.g., exceeding 5 μm), more preferably 10 μm or more (e.g., exceeding 10 μm), further preferably 15 μm or more, and especially preferably 20 μm or more. The surface protection sheet disclosed herein has water-peelability, allowing it to be smoothly peeled off from the adherend. Therefore, the thickness of the adhesive layer can be increased, improving adhesion (which can be expressed as normal adhesion or adhesion after warm water immersion), maintaining or enhancing protective properties. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of preventing paste residue due to the aggregation and destruction of the adhesive layer, in several embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 500 μm or less, 300 μm or less, 200 μm or less, or 150 μm or less. In several preferred embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer is 100 μm or less, more preferably 60 μm or less, and even more preferably 50 μm or less, for example, 40 μm or less, or 30 μm or less. By limiting the thickness of the adhesive layer, water penetration from the ends of the adhesive layer can be limited, and the decrease in adhesion when immersed in aqueous liquids or warm water can be suppressed. Furthermore, the adhesive layer can be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure with two or more layers.

於若干態樣中,黏著劑層之60℃下之損失彈性模數G"(60℃損失彈性模數G")較佳為處於10 kPa以上且50 kPa以下之範圍內。根據具備具有上述範圍之60℃損失彈性模數G"之黏著劑層之表面保護片材,基於該黏著劑之黏性項(60℃損失彈性模數G")而耐溫水性提昇,例如即便於藥液(典型而言,水溶液之形態)或溫水中使用,亦容易維持對於被黏著體之密接狀態,不表現基於水剝離性之接著力降低,或容易抑制接著力降低。因此,即便於以將上述表面保護片材貼附於保護對象物之狀態下將該保護對象物於液中進行處理之情形時,亦可較佳地保持保護所需之接著性。又,可認為於溫水中因基材層之膨脹收縮而對表面保護片材端部施加剝離負載時,於60℃下具有特定之黏性項之黏著劑中,上述剝離負載轉化為熱能而可得以減輕,因此容易維持穩定之接著狀態。此種表面保護片材可成為例如於上述液中處理中不產生自端部之剝離之保護性優異者。In several samples, the loss modulus of elasticity G" (loss modulus of elasticity G" at 60°C) of the adhesive layer is preferably in the range of 10 kPa or more and 50 kPa or less. Surface protective sheets with an adhesive layer having a loss modulus of elasticity G" at 60°C within the aforementioned range exhibit improved resistance to hot water due to the adhesive properties (loss modulus of elasticity G" at 60°C). For example, even when used in liquids (typically aqueous solutions) or warm water, it easily maintains a close bond to the adherend, does not exhibit a decrease in adhesion based on water peelability, or easily suppresses a decrease in adhesion. Therefore, even when the object to be protected is treated in a liquid while the aforementioned surface protective sheet is attached to it, the required adhesion can be maintained better. Furthermore, it can be considered that when a peeling load is applied to the ends of the surface protective sheet in warm water due to the expansion and contraction of the substrate layer, the peeling load is converted into heat energy and reduced in adhesives with a specific viscosity at 60°C, thus easily maintaining a stable adhesion. This type of surface protective sheet can be considered superior in terms of protection, for example, by not peeling from the ends during the aforementioned liquid treatment.

於若干較佳之態樣中,就藥液或溫水浸漬後之接著性之觀點而言,上述黏著劑層之60℃損失彈性模數G"為12 kPa以上,更佳為15 kPa以上,亦可為18 kPa以上,亦可為22 kPa以上,亦可為25 kPa以上,亦可為28 kPa以上,亦可為30 kPa以上,亦可為32 kPa以上。藉由將60℃損失彈性模數G"設定得較高,可將30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1維持得較高。於若干態樣中,上述60℃損失彈性模數G"之上限可為45 kPa以下,亦可為40 kPa以下,亦可為35 kPa以下。藉由將黏著劑層之60℃損失彈性模數G"限制為特定值以下,容易獲得具有適於表面保護用途之良好之黏著特性之黏著劑。於其他若干態樣中,上述黏著劑層之60℃損失彈性模數G"可為30 kPa以下,亦可為25 kPa以下,亦可為20 kPa以下。In several preferred embodiments, from the viewpoint of adhesion after immersion in the adhesive solution or warm water, the elastic modulus G" of the adhesive layer at 60°C is 12 kPa or higher, more preferably 15 kPa or higher, and can also be 18 kPa or higher, 22 kPa or higher, 25 kPa or higher, 28 kPa or higher, 30 kPa or higher, or 32 kPa or higher. By setting a higher elastic modulus G" at 60°C, the adhesion force F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes can be maintained at a higher level. In several embodiments, the upper limit of the above-mentioned elastic modulus loss at 60°C, G", may be 45 kPa or less, or 40 kPa or less, or 35 kPa or less. By limiting the elastic modulus loss at 60°C, G", of the adhesive layer to a specific value or less, it is easy to obtain an adhesive with good adhesive properties suitable for surface protection applications. In other embodiments, the elastic modulus loss at 60°C, G", of the above-mentioned adhesive layer may be 30 kPa or less, or 25 kPa or less, or 20 kPa or less.

更具體而言,上述黏著劑層之60℃損失彈性模數G"可為11 kPa以上或以下、12 kPa以上或以下、13 kPa以上或以下、14 kPa以上或以下、15 kPa以上或以下、16 kPa以上或以下、17 kPa以上或以下、18 kPa以上或以下、19 kPa以上或以下、20 kPa以上或以下、21 kPa以上或以下、22 kPa以上或以下、23 kPa以上或以下、24 kPa以上或以下、25 kPa以上或以下、26 kPa以上或以下、27 kPa以上或以下、28 kPa以上或以下、29 kPa以上或以下、30 kPa以上或以下、31 kPa以上或以下、32 kPa以上或以下、33 kPa以上或以下、34 kPa以上或以下、35 kPa以上或以下、36 kPa以上或以下、37 kPa以上或以下、38 kPa以上或以下、39 kPa以上或以下、40 kPa以上或以下、41 kPa以上或以下、42 kPa以上或以下、43 kPa以上或以下、44 kPa以上或以下、45 kPa以上或以下、46 kPa以上或以下、47 kPa以上或以下、48 kPa以上或以下、49 kPa以上或以下。More specifically, the elastic modulus G" of the adhesive layer at 60°C can be 11 kPa or less, 12 kPa or less, 13 kPa or less, 14 kPa or less, 15 kPa or less, 16 kPa or less, 17 kPa or less, 18 kPa or less, 19 kPa or less, 20 kPa or less, 21 kPa or less, 22 kPa or less, 23 kPa or less, 24 kPa or less, 25 kPa or less, 26 kPa or less, 27 kPa or less, 28 kPa or less, 29 kPa or less, 30 kPa or less, 31 kPa or less, 32 kPa or less, 33 kPa or less, 34 kPa or less, 35 kPa or less, 36 kPa or less, 37 kPa or less. 38 kPa or above, 39 kPa or above, 40 kPa or below, 41 kPa or above, 42 kPa or below, 43 kPa or above, 44 kPa or above, 45 kPa or above, 46 kPa or below, 47 kPa or above, 48 kPa or above, and 49 kPa or above.

上述60℃損失彈性模數G"主要可藉由調整黏著劑中所含之聚合物之分子量或分子量分佈而獲得,此外,亦可藉由黏著劑中之交聯密度等進行調整。黏著劑層之60℃損失彈性模數G"可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The aforementioned loss modulus of elasticity G at 60°C can be obtained primarily by adjusting the molecular weight or molecular weight distribution of the polymer contained in the adhesive. In addition, it can also be adjusted by the crosslinking density in the adhesive. The loss modulus of elasticity G at 60°C of the adhesive layer can be determined using the method described in the embodiments below.

<基材層> 本文所揭示之表面保護片材可包含基材層。作為基材層之材質之非限定性例,可例舉:聚烯烴膜、聚酯膜、聚氯乙烯膜等各種樹脂膜;包含聚胺基甲酸酯泡沫、聚乙烯泡沫、聚氯丁二烯泡沫等發泡體之發泡體片材;利用各種纖維狀物質(可為麻、棉等天然纖維、聚酯、維尼綸等合成纖維、乙酸酯等半合成纖維等)之單獨或混紡等獲得之織布及不織布;日本紙、道林紙、牛皮紙、皺紋紙等紙類;鋁箔、銅箔、不鏽鋼(SUS)等金屬箔等,可自該等之1種或將2種以上複合之構成之層狀體中選定適當之材料而用作基材層材料。作為上述複合構造之基材層之例,例如可例舉:金屬箔與上述樹脂膜積層之構造之積層基材(多層構造基材)、藉由玻璃布等無機纖維強化之樹脂片材等。 <Substrate Layer> The surface protection sheet disclosed herein may include a substrate layer. Non-limiting examples of materials for the substrate layer include: various resin films such as polyolefin films, polyester films, and polyvinyl chloride films; foamed sheets containing foams such as polyurethane foam, polyethylene foam, and polychloroprene foam; woven and non-woven fabrics obtained by spinning or blending various fibrous materials (such as natural fibers such as hemp and cotton, synthetic fibers such as polyester and vinylon, and semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate); paper such as Japanese paper, woodfree paper, kraft paper, and wrinkled paper; and metal foils such as aluminum foil, copper foil, and stainless steel (SUS). A suitable material can be selected from one or more of these composites to form a layer and used as the substrate layer material. Examples of substrate layers in the aforementioned composite structures include: laminated substrates (multilayer substrates) consisting of metal foil and the aforementioned resin film, and resin sheets reinforced with inorganic fibers such as glass cloth.

作為基材層之材料,可較佳地使用各種膜(以下,亦稱為基材膜)。上述基材膜可為如發泡體膜或不織布片材等般多孔質之膜,亦可為多孔質之層與非多孔質之層積層之構造之膜。於若干態樣中,作為上述基材膜,可較佳地使用包含可獨立地維持形狀之(自立型之或非依賴性之)樹脂膜作為基底膜者。此處,所謂「樹脂膜」,意指為非多孔質之構造,典型而言實質上不含氣泡之(無空隙之)樹脂膜。因此,上述樹脂膜係與發泡體膜或不織布區別之概念。上述樹脂膜可為單層構造,亦可為兩層以上之多層構造(例如三層構造)。As the material for the substrate layer, various membranes (hereinafter also referred to as substrate membranes) can be preferably used. The aforementioned substrate membrane can be a porous membrane such as a foamed membrane or a non-woven sheet, or a membrane with a structure of porous layers and non-porous layers. Among several embodiments, as the aforementioned substrate membrane, a resin membrane comprising a shape that can independently maintain its shape (self-supporting or independent) can preferably be used as the base membrane. Here, "resin membrane" refers to a non-porous structure, typically a resin membrane that is substantially free of bubbles (pore-free). Therefore, the aforementioned resin membrane is a concept distinct from foamed membranes or non-woven sheets. The resin film described above can be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure with two or more layers (e.g., a three-layer structure).

作為構成樹脂膜之樹脂材料,例如可使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)或聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN)等聚酯;聚乙烯(PE)或聚丙烯(PP)、乙烯-丙烯共聚物等聚烯烴;源自具有降𦯉烯結構等脂肪族環結構之單體之聚環烯烴;尼龍6、尼龍66、部分芳香族聚醯胺等聚醯胺(PA);透明聚醯亞胺(CPI)等聚醯亞胺(PI)、聚醯胺醯亞胺(PAI);聚醚醚酮(PEEK);聚醚碸(PES);聚苯硫醚(PPS);聚碳酸酯(PC);聚胺基甲酸酯(PU);乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物(EVA);聚乙烯醇(PVA);聚苯乙烯;ABS樹脂;聚氯乙烯;聚偏二氯乙烯;聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)等氟樹脂;聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯等丙烯酸樹脂;二乙醯纖維素或三乙醯纖維素(TAC)等纖維素系聚合體;乙烯醇縮丁醛系聚合體;芳酯系聚合體;聚甲醛系聚合體;環氧系聚合體等樹脂。本文所揭示之基材層可為其表面由上述樹脂材料所構成者。可用作基材層之樹脂膜可自使用單獨包含1種上述樹脂之樹脂材料所形成者、或使用摻合有2種以上之樹脂材料所形成者中選定適當之材料而使用。上述樹脂膜亦可為包含1種或2種以上之樹脂材料之樹脂層、與包含與該樹脂層相同種類或不同種類之1種或2種以上之樹脂材料之樹脂層積層而成的複合樹脂膜。上述樹脂膜可未經延伸,亦可經延伸(例如單軸延伸或雙軸延伸)。Resin materials used to form resin films include, for example, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) or polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN); polyolefins such as polyethylene (PE) or polypropylene (PP), and ethylene-propylene copolymer; polycyclic cyclic olefins derived from monomers with aliphatic ring structures such as norethene; polyamides (PA) such as nylon 6, nylon 66, and some aromatic polyamides; polyimides (PI) such as transparent polyimide (CPI), and polyamide-imide (PAI); and polyetheretherketone (PEE). K); polyether sulfide (PES); polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); polycarbonate (PC); polyurethane (PU); ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); polyvinyl alcohol (PVA); polystyrene; ABS resin; polyvinyl chloride; polyvinylidene chloride; polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and other fluoropolymers; polymethyl methacrylate and other acrylic resins; diacetyl cellulose or triacetyl cellulose (TAC) and other cellulose polymers; vinyl butyral polymers; aromatic ester polymers; polyoxymethylene polymers; epoxy polymers and other resins. The substrate layer disclosed herein may have its surface composed of the above-mentioned resin materials. The resin film that can be used as a substrate layer can be selected from those formed using a resin material that contains only one of the aforementioned resins, or those formed using a mixture of two or more resin materials. The resin film can also be a composite resin film formed by laminating a resin layer containing one or more resin materials, or a resin layer containing one or more resin materials of the same or different type as the resin layer. The resin film can be unstretched or stretched (e.g., uniaxially or biaxially stretched).

於若干較佳之態樣中,使用聚烯烴樹脂膜作為基材層。藉由使用聚烯烴樹脂膜,可較佳地獲得以適當之厚度發揮較佳之特性(例如30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1及30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率)之表面保護片材。此處,所謂聚烯烴樹脂,係指以超過50重量%之比率含有聚烯烴之樹脂。作為聚烯烴樹脂,可單獨使用1種聚烯烴或組合使用2種以上之聚烯烴。該聚烯烴例如可為α-烯烴之均聚物、2種以上之α-烯烴之共聚物、1種或2種以上之α-烯烴與其他乙烯基單體之共聚物等。作為具體例,可例舉:PE、PP、聚-1-丁烯、聚-4-甲基-1-戊烯、乙烯丙烯橡膠(EPR)等乙烯-丙烯共聚物、乙烯-丙烯-丁烯共聚物、乙烯-丁烯共聚物、乙烯-乙烯醇共聚物、乙烯-丙烯酸乙酯共聚物等。低密度(LD)聚烯烴及高密度(HD)聚烯烴均可使用。作為聚烯烴樹脂膜之例,可例舉:未經延伸之聚丙烯(CPP)膜、雙軸延伸聚丙烯(OPP)膜、低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)膜、直鏈狀低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE)膜、中密度聚乙烯(MDPE)膜、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE)膜、摻合有2種以上之聚乙烯(PE)之聚乙烯(PE)膜、摻合有聚丙烯(PP)與聚乙烯(PE)之PP/PE摻合膜等。其中,就透濕度之觀點而言,較佳為OPP膜。In several preferred embodiments, a polyolefin resin film is used as the substrate layer. By using a polyolefin resin film, a surface protective sheet can be obtained with appropriate thickness to achieve better properties (e.g., adhesion F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion and reduction rate of water peeling force after 30 minutes of warm water immersion). Here, polyolefin resin refers to a resin containing polyolefins at a ratio of more than 50% by weight. As a polyolefin resin, one type of polyolefin can be used alone or in combination with two or more types of polyolefins. The polyolefin can be, for example, a homopolymer of α-olefin, a copolymer of two or more α-olefins, or a copolymer of one or more α-olefins with other vinyl monomers. Specific examples include: ethylene-propylene copolymers such as PE, PP, poly-1-butene, poly-4-methyl-1-pentene, and ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR), ethylene-propylene-butene copolymers, ethylene-butene copolymers, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, and ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymers. Both low-density (LD) and high-density (HD) polyolefins can be used. Examples of polyolefin resin films include: unstretched polypropylene (CPP) films, biaxially oriented polypropylene (OPP) films, low-density polyethylene (LDPE) films, linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) films, medium-density polyethylene (MDPE) films, high-density polyethylene (HDPE) films, polyethylene (PE) films blended with two or more types of polyethylene (PE), and PP/PE blended films blended with polypropylene (PP) and polyethylene (PE). Among these, OPP films are preferred from the perspective of moisture permeability.

作為構成樹脂膜之樹脂材料之其他較佳例,可例舉:聚偏二氯乙烯樹脂、PPS樹脂、聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂、EVA樹脂、PTFE等氟樹脂。此處,所謂聚偏二氯乙烯樹脂,係指以超過50重量%之比率含有聚偏二氯乙烯之樹脂。同樣地,所謂PPS樹脂,係指以超過50重量%之比率含有PPS之樹脂。聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂、EVA樹脂、氟樹脂亦相同。上述所例示之聚烯烴樹脂(PE、PP)、或聚偏二氯乙烯樹脂、PPS樹脂、聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂、EVA樹脂、氟樹脂可與其他材料複合使用,但藉由單獨使用各者用作基材層,亦可形成具有特定值以上之30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1、及特定之30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率之表面保護片材。Other preferred examples of resin materials constituting resin films include: polyvinylidene chloride resin, PPS resin, polyurethane resin, EVA resin, and fluoropolymers such as PTFE. Here, polyvinylidene chloride resin refers to a resin containing more than 50% by weight of polyvinylidene chloride. Similarly, PPS resin refers to a resin containing more than 50% by weight of PPS. The same applies to polyurethane resin, EVA resin, and fluoropolymers. The polyolefin resins (PE, PP), or polyvinylidene chloride resin, PPS resin, polyurethane resin, EVA resin, and fluororesin exemplified above can be used in combination with other materials. However, by using each of them alone as a substrate layer, a surface protective sheet with a specific value of adhesion F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion and a specific reduction rate of water peeling force after 30 minutes of warm water immersion can also be formed.

於樹脂膜中,可視需要調配光穩定劑、抗氧化劑、抗靜電劑、著色劑(染料、顏料等)、填充材料、潤滑劑、抗黏連劑等公知之添加劑。添加劑之調配量並無特別限定,可根據用途等而適宜設定。In resin films, known additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, lubricants, and antiblocking agents can be added as needed. There are no particular limitations on the amount of additives added, which can be appropriately set according to the application.

樹脂膜之製造方法並無特別限定。例如可適宜採用擠出成形、吹脹成形、T模澆鑄成形、砑光輥成形等先前公知之一般之樹脂膜成形方法。There are no particular limitations on the manufacturing method of resin films. For example, commonly known resin film forming methods such as extrusion molding, blow molding, T-die casting, and burnishing roll forming can be used.

上述基材層可為實質上由此種樹脂膜所構成者。或者,上述基材層亦可為除上述樹脂膜以外,亦包含輔助層者。作為上述輔助層之例,可例舉:光學特性調整層(例如著色層、抗反射層)、用以賦予所需之外觀之印刷層或層壓層、抗靜電層、底塗層、剝離層等表面處理層。The aforementioned substrate layer may be substantially composed of such a resin film. Alternatively, the aforementioned substrate layer may also include auxiliary layers in addition to the aforementioned resin film. Examples of such auxiliary layers include: optical property adjustment layers (e.g., coloring layers, anti-reflective layers), printed layers or laminates for imparting the desired appearance, antistatic layers, primer layers, release layers, and other surface treatment layers.

於其他若干態樣中,基材層具有含有無機材料之層(含無機材料之層)。藉由採用包含含無機材料之層之基材層,亦可實現由本文所揭示之技術所帶來之效果。藉由配置含無機材料之層,有阻隔性(防透濕性)提昇之傾向。於若干態樣中,作為具有含無機材料之層之基材層,可例舉:包含上述樹脂膜等作為基材主層,且具有設置於該基材主層之至少一表面之含無機材料之層之構成。於其他若干態樣中,基材層亦可為實質上包含含無機材料之層者。In several other embodiments, the substrate layer has a layer containing inorganic materials (a layer containing inorganic materials). By using a substrate layer containing an inorganic material layer, the effects brought about by the technology disclosed herein can also be achieved. By configuring a layer containing inorganic materials, there is a tendency to improve barrier properties (moisture-proof properties). In several embodiments, a substrate layer having a layer containing inorganic materials can be exemplified as having a main substrate layer including the aforementioned resin film, and having a layer containing inorganic materials disposed on at least one surface of the main substrate layer. In several other embodiments, the substrate layer may also substantially contain a layer containing inorganic materials.

作為上述含無機材料之層中所使用之無機材料,可使用包含過渡金屬元素或半金屬元素之單質、合金之各種金屬材料、或無機氧化物等無機化合物中可形成親水性表面之材料。上述無機材料可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。作為無機材料之較佳例,可例舉:氧化鈦、氧化鋅、氧化鎂、氧化鋁、氧化矽、氧化鈰、氧化鉻、氧化鋯、氧化錳、氧化鋅、氧化鐵、氧化錫、氧化鈮等氧化物(無機氧化物、典型而言為金屬氧化物)。其中,作為較佳之無機材料,可使用氧化矽等無機氧化物。又,作為無機材料之其他較佳例,可例舉:鋁箔、銅箔、不鏽鋼(SUS)等金屬箔(金屬材料)。含無機材料之層中,除上述無機材料以外,可包含亦可不包含可用作塗佈劑或黏合劑之包含有機高分子化合物之各種有機材料。The inorganic material used in the aforementioned inorganic material-containing layer can be various metallic materials containing transition metal elements or half-metal elements, alloys, or inorganic compounds such as inorganic oxides that can form hydrophilic surfaces. One type of inorganic material can be used alone, or two or more can be used in combination. Preferred examples of inorganic materials include oxides (inorganic oxides, typically metal oxides) such as titanium oxide, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, cerium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, manganese oxide, zinc oxide, iron oxide, tin oxide, and niobium oxide. Among these, inorganic oxides such as silicon oxide are preferred. Other preferred examples of inorganic materials include aluminum foil, copper foil, and stainless steel (SUS) foil (metallic materials). In addition to the aforementioned inorganic materials, the layer containing inorganic materials may or may not contain various organic materials containing organic polymer compounds that can be used as coatings or adhesives.

含無機材料之層中之無機材料(例如氧化矽等無機氧化物)之量可設為可獲得目標親水性表面之適當量,並不限定於特定範圍。例如,含無機材料之層中之無機材料之含有比率可設為約30重量%以上,適當為約50重量%以上(例如超過50重量%),亦可為約70重量%以上。於若干較佳之態樣中,含無機材料之層中之無機材料之含有比率為約90~100重量%(例如約95重量%以上)。The amount of inorganic material (e.g., inorganic oxides such as silicon oxide) in the layer containing inorganic material can be set to an appropriate amount to obtain the target hydrophilic surface, and is not limited to a specific range. For example, the content ratio of inorganic material in the layer containing inorganic material can be set to about 30% by weight or more, appropriately about 50% by weight or more (e.g., more than 50% by weight), or about 70% by weight or more. In several preferred embodiments, the content ratio of inorganic material in the layer containing inorganic material is about 90 to 100% by weight (e.g., about 95% by weight or more).

上述含無機材料之層之形成方法並無特別限定,可根據目標厚度等利用適當之方法形成。例如,可使用利用真空蒸鍍法或濺鍍法、或鍍覆法等公知之成膜方法形成為層狀之無機材料。於使用無機化合物作為無機材料之情形時,可使用各種蒸鍍法,例如可採用真空蒸鍍法、濺鍍法、離子鍍覆法等物理蒸鍍法(PVD)、或原子層沈積層等化學蒸鍍法(CVD)等。包含聚矽氧烷等無機聚合體之塗佈層之形成可自公知之塗佈劑中適宜選擇可獲得顯示所需之水接觸角之表面者,藉由慣例使用而進行。The method for forming the aforementioned inorganic material layer is not particularly limited, and can be formed using appropriate methods depending on the target thickness. For example, layered inorganic materials can be formed using known film-forming methods such as vacuum evaporation, sputtering, or coating. When using inorganic compounds as the inorganic material, various evaporation methods can be used, such as physical evaporation (PVD) methods such as vacuum evaporation, sputtering, and ionic coating, or chemical evaporation (CVD) methods such as atomic layer deposition. The formation of coatings containing inorganic polymers such as polysiloxanes can be carried out by selecting a suitable coating agent from known options that can produce a surface with the desired water contact angle, using conventional methods.

含無機材料之層之厚度並無特別限定。於基材層具有基材主層及含無機材料之層之態樣中,就無損基材層本體(基材層之主層)之功能之觀點而言,含無機材料之層之厚度具體而言適當為約5 μm以下(例如未達5000 nm),亦可為約2 μm以下(例如未達2000 nm)。於若干態樣中,含無機材料之層之厚度為未達1000 nm,更佳為未達500 nm,進而較佳為未達100 nm,尤佳為未達50 nm,亦可為約30 nm以下,亦可為約20 nm以下,亦可為約15 nm以下(例如未達10 nm)。藉由設為此種厚度較薄之含無機材料之層,可無損基材層(基材層之主層)之功能而對基材層賦予阻隔性(防透濕性)等所需之特性。設為厚度較薄之含無機材料之層就輕量性、光學特性之觀點而言亦有利。又,含無機材料之層之厚度適當為1 nm以上(例如3 nm以上),例如就降低透濕度之觀點而言,可為約5 nm以上,亦可為約10 nm以上(例如15 nm以上)。The thickness of the inorganic material layer is not particularly limited. In embodiments where the substrate layer has a main substrate layer and an inorganic material layer, from the viewpoint of not impairing the function of the substrate layer itself (the main substrate layer), the thickness of the inorganic material layer is specifically preferably about 5 μm or less (e.g., less than 5000 nm), or about 2 μm or less (e.g., less than 2000 nm). In some embodiments, the thickness of the inorganic material layer is less than 1000 nm, more preferably less than 500 nm, even more preferably less than 100 nm, and most preferably less than 50 nm, or about 30 nm or less, or about 20 nm or less, or about 15 nm or less (e.g., less than 10 nm). By designing this thin inorganic material layer, the required properties such as barrier properties (moisture-proofing) can be imparted to the substrate layer (the main layer of the substrate layer) without compromising its function. A thin inorganic material layer is also advantageous from the perspectives of lightweight and optical properties. Furthermore, the thickness of the inorganic material layer is appropriately 1 nm or more (e.g., 3 nm or more), and for example, from the perspective of reducing moisture permeability, it can be about 5 nm or more, or about 10 nm or more (e.g., 15 nm or more).

於上述基材層具有基材主層及含無機材料之層之態樣中,基材主層之厚度(於除含無機材料之層以外具有複數個層之情形時,為含無機材料之層以外之層之總厚)適當設為基材層之總厚之50%以上,較佳為70%以上,更佳為90%以上,亦可為97%以上(例如99%以上)。In the aforementioned substrate layer having a main substrate layer and a layer containing inorganic materials, the thickness of the main substrate layer (in the case of having multiple layers other than the layer containing inorganic materials, the total thickness of the layers other than the layer containing inorganic materials) is appropriately set to be 50% or more of the total thickness of the substrate layer, preferably 70% or more, more preferably 90% or more, or 97% or more (e.g., 99% or more).

基材層可為單層構造,亦可為具有兩層以上之多層構造者。作為單層構造之基材層,可例舉包含樹脂膜之基材層。由樹脂膜所構成之基材層適於蝕刻液等藥液處理用途之表面保護片材。有柔軟性或可撓性亦優異之傾向。作為多層構造之基材層,可例舉包含多層構造之樹脂膜之構成、具有基材主層及含無機材料之層之構成。The substrate layer can be a single layer or a multi-layer structure with two or more layers. Examples of a single-layer substrate layer include a substrate layer comprising a resin film. Substrate layers composed of resin films are suitable for surface protection sheets used in applications involving etching solutions and other chemical treatments. They also tend to have excellent flexibility and bendability. Examples of multi-layer substrate layers include those comprising a multi-layer resin film and those comprising a main substrate layer and layers containing inorganic materials.

於若干態樣中,基材層(用作基材層之基材膜)較佳為利用杯式法所測定之透濕度為24 g/(m 2・day)以下。藉由設為具有如此限制之透濕度之構成,即便於藥液處理或溫水浸漬等與水性液體接觸之態樣中使用,藉由存在低透濕基材層,亦可適度地防止水性液體向黏著劑層滲入,不表現基於水剝離性之接著力降低,或接著力降低得到抑制。其結果,對於被黏著體之接著力得以維持,表面保護片材可維持與被黏著體之密接狀態。於若干較佳之態樣中,基材層之上述透濕度為約18 g/(m 2・day)以下,更佳為約14 g/(m 2・day)以下,進而較佳為約10 g/(m 2・day)以下,尤佳為約8 g/(m 2・day)以下,亦可為約5 g/(m 2・day)以下(例如約3 g/(m 2・day)以下)。又,於表面保護片材曝露於溫水等熱之情形時,若上述透濕度過度低,則有由於因熱所致之老化而無法有效地表現水剝離性之虞。就此種觀點而言,於若干態樣中,基材層之透濕度適當為1 g/(m 2・day)以上,較佳為約3 g/(m 2・day)以上,例如亦可為超過5 g/(m 2・day)。 In several samples, the substrate layer (the substrate film used as the substrate layer) preferably has a moisture permeability of 24 g/( ·day) or less, as measured by the cupping method. By designing a structure with such limited moisture permeability, even when used in samples that come into contact with aqueous liquids, such as those treated with chemicals or immersed in warm water, the presence of a low-permeability substrate layer can adequately prevent the penetration of aqueous liquids into the adhesive layer, thus preventing a decrease in adhesion based on water peelability, or suppressing the decrease in adhesion. As a result, adhesion to the substrate is maintained, and the surface protective sheet can maintain a close bond with the substrate. In several preferred embodiments, the aforementioned moisture permeability of the substrate layer is approximately 18 g/( ·day) or less, more preferably approximately 14 g/( ·day) or less, even more preferably approximately 10 g/( ·day) or less, particularly preferably approximately 8 g/( ·day) or less, and may also be approximately 5 g/( ·day) or less (e.g., approximately 3 g/( ·day) or less). Furthermore, when the surface protective sheet is exposed to heat such as warm water, if the aforementioned moisture permeability is excessively low, there is a risk that heat-induced aging may prevent effective water peeling. From this perspective, in several samples, the moisture permeability of the substrate layer is preferably 1 g/(m 2・day) or more, preferably about 3 g/(m 2・day) or more, and for example, it can also be more than 5 g/(m 2・day).

更具體而言,基材層之上述透濕度例如可為23 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、22 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、21 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、20 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、19 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、18 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、17 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、16 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、15 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、14 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、13 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、12 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、11 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、10 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、9 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、8 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、7 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、6 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、5 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、4 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、3 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、2 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、或1 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下。 More specifically, the aforementioned moisture permeability of the substrate layer may be, for example, 23 g/( ·day) or less, 22 g/( ·day) or less, 21 g/( ·day) or less, 20 g/( ·day) or less, 19 g/( ·day) or less, 18 g/( ·day) or less, 17 g/( ·day) or less, 16 g/( ·day) or less, 15 g/( ·day) or less, 14 g/( ·day) or less, 13 g/( ·day) or less, 12 g/( ·day) or less, 11 g/( ·day) or less, 10 g/( ·day) or less, 9 g/( ·day) or less, 8 ... g/(m 2・day) or more or less, 7 g/(m 2・day) or more or less, 6 g/(m 2・day) or more or less, 5 g/(m 2・day) or more or less, 4 g/(m 2・day) or more or less, 3 g/(m 2・day) or more or less, 2 g/(m 2・day) or more or less, or 1 g/(m 2・day) or more or less.

基材層之上述透濕度可藉由選擇使用適當之不透濕性或低透濕性之基材材料而獲得。更具體而言,基材層之透濕度可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The aforementioned moisture permeability of the substrate layer can be obtained by selecting an appropriate impermeable or low-permeability substrate material. More specifically, the moisture permeability of the substrate layer can be measured using the methods described in the embodiments below.

作為基材層(用作基材層之基材膜)之25℃彎曲剛度值,可設為與上述之表面保護片材可獲得之25℃彎曲剛度值之範圍相同之範圍,因此省略重複之說明。同樣地,關於基材層可獲得之25℃拉伸彈性模數、25℃100%伸長時應力、25℃斷裂應力及25℃斷裂應變之範圍,亦可設為與表面保護片材之25℃拉伸彈性模數、25℃100%伸長時應力、25℃斷裂應力及25℃斷裂應變之範圍分別相同之範圍,因此省略重複之說明。關於基材層之25℃彎曲剛度值、25℃拉伸彈性模數、25℃100%伸長時應力、25℃斷裂應力及25℃斷裂應變,除使用基材層(用作基材層之基材膜)作為試片以外,可利用與表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值、25℃拉伸彈性模數、25℃100%伸長時應力、25℃斷裂應力及25℃斷裂應變分別相同之方法來測定。作為用於算出25℃彎曲剛度值、25℃拉伸彈性模數、25℃100%伸長時應力及25℃斷裂應力之試片之厚度及剖面面積,可使用基材層之厚度及剖面面積。再者,基材層之25℃彎曲剛度值與表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值同樣地,可為MD之25℃彎曲剛度值,亦可為TD之25℃彎曲剛度值,因此,可為MD之25℃彎曲剛度值及TD之25℃彎曲剛度值之至少一者之25℃彎曲剛度值,或者亦可為MD或TD之任意一方向之25℃彎曲剛度值。同樣地,基材層之25℃拉伸彈性模數可為MD之25℃拉伸彈性模數,亦可為TD之25℃拉伸彈性模數,因此,可為MD之25℃拉伸彈性模數及TD之25℃拉伸彈性模數之至少一者之25℃拉伸彈性模數,或者亦可為MD或TD之任意一方向之25℃拉伸彈性模數。同樣地,基材層之100%伸長時應力、斷裂應力及斷裂應變亦分別可為MD之測定值(100%伸長時應力、斷裂應力或斷裂應變),亦可為TD之測定值,因此,可為MD之測定值及TD之測定值之至少一者之測定值,或者亦可為MD或TD之任意一方向之測定值。The 25°C flexural stiffness value of the substrate layer (the substrate film used as the substrate layer) can be set to the same range as the 25°C flexural stiffness value obtainable by the surface protection sheet described above, therefore, repeated explanations are omitted. Similarly, the ranges of the 25°C tensile modulus of elasticity, stress at 100% elongation at 25°C, fracture stress at 25°C, and fracture strain at 25°C obtainable by the substrate layer can also be set to the same ranges as the ranges of the 25°C tensile modulus of elasticity, stress at 100% elongation at 25°C, fracture stress at 25°C, and fracture strain at 25°C for the surface protection sheet, therefore, repeated explanations are omitted. Regarding the 25°C flexural stiffness, 25°C tensile modulus of elasticity, 25°C stress at 100% elongation, 25°C breaking stress, and 25°C breaking strain of the substrate layer, in addition to using the substrate layer (the substrate film used as the substrate layer) as a test piece, the same methods as those used for the surface protection sheet can be employed to determine these parameters. The thickness and cross-sectional area of the test piece used to calculate the 25°C flexural stiffness, 25°C tensile modulus of elasticity, 25°C stress at 100% elongation, and 25°C breaking stress can be obtained using the same materials as the substrate layer. Furthermore, the 25°C bending stiffness value of the substrate layer and the 25°C bending stiffness value of the surface protective sheet can both be the 25°C bending stiffness value of the MD or the 25°C bending stiffness value of the TD. Therefore, it can be the 25°C bending stiffness value of at least one of the 25°C bending stiffness values of the MD and the 25°C bending stiffness values of the TD, or it can be the 25°C bending stiffness value in any direction of the MD or TD. Similarly, the 25°C tensile modulus of elasticity of the substrate layer can be either the 25°C tensile modulus of elasticity of the substrate (MD) or the 25°C tensile modulus of elasticity of the substrate (TD). Therefore, it can be the 25°C tensile modulus of elasticity of at least one of the 25°C tensile modulus of elasticity of the substrate (MD) and the 25°C tensile modulus of elasticity of the substrate (TD), or it can be the 25°C tensile modulus of elasticity of the substrate (MD). Likewise, the stress at 100% elongation, the breaking stress, and the breaking strain of the substrate layer can be the measured values of the substrate (MD) (stress at 100% elongation, breaking stress, or breaking strain), or they can be the measured values of the substrate (TD). Therefore, they can be the measured values of the substrate (MD) and the TD, or they can be the measured values of the substrate (MD) and the substrate (TD).

基材層之厚度並無特別限定,可根據保護目的或使用態樣等進行選擇。基材層之厚度例如可為約1000 μm以下,亦可為約300 μm以下,就輕量化或厚度變薄之觀點而言,適當為約100 μm以下,較佳為約75 μm以下(典型而言,未達75 μm),更佳為約50 μm以下,亦可為40 μm以下,亦可為30 μm以下。若基材層之厚度變小,則有表面保護片材之柔軟性或對被黏著體之表面形狀之追隨性提昇之傾向。又,藉由限制基材層之厚度,使起因於加熱之基材層之變形(膨脹收縮)得到抑制,因此例如即便於在溫水浸漬等加熱之態樣中使用之情形時,有容易維持對被黏著體之接著狀態之傾向。又,就操作性或加工性等觀點而言,基材層之厚度例如可為2 μm以上,亦可為超過5 μm。於若干態樣中,基材層之厚度適當為約10 μm以上,較佳為約15 μm以上,更佳為約20 μm以上,亦可為約30 μm以上,亦可為40 μm以上,亦可為50 μm以上。有如下傾向:基材層之厚度越大,針對藥液滲入等之被黏著體之保護性越提昇。The thickness of the substrate layer is not particularly limited and can be selected according to the purpose of protection or usage. The thickness of the substrate layer can be, for example, less than approximately 1000 μm, or less than approximately 300 μm. From the perspective of lightweighting or thinning, it is suitable to be less than approximately 100 μm, preferably less than approximately 75 μm (typically less than 75 μm), even more preferably less than approximately 50 μm, and can also be less than 40 μm or less, or less than 30 μm. If the thickness of the substrate layer is reduced, there is a tendency to improve the flexibility of the surface protection sheet or the ability to follow the surface shape of the adherend. Furthermore, by limiting the thickness of the substrate layer, deformation (expansion and contraction) of the substrate layer caused by heating is suppressed. Therefore, even when used in heated conditions such as immersion in warm water, there is a tendency to easily maintain the adhesion to the substrate. Also, from the viewpoint of operability or processability, the thickness of the substrate layer can be, for example, 2 μm or more, or even more than 5 μm. In several cases, the thickness of the substrate layer is preferably about 10 μm or more, more preferably about 15 μm or more, even more preferably about 20 μm or more, and can also be about 30 μm or more, or 40 μm or more, or even 50 μm or more. There is a tendency that the greater the thickness of the substrate layer, the better the protection against the penetration of pharmaceutical solutions into the substrate.

對於基材層之黏著劑層側表面,亦可視需要實施電暈處理或電漿處理等、紫外線照射處理、酸處理、鹼處理、底塗劑(primer)之塗佈等先前公知之表面處理。此種表面處理可為用以提昇基材層與黏著劑層之密接性、換言之黏著劑層對基材層之抓固性之處理。底塗劑之組成並無特別限定,可自公知者中適宜選擇。底塗層之厚度並無特別限制,例如適當為0.01 μm~1 μm左右,較佳為0.1 μm~1 μm左右。又,對於基材主層之表面(典型而言,含無機材料之層側表面),亦可實施上述之各種表面處理、抗靜電處理等表面處理。For the adhesive layer side surface of the substrate layer, previously known surface treatments such as corona treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, and primer application can be applied as needed. Such surface treatments can be used to improve the adhesion between the substrate layer and the adhesive layer, in other words, the adhesion of the adhesive layer to the substrate layer. The composition of the primer is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known sources. The thickness of the primer layer is not particularly limited; for example, it is suitable to be around 0.01 μm to 1 μm, and preferably around 0.1 μm to 1 μm. Furthermore, the surface of the substrate main layer (typically, the side surface containing inorganic materials) can also be treated with the above-mentioned surface treatments, antistatic treatments, and other surface treatments.

對於基材層中與黏著劑層側為相反側之面(以下,亦稱為背面),亦可視需要實施剝離處理、抗靜電處理等先前公知之表面處理。例如,藉由利用剝離處理劑對基材層之背面進行表面處理,可減輕捲繞成卷狀之形態之表面保護片材之退繞力。作為剝離處理劑,可使用聚矽氧系剝離處理劑、長鏈烷基系剝離處理劑、烯烴系剝離處理劑、氟系剝離處理劑、脂肪酸醯胺系剝離處理劑、硫化鉬、二氧化矽粉等。For the side of the substrate layer opposite to the adhesive layer (hereinafter also referred to as the back side), previously known surface treatments such as peeling and antistatic treatments can be applied as needed. For example, by surface treating the back side of the substrate layer with a peeling agent, the unwinding force of surface protective sheets wound into rolls can be reduced. As peeling agents, polysiloxane-based peeling agents, long-chain alkyl-based peeling agents, olefin-based peeling agents, fluorinated peeling agents, fatty acid amide-based peeling agents, molybdenum sulfide, silica powder, etc., can be used.

<總厚度> 本文所揭示之表面保護片材(包含黏著劑層及基材層,但不包含剝離襯墊)之厚度並無特別限定,可設為3 μm以上,可為5 μm以上,適當為10 μm以上,就階差追隨性等與被黏著體之密接性之觀點而言,較佳為20 μm以上,更佳為30 μm以上,進而較佳為40 μm以上,亦可為45 μm以上。有如下傾向:表面保護片材之厚度越大,針對藥液滲入等之被黏著體之保護性越提昇。於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之厚度大於50 μm,可為60 μm以上,亦可為70 μm以上,亦可為80 μm以上。表面保護片材之厚度之上限例如為5 mm以下,可為3 mm以下,亦可為1 mm以下。於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之厚度適當為300 μm以下(例如200 μm以下),較佳為設為100 μm以下,更佳為設為75 μm以下,進而較佳為設為65 μm以下,例如亦可為55 μm以下。藉由將表面保護片材之厚度限制為特定值以下,表面保護片材有如下傾向:起因於加熱之變形(膨脹收縮)得到抑制,容易維持對被黏著體之接著狀態。使黏著片材之厚度變薄就薄膜化、小型化、輕量化、省資源化等方面而言亦有利。 <Total Thickness> The thickness of the surface protective sheet (including the adhesive layer and substrate layer, but excluding the peel-off pad) disclosed herein is not particularly limited. It can be 3 μm or more, 5 μm or more, appropriately 10 μm or more, and preferably 20 μm or more, more preferably 30 μm or more, and even more preferably 40 μm or more, and can also be 45 μm or more, from the viewpoint of step followability and adhesion to the adherend. There is a tendency that the greater the thickness of the surface protective sheet, the better the protection against drug penetration and other adverse reactions against the adherend. In several embodiments, the thickness of the surface protective sheet is greater than 50 μm, and can be 60 μm or more, 70 μm or more, or 80 μm or more. The maximum thickness of the surface protective sheet is, for example, 5 mm or less, but can be 3 mm or less, or even 1 mm or less. In several embodiments, the thickness of the surface protective sheet is preferably 300 μm or less (e.g., 200 μm or less), more preferably 100 μm or less, even more preferably 75 μm or less, and further preferably 65 μm or less, for example, 55 μm or less. By limiting the thickness of the surface protective sheet to a specific value, the surface protective sheet tends to: suppress deformation (expansion and contraction) due to heating, and easily maintain the adhesive state to the substrate. Thinning the adhesive sheet is also advantageous in terms of thinning, miniaturization, weight reduction, and resource conservation.

<剝離襯墊> 作為本文所揭示之表面保護片材所使用之剝離襯墊,並無特別限定,例如可使用樹脂膜或紙等襯墊基材之表面經剝離處理之剝離襯墊、或包含氟系聚合體(聚四氟乙烯等)或聚烯烴系樹脂(聚乙烯、聚丙烯等)之低接著性材料之剝離襯墊等。上述剝離處理中,例如可使用聚矽氧系、長鏈烷基系等之剝離處理劑。於若干態樣中,可較佳地採用經剝離處理之樹脂膜作為剝離襯墊。 <Peel-Off Liner> The peel-off liner used in the surface protection sheet disclosed herein is not particularly limited. For example, a peel-off liner with a surface treated by peeling the liner substrate such as a resin film or paper, or a peel-off liner containing a low-adhesion material such as a fluorinated polymer (polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or a polyolefin resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.) may be used. In the above-mentioned peeling treatment, for example, polysiloxane-based or long-chain alkyl-based peeling agents may be used. In several embodiments, a peel-treated resin film may preferably be used as the peel-off liner.

<剝離方法> 根據本說明書,提供一種貼附於被黏著體(保護對象物)之表面保護片材之剝離方法。上述剝離方法包括水剝離步驟,其係於在上述表面保護片材自上述被黏著體之剝離前線處在上述被黏著體與上述表面保護片材之界面存在水性液體之狀態下,一面使上述水性液體追隨於上述剝離前線之移動而進入至上述界面,一面將上述表面保護片材自上述被黏著體剝離。根據上述水剝離步驟,可有效利用上述水性液體而將表面保護片材自被黏著體剝離。 <Peeling Method> According to this specification, a method for peeling a surface protective sheet adhered to an adhesive (the object being protected) is provided. The peeling method includes a water-peeling step, in which, while the surface protective sheet is at the interface between the adhesive and the surface protective sheet at a peeling line from the adhesive, an aqueous liquid is present. The aqueous liquid moves along the peeling line and enters the interface, thereby peeling the surface protective sheet from the adhesive. According to the water-peeling step, the aqueous liquid can be effectively used to peel the surface protective sheet from the adhesive.

作為水性液體,可使用於水或以水作為主成分之混合溶劑中視需要含有少量之添加劑者。作為構成上述混合溶劑之水以外之溶劑,可使用可與水均勻地混合之低級醇(例如乙醇)或低級酮(例如丙酮)等。作為上述添加劑,可使用公知之界面活性劑等。就避免污染被黏著體之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,可較佳地使用實質上不含添加劑之水性液體。就環境衛生之觀點而言,尤佳為使用水作為水性液體。作為水,並無特別限制,考慮根據用途所要求之純度或獲取容易性等,例如可使用蒸餾水、離子交換水、自來水等。As an aqueous liquid, it can be used in water or a mixture of solvents with water as the main component, containing a small amount of additives as needed. As a solvent other than water constituting the aforementioned mixture, lower alcohols (e.g., ethanol) or lower ketones (e.g., acetone) that are homogeneous with water can be used. As the aforementioned additives, known surfactants can be used. From the viewpoint of avoiding contamination of adherents, in several aspects, an aqueous liquid that is substantially free of additives is preferable. From an environmental hygiene perspective, water is particularly preferred as the aqueous liquid. There are no particular limitations on the type of water; considering the purity required for the intended use or ease of acquisition, distilled water, ionized water, tap water, etc., can be used, for example.

於若干態樣中,上述剝離方法例如可於如下態樣中較佳地進行,即與常態水剝離力FW0之測定時同樣地,對貼附於被黏著體之表面保護片材之外緣附近之被黏著體上供給水性液體,使該水性液體自上述表面保護片材之外緣進入至該表面保護片材與上述被黏著體之界面後,不供給新的水(即,僅利用於剝離開始前供給至被黏著體之水性液體)而進行表面保護片材之剝離。再者,若於水剝離步驟之中途,追隨於剝離前線之移動而進入至表面保護片材與被黏著體之界面之水於中途枯竭,則亦可於開始該水剝離步驟後,間斷地或連續地追加供給水。例如,於被黏著體具有吸水性之情形、或於剝離後之被黏著體表面或接著面容易殘留水性液體之情形等,可較佳地採用於開始水剝離步驟後追加供給水之態樣。In several cases, the above-described peeling method can preferably be performed, for example, in the following case: similar to the determination of normal water peeling force FW0, an aqueous liquid is supplied to the adherend near the outer edge of the surface protective sheet, so that the aqueous liquid enters from the outer edge of the surface protective sheet to the interface between the surface protective sheet and the adherend, and no new water is supplied (i.e., only the aqueous liquid supplied to the adherend before peeling begins) to peel the surface protective sheet. Furthermore, if the water that follows the movement of the peeling line to the interface between the surface protective sheet and the adherend dries up midway through the water peeling process, water can be supplied intermittently or continuously after the water peeling process begins. For example, this approach of supplying water after the water peeling process is preferable when the adherend is absorbent or when aqueous liquids are easily retained on the surface or interface of the adherend after peeling.

於剝離開始前所供給之水性液體之量只要為可將上述水性液體自表面保護片材之貼附範圍外導入至該表面保護片材與被黏著體之界面之量即可,並無特別限定。上述水性液體之量例如可為5 μL以上,通常適當為10 μL以上,亦可為20 μL以上。又,關於上述水性液體之量之上限,並無特別限制。於若干態樣中,就提高作業性等觀點而言,上述水性液體之量例如可為10 mL以下,亦可為5 mL以下,亦可為1 mL以下,亦可為0.5 mL以下,亦可為0.1 mL以下,亦可為0.05 mL以下。藉由減少上述水性液體之量,可省略或簡化於表面保護片材之剝離後藉由乾燥或擦拭等去除上述水性液體之操作。The amount of aqueous liquid supplied before peeling begins is only sufficient to introduce the aqueous liquid from outside the adhesion area of the surface protective sheet to the interface between the surface protective sheet and the adhered object; there is no particular limitation. The amount of the aqueous liquid may be, for example, 5 μL or more, typically suitable as 10 μL or more, or even 20 μL or more. Furthermore, there is no particular upper limit on the amount of the aqueous liquid. In some cases, from the viewpoint of improving workability, the amount of the aqueous liquid may be, for example, 10 mL or less, 5 mL or less, 1 mL or less, 0.5 mL or less, 0.1 mL or less, or 0.05 mL or less. By reducing the amount of the aforementioned aqueous liquid, the process of removing the aqueous liquid by drying or wiping after peeling off the surface protective sheet can be omitted or simplified.

於剝離開始時使水性液體自上述表面保護片材之外緣進入至該表面保護片材與上述被黏著體之界面之操作例如可以如下態樣進行,即於表面保護片材之外緣於上述界面插入截切刀或針等治具之尖端、利用鉤子或指甲等刮撓表面保護片材之外緣並提起、使強黏著性之黏著帶或吸盤等附著於表面保護片材之外緣附近之背面而提起該表面保護片材之端等。藉由如此般使水性液體自表面保護片材之外緣強制地進入至上述界面,可高效率地形成於被黏著體與上述表面保護片材之界面存在水性液體之狀態。又,可較佳地兼顧進行使水性液體強制地進入至界面之操作而形成剝離之起點後之良好之水剝離性、及未進行該操作之情形時之較高之耐水可靠性。The operation of allowing the aqueous liquid to enter the interface between the surface protective sheet and the substrate at the start of peeling can be performed as follows: inserting the tip of a cutting tool or needle into the interface at the outer edge of the surface protective sheet; scraping and lifting the outer edge of the surface protective sheet using a hook or fingernail; or attaching a strong adhesive tape or suction cup to the back side near the outer edge of the surface protective sheet and lifting the end of the surface protective sheet. By forcibly allowing the aqueous liquid to enter the interface from the outer edge of the surface protective sheet in this way, a state in which the aqueous liquid exists at the interface between the substrate and the surface protective sheet can be formed efficiently. Furthermore, it can better balance the good water peelability after the operation of forcibly introducing an aqueous liquid into the interface to form the starting point of peeling, and the high water resistance reliability when the operation is not carried out.

<用途> 本文所揭示之表面保護片材可用作各種用途之表面保護片材。例如,於使用藥液將玻璃或半導體晶圓、金屬板等進行化學處理或者實施切斷或研磨等物理處理等各種處理中,可將本文所揭示之表面保護片材例如貼附於上述保護對象物之非處理面而使用。 <Applications> The surface protection sheet disclosed herein can be used for various applications. For example, in various processes such as chemical treatment of glass or semiconductor wafers, metal plates, etc., or physical treatments such as cutting or grinding, the surface protection sheet disclosed herein can be applied to the untreated surface of the object being protected.

保護對象物之種類並無特別限定。本文所揭示之表面保護片材可用於保護各種構件或材料。本文所揭示之表面保護片材藉由利用水剝離之剝離而於剝離時能夠實現不會使被黏著體破損或變形之剝離,因此適於保護鹼玻璃等玻璃材料或半導體晶圓等。該等材料通常係厚度受到限制,容易因操作時或剝離時之外力而產生破裂或缺損、龜裂等之脆性材料(亦稱為硬脆材料)。藉由對此種被黏著體應用利用水剝離之剝離,可較佳地實現防止剝離時被黏著體破損。成為上述保護對象物之玻璃材料例如可為如用於平板型電腦或行動電話、有機LED(發光二極體)等之具有局部設置有透明導電膜(例如ITO(氧化銦錫)膜)或FPC(Flexible Printed Circuit,軟性印刷基板)之表面之玻璃板。又,作為保護對象物之較佳例,可例舉用於可摺疊顯示器或可捲曲顯示器之視窗玻璃或覆蓋玻璃等玻璃板。該等玻璃板構成為厚度較薄(例如厚度100 μm以下),破損之風險更大,但根據本文所揭示之技術,即便於保護對象物為如上所述之厚度較薄之脆性材料之情形時,亦可防止剝離時保護對象物破損。There is no particular limitation on the type of object to be protected. The surface protective sheet disclosed herein can be used to protect various components or materials. The surface protective sheet disclosed herein achieves peeling without damaging or deforming the adhered material during peeling by utilizing water peeling, thus making it suitable for protecting glass materials such as alkaline glass or semiconductor wafers. These materials are typically brittle materials (also known as hard and brittle materials) with limited thickness, easily prone to cracking, breakage, or fissures due to external forces during handling or peeling. By applying water peeling to such adhered materials, damage to the adhered material during peeling can be better prevented. The glass material used to protect the aforementioned object can be, for example, a glass plate with a surface partially covered with a transparent conductive film (e.g., ITO (indium tin oxide) film) or FPC (flexible printed circuit) used in tablet computers, mobile phones, or organic LEDs (light-emitting diodes). Furthermore, as a preferred example of the object to be protected, glass plates used for window glass or cover glass in foldable or rollable displays can be cited. These glass plates are thinner (e.g., less than 100 μm thick), and therefore have a greater risk of breakage. However, according to the technology disclosed herein, even when the object to be protected is a thin, brittle material as described above, damage to the object during peeling can be prevented.

供表面保護片材貼附之保護對象物表面之水接觸角並無特別限定。於若干態樣中,保護對象物表面可為顯示水接觸角成為例如60度以下、較佳為50度以下之程度之親水性之表面。於若干較佳之態樣中,上述表面之水接觸角例如可為45度以下,亦可為40度以下,亦可為35度以下,亦可為30度以下。若上述水接觸角變小,則有水容易沿著被黏著體表面潤濕擴散,容易獲得所需之水剝離性之傾向。本文所揭示之表面保護片材例如可較佳地用於保護具有包含水接觸角為20度以下(例如15度以下、進而10度以下)左右之材料(例如鹼玻璃板或無鹼玻璃等玻璃)之表面之構件。上述保護對象物表面之水接觸角之下限原理上為0度。於若干態樣中,上述保護對象物表面之水接觸角可為超過0度,亦可為1度以上,亦可為3度以上,亦可為5度以上。於其他若干態樣中,保護對象物表面之水接觸角可為超過30度,亦可為超過50度,亦可為超過60度(例如70度以上)。本文所揭示之表面保護片材可用於水接觸角不同之各種材料。保護對象物表面之水接觸角可藉由與後述之實施例中所記載之接觸角測定方法相同之方法來測定。There is no particular limitation on the water contact angle of the surface of the object to which the surface protection sheet is attached. In some embodiments, the surface of the object to be protected may be a hydrophilic surface exhibiting a water contact angle of, for example, 60 degrees or less, preferably 50 degrees or less. In some preferred embodiments, the water contact angle of the aforementioned surface may be, for example, 45 degrees or less, 40 degrees or less, 35 degrees or less, or 30 degrees or less. If the aforementioned water contact angle is smaller, water can easily wet and diffuse along the surface of the adherend, and the desired water peelability can be easily obtained. The surface protection sheet disclosed herein is preferably used to protect components having a surface with a water contact angle of approximately 20 degrees or less (e.g., less than 15 degrees, and further less than 10 degrees) (e.g., alkaline glass or alkali-free glass). The lower limit of the water contact angle of the surface to be protected is, in principle, 0 degrees. In some embodiments, the water contact angle of the surface to be protected may exceed 0 degrees, or may exceed 1 degree, or may exceed 3 degrees, or may exceed 5 degrees. In other embodiments, the water contact angle of the surface to be protected may exceed 30 degrees, or may exceed 50 degrees, or may exceed 60 degrees (e.g., more than 70 degrees). The surface protection sheet disclosed herein can be used for various materials with different water contact angles. The water contact angle of the surface of the object to be protected can be measured by the same method as the contact angle measurement method described in the embodiments described later.

保護對象物(例如玻璃板或半導體晶圓)之厚度並無特別限定,例如為約1 mm以下,亦可為約500 μm以下或約300 μm以下。就由本文所揭示之技術所帶來之效果(防止剝離時之破損)對於厚度較薄之保護對象物更有效地發揮而言,上述厚度例如可為約150 μm以下,亦可為約100 μm以下。上述厚度之下限例如為約10 μm以上(例如30 μm以上)。The thickness of the protected object (e.g., a glass plate or semiconductor wafer) is not particularly limited; for example, it can be about 1 mm or less, or about 500 μm or less, or about 300 μm or less. For the effect of the technology disclosed herein (preventing damage during peeling) to be more effective for thinner protected objects, the aforementioned thickness can be, for example, about 150 μm or less, or about 100 μm or less. The lower limit of the aforementioned thickness is, for example, about 10 μm or more (e.g., 30 μm or more).

於若干較佳之態樣中,例如適合作為將玻璃或半導體晶圓等保護對象物於液中以化學方式及/或物理方式進行處理之步驟中所使用之表面保護片材。本文所揭示之表面保護片材於上述用途中,在上述處理時,可具有對於保護對象物進行保護所需之接著性,在處理後之剝離時,可實現利用水剝離自保護對象物(被黏著體)順利之剝離。上述化學處理包括利用氫氟酸水溶液等蝕刻液等包含酸或鹼之藥液所進行之處理。例如,為了調整玻璃之厚度或去除形成於玻璃之切斷端面之毛邊或微裂,而利用藥液(蝕刻液)將玻璃進行溶解之蝕刻處理、防眩加工、利用藥液(蝕刻液)使金屬之表面局部腐蝕之蝕刻處理、利用藥液(鍍覆液)將電路基板(印刷基板、軟性印刷基板(FPC)等)之連接端子部等局部鍍覆之鍍覆處理等中,可較佳地使用本文所揭示之表面保護片材。其中,可尤佳地應用於使用氫氟酸溶液等酸性藥液進行蝕刻處理之用途。又,物理處理包括保護對象物表面之研磨或切斷。In several preferred embodiments, the surface protection sheet is suitable for use in steps involving the chemical and/or physical treatment of objects such as glass or semiconductor wafers in a liquid. In the aforementioned applications, the surface protection sheet disclosed herein possesses the adhesion required to protect the object during the aforementioned treatment, and upon peeling after treatment, allows for smooth peeling of the object (adhesive) using water. The aforementioned chemical treatment includes treatment using etching solutions containing acids or alkalis, such as aqueous solutions of hydrofluoric acid. For example, the surface protection sheet disclosed herein is preferably used in etching processes that dissolve glass with a chemical solution (etching solution) to adjust the thickness of glass or remove burrs or microcracks formed on the cut ends of glass; anti-glare processing; etching processes that locally corrode the surface of metals with a chemical solution (etching solution); and coating processes that locally coat the connection terminals of circuit boards (printed circuit boards, flexible printed circuit boards (FPCs), etc.) with a chemical solution (coating solution). It is particularly suitable for applications where etching is performed using acidic solutions such as hydrofluoric acid. Furthermore, physical treatments include grinding or cutting to protect the surface of the object.

本文所揭示之表面保護片材可較佳地用於玻璃減薄處理。例如用作光學構件之玻璃板可藉由使用氫氟酸水溶液等藥液之玻璃減薄處理而薄化。於該玻璃減薄處理中,可使用表面保護片材來保護玻璃非處理面。雖無特別限定,但於玻璃減薄處理中,玻璃板薄化至例如約150 μm以下(例如約100 μm以下)。再者,玻璃減薄處理前之玻璃板之厚度例如為約0.15 mm~5 mm左右,可為約300 μm以上(例如500 μm~1000 μm左右)。此種經薄化之玻璃容易因剝離時之外力而破裂,但藉由使用本文所揭示之表面保護片材,可消除表面保護片材剝離時之玻璃破損之問題,或者可大幅降低其風險。The surface protection sheet disclosed herein is preferably used for glass thinning processes. For example, glass plates used as optical components can be thinned by glass thinning processes using solutions such as hydrofluoric acid aqueous solutions. In this glass thinning process, the surface protection sheet can be used to protect the untreated surfaces of the glass. Although not particularly limited, in the glass thinning process, the glass plate is thinned to, for example, about 150 μm or less (for example, about 100 μm or less). Furthermore, the thickness of the glass plate before the glass thinning process can be, for example, about 0.15 mm to 5 mm, or about 300 μm or more (for example, about 500 μm to 1000 μm). Thinned glass is prone to breakage due to external forces during peeling. However, by using the surface protection sheet disclosed in this article, the problem of glass breakage during the peeling of the surface protection sheet can be eliminated, or the risk can be significantly reduced.

又,表面保護片材亦可較佳地用於製造半導體。上述半導體晶圓例如可為矽晶圓、碳化矽(SiC)晶圓、氮化物半導體晶圓(氮化矽(SiN)、氮化鎵(GaN)等)、砷化鎵晶圓等化合物半導體晶圓等。於上述半導體之製造中,本文所揭示之表面保護片材可較佳地用於例如使半導體晶圓薄化之步驟(更具體而言,將半導體晶圓之背面進行研磨之背面研磨步驟)、或切割半導體晶圓之步驟(例如切晶步驟)等半導體晶圓加工(典型而言,矽晶圓加工)步驟。於背面研磨步驟中,半導體晶圓被薄化至例如約150 μm以下(例如約100 μm以下),但並無特別限定。再者,背面研磨前之半導體晶圓之厚度可為約300 μm以上(例如500 μm~1000 μm左右)。上述半導體製造步驟可能曝露於高於室溫範圍之溫度(例如40℃~90℃、較佳為40℃~60℃),因此使用對於該加熱可保持良好之特性(接著力及水剝離性)之表面保護片材特別有意義。再者,該用途中所使用之表面保護片材有時簡稱為背面研磨用片材、切晶用片材。Furthermore, surface protection sheets can also be preferably used in the manufacture of semiconductors. The aforementioned semiconductor wafers can be, for example, silicon wafers, silicon carbide (SiC) wafers, nitride semiconductor wafers (silicon nitride (SiN), gallium nitride (GaN), etc.), gallium arsenide wafers, and other compound semiconductor wafers. In the manufacture of the aforementioned semiconductors, the surface protection sheets disclosed herein can be preferably used in semiconductor wafer processing steps (typically, silicon wafer processing), such as steps to thin the semiconductor wafer (more specifically, back-side grinding steps to grind the back side of the semiconductor wafer) or steps to dicing the semiconductor wafer (e.g., dicing). In the back-side grinding step, the semiconductor wafer is thinned to, for example, less than 150 μm (e.g., less than 100 μm), but there is no particular limitation. Furthermore, the thickness of the semiconductor wafer before back-side grinding can be more than 300 μm (e.g., around 500 μm to 1000 μm). The aforementioned semiconductor manufacturing steps may expose the wafer to temperatures above room temperature (e.g., 40°C to 90°C, preferably 40°C to 60°C), therefore, the use of a surface protection sheet that maintains good properties (adhesion and water peelability) under heat is particularly meaningful. Furthermore, the surface protection sheet used in this application is sometimes simply referred to as a back-side grinding sheet or a dicing sheet.

於若干態樣中,上述之各種表面保護用途中所使用之表面保護片材可以如下態樣使用,即於在一個或複數個處理對象物之單面貼合有一片表面保護片材之狀態下,例如使用輥等搬送機構,將複數個保護對象物連續地或個別地搬送至藥液槽內或洗淨槽內等水中,以進行目標處理。於上述搬送時或搬送後之製程(包括載置或向裝置之設置等)中,有時會對保護對象物不可避地或無意地施加衝擊或振動、變形等外力。例如,作為藥液處理或洗淨處理中所使用之搬送機構,可使用以特定間隔所配置之複數個輥,但當利用該等輥進行搬送時,因輥間之高低差、振動等而容易持續地施加較小剝離角度之剝離負載。本文所揭示之表面保護片材具有如下優點:對上述振動等外力之端部剝離防止性優異,因此如上所述即便於在包括以貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於液中進行處理之步驟之製程中使用之情形時,亦不易因該製程中之振動等外力而自端部產生剝離。In several embodiments, the surface protection sheets used in the various surface protection applications described above can be used in the following manner: with one or more objects to be treated having a surface protection sheet adhered to one side, the objects are continuously or individually transported into a chemical tank or washing tank, or other water, using a conveying mechanism such as rollers, for targeted treatment. During or after the aforementioned transport process (including placement or installation on a device), the objects to be protected may sometimes be subjected to unavoidable or unintentional external forces such as impact, vibration, or deformation. For example, as a conveying mechanism used in liquid treatment or cleaning, multiple rollers configured with specific intervals can be used. However, when conveying using these rollers, a peeling load with a small peeling angle can be continuously applied due to the height difference between the rollers, vibration, etc. The surface protective sheet disclosed herein has the following advantages: excellent end-peeling prevention against external forces such as vibration. Therefore, even when used in a process including a step of treating the object to be protected in a liquid while it is attached to the object, it is not easy to peel off from the ends due to external forces such as vibration during the process.

又,上述保護對象物例如可為構成如下機器之構件:液晶顯示裝置、有機EL(電致發光)顯示裝置、PDP(電漿顯示面板)、電子紙等顯示裝置(圖像顯示裝置)、或觸控面板等輸入裝置等機器(光學機器)、尤其是可摺疊顯示器或可捲曲顯示器等攜帶電子機器。Furthermore, the objects of protection mentioned above may be components constituting machines such as liquid crystal display devices, organic EL (electroluminescent) display devices, PDP (plasma display panels), electronic paper and other display devices (image display devices), or input devices such as touch panels (optical machines), especially portable electronic machines such as foldable or rollable displays.

上述攜帶電子機器之例中,例如包括:行動電話、智慧型手機、平板型電腦、筆記型電腦、各種可穿戴機器(例如,如手錶般佩戴於手腕之腕戴(wrist wear)型、用夾(clip)或帶(strap)等佩戴於身體一部分之模組型、包含眼鏡型(單眼型或雙眼型。亦包含頭戴型)之眼戴(eye wear)型、例如以飾品之形態安裝於襯衫或襪子、帽子等之衣服型、如耳機般安裝於耳部之耳戴型等)、數相位機、數位攝錄影機、音響機器(攜帶音樂播放器、IC記錄器等)、計算器(電子桌上計算器等)、攜帶遊戲機、電子辭典、電子記事本、電子書籍、車載用資訊機器、攜帶收音機、攜帶電視、攜帶印表機、攜帶掃描儀、攜帶數據機等。再者,於本說明書中,所謂「攜帶」,僅僅意指能夠攜帶並不足夠,而是意指具有個人(標準成人)能夠相對容易搬運之水準之攜帶性。Examples of portable electronic devices mentioned above include: mobile phones, smartphones, tablets, laptops, various wearable devices (e.g., wrist-worn types like watches, modular types worn on the body via clips or straps), and eyewear (including monocular or binocular types, and headband types). (Wear) type, such as clothing-type accessories attached to shirts, socks, hats, etc., and ear-worn types like headphones, etc.), digital cameras, digital video cameras, audio equipment (portable music players, IC recorders, etc.), calculators (electronic desktop calculators, etc.), portable game consoles, electronic dictionaries, electronic notebooks, e-books, in-vehicle information equipment, portable radios, portable televisions, portable printers, portable scanners, portable modems, etc. Furthermore, in this manual, the term "portable" does not simply mean "able to carry," but rather refers to a level of portability that is relatively easy for a standard adult to move.

<保護方法> 如上所述,根據本說明書,提供一種使用本文所揭示之表面保護片材之表面保護方法。該表面保護方法包括:於保護對象物之至少一部分(保護對象面或保護對象部分)貼附表面保護片材之步驟;對貼附有表面保護片材之保護對象物實施處理(例如藥液處理、溫水浸漬處理、水浸漬處理、切斷或研磨等物理處理等)之步驟;及於上述處理後,將表面保護片材自保護對象物剝離之步驟。此處,將表面保護片材自保護對象物剝離之步驟較佳為包括上述之水剝離步驟。上述保護方法由於包括對保護對象物(處理對象物)之處理,故而亦稱為處理方法。表面保護片材、水剝離步驟、保護對象物、處理(玻璃減薄處理、半導體晶圓薄化處理等)、其他事項(用途等)之詳情如上所述,因此省略重複之說明。作為保護對象物之典型例,可例舉要實施玻璃減薄等處理之玻璃板、半導體晶圓等。因此,根據本說明書,可提供一種包括上述步驟之玻璃減薄方法及半導體之製造方法。 <Protection Method> As described above, according to this specification, a surface protection method using the surface protection sheet disclosed herein is provided. The surface protection method includes: a step of attaching the surface protection sheet to at least a portion of the object to be protected (the surface to be protected or the portion to be protected); a step of treating the object to which the surface protection sheet is attached (e.g., chemical treatment, warm water immersion treatment, water immersion treatment, physical treatment such as cutting or grinding); and a step of peeling the surface protection sheet from the object to be protected after the above treatment. Preferably, the step of peeling the surface protection sheet from the object to be protected includes the water peeling step described above. The above-described protection method, because it includes the treatment of the object to be protected (the object to be treated), is also referred to as a treatment method. Details regarding the surface protection sheet, the water peeling process, the object to be protected, the treatment (glass thinning, semiconductor wafer thinning, etc.), and other matters (applications, etc.) are as described above, and therefore, repeated explanations are omitted. Typical examples of objects to be protected include glass plates and semiconductor wafers to which glass thinning and other treatments are to be performed. Therefore, according to this specification, a glass thinning method and a semiconductor manufacturing method including the above-described steps can be provided.

<處理方法> 又,如上所述,根據本說明書,提供一種使用本文所揭示之表面保護片材之處理方法。該處理方法包括:於處理對象物之表面貼附表面保護片材之步驟;對貼附有表面保護片材之處理對象物實施處理之步驟;及於上述處理後,將表面保護片材自處理對象物(處理物)去除之步驟。上述處理對象物中供表面保護片材貼附之表面典型而言為水接觸角為20度以下之表面。又,於上述處理步驟中,處理對象物典型而言與液體(例如水溶液)接觸。並且,將表面保護片材自上述處理對象物(處理物)去除之步驟較佳為藉由水剝離(於水之存在下之剝離)將表面保護片材自上述處理對象物(處理物)去除之步驟。本文所揭示之處理方法可為包括上述之保護方法之至少一個步驟者。作為表面保護片材,可使用本文所揭示之表面保護片材。具體而言,可使用滿足30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm]為30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1[N/20 mm]之50%以下之表面保護片材。作為處理之一例,可例舉玻璃減薄處理或半導體加工,作為處理對象物之典型例,可例舉要實施玻璃減薄等處理之玻璃板、半導體晶圓等。因此,根據本說明書,可提供一種包括上述步驟之玻璃減薄方法及半導體之製造方法。表面保護片材、水剝離、去除步驟、處理對象物、處理(玻璃減薄處理、半導體晶圓薄化處理等)、其他事項(用途等)之詳情如上所述,因此省略重複之說明。 [實施例] <Processing Method> Furthermore, as described above, according to this specification, a processing method using the surface protection sheet disclosed herein is provided. This processing method includes: a step of attaching the surface protection sheet to the surface of the object to be processed; a step of processing the object to which the surface protection sheet is attached; and a step of removing the surface protection sheet from the object to be processed (the processed object) after the above processing. Typically, the surface of the object to which the surface protection sheet is attached is a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. Also, in the above processing step, the object to be processed is typically in contact with a liquid (e.g., an aqueous solution). Furthermore, the step of removing the surface protective sheet from the treated object (treated object) is preferably a step of removing the surface protective sheet from the treated object (treated object) by water peeling (peeling in the presence of water). The treatment method disclosed herein may include at least one step of the above-mentioned protection method. As the surface protective sheet, the surface protective sheet disclosed herein may be used. Specifically, a surface protective sheet that satisfies the requirement that the water peeling force FW1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is less than 50% of the adhesion force F1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes. As an example of processing, glass thinning or semiconductor processing can be cited. Typical examples of the objects to be processed include glass plates and semiconductor wafers to be subjected to glass thinning or similar processes. Therefore, according to this specification, a glass thinning method and a semiconductor manufacturing method including the above-described steps can be provided. Details regarding the surface protection sheet, water peeling, removal steps, objects to be processed, processing (glass thinning, semiconductor wafer thinning, etc.), and other matters (applications, etc.) are as described above, and therefore, repeated descriptions are omitted. [Example]

以下,說明與本發明相關之若干實施例,但並未意圖將本發明限定於該等實施例中所示者。再者,於以下之說明中,只要無特別說明,則「份」及「%」為重量基準。The following describes several embodiments related to the present invention, but it is not intended to limit the present invention to those embodiments. Furthermore, in the following description, unless otherwise stated, "parts" and "%" are based on weight.

<評價方法> [常態接著力F0] 將測定對象之表面保護片材切割成寬度20 mm、長度100 mm之尺寸而製作試片。於23℃、50%RH之環境下,將覆蓋接著面(黏著劑層表面)之剝離襯墊自上述試片剝離,使2 kg之橡膠輥往返一次而將所露出之接著面壓接於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板(具有水接觸角20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面)。對如此獲得之評價用樣品進行高壓釜處理(50℃、0.5 MPa、15分鐘)。將自高壓釜取出之評價用樣品於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,於相同環境下,依據JIS Z0237:2009之10.4.1 方法1:對於試驗板之180°剝離黏著力,使用拉伸試驗機,於拉伸速度300 mm/分鐘、剝離角度180度之條件下測定試片自被黏著體之剝離強度(其中,關於移行至下述水剝離力測定之前、即對剝離界面供給蒸餾水之前之期間之剝離強度)。測定係進行3次,將其等之平均值設為常態接著力F0[N/20 mm]。上述常態接著力F0之測定係以自下而上地進行貼附於被黏著體之試片之剝離之方式進行。作為被黏著體,可使用鹼玻璃板(製品名「顯微鏡載玻片(Micro Slide Glass)S200423」,松浪硝子工業公司製造)。作為拉伸試驗機,可使用萬能拉伸壓縮試驗機(裝置名「拉伸壓縮試驗機、TCM-1kNB」,Minebea公司製造)或其相當品。 於測定時,亦可視需要於表面保護片材之相反面(接著面之相反側之表面)貼附適當之襯底材而將試片進行補強。作為襯底材,例如可使用厚度25 μm左右之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)膜。 <Evaluation Method> [Normal Adhesion F0] The surface protection sheet of the test object was cut into specimens with a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm to prepare test pieces. At 23°C and 50%RH, the peeling pad covering the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) was peeled off from the test piece. A 2 kg rubber roller was used to press the exposed adhesive surface against an alkaline glass plate (a surface of alkaline glass having a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees) serving as the bonded object. The obtained evaluation sample was then subjected to autoclave treatment (50°C, 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes). The evaluation sample taken from the autoclave was kept at 23°C and 50%RH for 1 hour. Then, under the same conditions, according to JIS Z0237:2009, 10.4.1, Method 1: For the 180° peel adhesion of the test plate, the peel strength of the specimen from the adherend was measured using a tensile testing machine at a tensile speed of 300 mm/min and a peel angle of 180 degrees (wherein, the peel strength refers to the period before transitioning to the water peel strength measurement below, i.e., before distilled water is supplied to the peel interface). The measurement was performed 3 times, and the average value of the equal values was set as the normal adhesion force F0 [N/20 mm]. The above-mentioned normal adhesion force F0 is measured by peeling the specimen attached to the substrate from bottom to top. The substrate can be an alkaline glass plate (product name "Micro Slide Glass" S200423, manufactured by Matsunami Glass Co., Ltd.). The tensile testing machine can be a universal tensile-compression testing machine (device name "Tensile-Compression Testing Machine, TCM-1kNB", manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) or an equivalent. During the test, a suitable backing material can also be attached to the opposite side of the surface protective sheet (the surface opposite to the bonding surface) to reinforce the specimen, if necessary. For example, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of approximately 25 μm can be used as the backing material.

[常態水剝離力FW0] 於上述常態接著力F0之測定中,於試片自被黏著體之剝離強度之測定中,對上述試片自上述被黏著體開始分離之部位(剝離前線)供給20 μL之蒸餾水,測定該蒸餾水供給後之剝離強度。測定係於各常態接著力F0之每次測定時(即3次)進行,將其等之平均值設為常態水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]。 蒸餾水供給後之剝離強度之測定條件係依據JIS Z0237:2009之10.4.1 方法1:對於試驗板之180°剝離黏著力者。具體而言,於試驗溫度23℃下使用拉伸試驗機設為拉伸速度300 mm/分鐘、剝離角度180度之條件。 再者,常態水剝離力FW0之測定可對每一片試片連續地進行常態接著力F0之測定及常態水剝離力FW0之測定,亦可藉由不同之試片進行常態接著力F0之測定及常態水剝離力FW0之測定。例如,於難以凖備為了實施連續測定而充分之長度之試片之情形等,可採用使用不同之試片進行測定之態樣。關於被黏著體、拉伸試驗機、其他事項,與常態接著力F0之測定相同。 [Normal Water Peeling Force FW0] In the determination of the normal adhesion force F0 described above, during the determination of the peel strength of the specimen from the adhered body, 20 μL of distilled water is supplied to the part of the specimen from the adhered body (the peel line), and the peel strength after the supply of distilled water is measured. The measurement is performed three times for each measurement of the normal adhesion force F0, and the average value is set as the normal water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm]. The measurement conditions for the peel strength after the supply of distilled water are based on JIS Z0237:2009, 10.4.1, Method 1: For the 180° peel adhesion of the test plate. Specifically, the tensile testing machine is set to a tensile speed of 300 mm/min and a peel angle of 180 degrees at a test temperature of 23°C. Furthermore, the determination of the normal water peel force FW0 can be performed continuously on each specimen, measuring both the normal adhesion force FW0 and the normal water peel force FW0. Alternatively, different specimens can be used for these measurements. For example, in cases where it is difficult to prepare specimens of sufficient length for continuous testing, different specimens can be used. The same applies to the adhesive, tensile testing machine, and other matters as for the determination of the normal adhesion force FW0.

[30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1] 30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1係將評價用樣品(貼附有試片(表面保護片材)之鹼玻璃板)於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,測定剝離強度,除此以外,利用與常態接著力F0相同之方法來測定。 具體而言,與常態接著力F0之測定同樣地,將測定對象之表面保護片材切割成寬度20 mm、長度100 mm之尺寸而製作試片。於23℃、50%RH之環境下,將覆蓋接著面(黏著劑層表面)之剝離襯墊自上述試片剝離,使2 kg之橡膠輥往返一次而將所露出之接著面壓接於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板。對如此獲得之評價用樣品進行高壓釜處理(50℃、0.5 MPa、15分鐘)。將自高壓釜中取出之評價用樣品於加入有設定溫度60℃±2℃之溫水之水浴內浸漬30分鐘。作為溫水,使用離子交換水或蒸餾水。於溫水中,評價用樣品係以黏著劑層側朝上之方式保持水平。評價用樣品之上表面至水面之距離(浸漬深度)設為10 mm以上(例如10 mm~100 mm左右)。繼而,將評價用樣品自溫水中提起,將附著於該評價用樣品之水輕輕地擦拭後,於23℃、50%RH之環境下,依據JIS Z0237:2009之10.4.1 方法1:對於試驗板之180°剝離黏著力,使用拉伸試驗機,於拉伸速度300 mm/分鐘、剝離角度180度之條件下測定試片自被黏著體之剝離強度(其中,關於移行至下述水剝離力測定之前、即對剝離界面供給蒸餾水之前之期間之剝離強度)。測定係進行3次,將其等之平均值設為30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1[N/20 mm]。將評價用樣品自溫水中提起後至測定剝離強度為止之時間設為10分鐘以內。關於被黏著體、拉伸試驗機、其他事項,與常態接著力F0之測定相同。 [Adhesion Strength F1 After 30-Minute Warm Water Immersion] The adhesion strength F1 after 30-minute warm water immersion is determined by immersing the evaluation sample (an alkaline glass plate with a test piece (surface protective sheet) attached) in warm water at 60℃±2℃ for 30 minutes, then removing it from the warm water and wiping off the water, and measuring the peel strength. Otherwise, it is measured using the same method as the normal adhesion strength F0. Specifically, similar to the determination of the normal adhesion strength F0, the surface protective sheet of the test object is cut into test pieces with a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm to prepare the test pieces. At 23°C and 50%RH, the peeling pad covering the adhesive layer was peeled off from the test piece. A 2 kg rubber roller was then used to press the exposed adhesive layer onto an alkaline glass plate serving as the bonded object. The resulting evaluation sample was then subjected to autoclaving (50°C, 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes). The evaluation sample removed from the autoclave was then immersed in a water bath containing warm water at a set temperature of 60°C ± 2°C for 30 minutes. Ionized water or distilled water was used as the warm water. In the warm water, the evaluation sample was kept horizontal with the adhesive layer side facing upwards. The distance from the upper surface of the evaluation sample to the water surface (immersion depth) is set to 10 mm or more (e.g., approximately 10 mm to 100 mm). Then, the evaluation sample is lifted from the warm water, and the water adhering to the sample is gently wiped away. Under conditions of 23°C and 50%RH, the peel strength of the test piece from the adhered body is measured using a tensile testing machine at a tensile speed of 300 mm/min and a peel angle of 180 degrees (the peel strength refers to the period before the water peel strength measurement described below, i.e., before distilled water is supplied to the peel interface). The test was performed three times, and the average value was set as the adhesion force F1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes. The time from when the evaluation sample was removed from the warm water to when the peel strength was measured was set to be within 10 minutes. Regarding the adherend, tensile testing machine, and other matters, the same procedures applied as for the determination of the normal adhesion force F0.

[30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1] 30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1係將評價用樣品(貼附有試片(表面保護片材)之鹼玻璃板)於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,測定水剝離力,除此以外,利用與常態水剝離力FW0相同之方法來測定。 具體而言,於上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之測定中,30分鐘之溫水浸漬後,於試片自被黏著體之剝離強度之測定中,對上述試片自上述被黏著體開始分離之部位(剝離前線)供給20 μL之蒸餾水,測定該蒸餾水供給後之剝離強度。測定係於各30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之每次測定時(即3次)進行,將其等之平均值設為30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm]。 蒸餾水供給後之剝離強度之測定條件係依據JIS Z0237:2009之10.4.1 方法1:對於試驗板之180°剝離黏著力者。具體而言,於試驗溫度23℃下使用拉伸試驗機設為拉伸速度300 mm/分鐘、剝離角度180度之條件。 再者,30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1之測定可對每一片試片連續地進行30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之測定及30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1之測定,亦可藉由不同之試片進行30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之測定及30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1之測定。關於被黏著體、拉伸試驗機、其他事項,與常態接著力F0之測定相同。 [Water Peeling Force After 30-Minute Warm Water Immersion (FW1)] The water peeling force after 30-minute warm water immersion (FW1) is determined by immersing the evaluation sample (an alkaline glass plate with a test piece (surface protective sheet) attached) in warm water at 60℃±2℃ for 30 minutes, then removing it from the warm water and wiping off the water. The water peeling force is then measured. Otherwise, it is measured using the same method as the normal water peeling force (FW0). Specifically, in the determination of adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion, after the 30-minute warm water immersion, in the determination of the peel strength of the specimen from the adhered body, 20 μL of distilled water was supplied to the part of the specimen from the adhered body (the peel line) and the peel strength after the supply of distilled water was measured. The measurement was performed three times for each determination of adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion, and the average value of these measurements was set as the water peel force FW1 [N/20 mm] after 30 minutes of warm water immersion. The peel strength after distillation was determined according to JIS Z0237:2009, 10.4.1, Method 1: 180° peel adhesion of the test plate. Specifically, a tensile testing machine was used at a test temperature of 23°C, a tensile speed of 300 mm/min, and a peel angle of 180 degrees. Furthermore, the determination of the water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion can be performed continuously on each specimen, including both the adhesion force F1 and the water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion. Alternatively, different specimens can be used to perform the determination of both the adhesion force F1 and the water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion. Regarding the substrate, tensile testing machine, and other matters, the same applies as for the determination of the normal adhesion force F0.

[1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2] 1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2係將溫水浸漬時間設為1小時,除此以外,利用與30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1相同之方法來測定。 具體而言,與常態接著力F0之測定同樣地,將測定對象之表面保護片材切割成寬度20 mm、長度100 mm之尺寸而製作試片。於23℃、50%RH之環境下,將覆蓋接著面(黏著劑層表面)之剝離襯墊自上述試片剝離,使2 kg之橡膠輥往返一次而將所露出之接著面壓接於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板。對如此獲得之評價用樣品進行高壓釜處理(50℃、0.5 MPa、15分鐘)。將自高壓釜中取出之評價用樣品於加入有設定溫度60℃±2℃之溫水之水浴內浸漬1小時。溫水浸漬之條件與30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F2之情形相同。繼而,將評價用樣品自溫水中提起,將附著於該評價用樣品之水輕輕地擦拭後,於23℃、50%RH之環境下,依據JIS Z0237:2009之10.4.1 方法1:對於試驗板之180°剝離黏著力,使用拉伸試驗機,於拉伸速度300 mm/分鐘、剝離角度180度之條件下測定試片自被黏著體之剝離強度(其中,關於移行至下述水剝離力測定之前、即對剝離界面供給蒸餾水之前之期間之剝離強度)。測定係進行3次,將其等之平均值設為1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2[N/20 mm]。關於被黏著體、拉伸試驗機、其他事項,與30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F2之測定相同。 [Adhesion Force F2 after 1-Hour Warm Water Immersion] The adhesion force F2 after 1-hour warm water immersion is determined by setting the warm water immersion time to 1 hour. Otherwise, it is measured using the same method as the adhesion force F1 after 30-minute warm water immersion. Specifically, similar to the determination of the normal adhesion force F0, the surface protective sheet of the test object is cut into test pieces with a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm. At 23°C and 50%RH, the peeling pad covering the bonding surface (adhesive layer surface) is peeled off from the test piece. A 2 kg rubber roller is then used to press the exposed bonding surface against an alkaline glass plate serving as the bonded object. The obtained evaluation samples were subjected to autoclave treatment (50°C, 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes). The evaluation samples removed from the autoclave were then immersed in a water bath containing warm water at a set temperature of 60°C ± 2°C for 1 hour. The warm water immersion conditions were the same as those for the adhesion force F2 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion. Next, the evaluation sample was removed from the warm water, and the water adhering to the sample was gently wiped off. The sample was then tested at 23°C and 50%RH according to JIS Z0237:2009, 10.4.1, Method 1: 180° peel strength of the test plate. The peel strength of the specimen from the adherend was measured using a tensile testing machine at a tensile speed of 300 mm/min and a peel angle of 180 degrees (the peel strength refers to the period before transitioning to the water peel strength measurement described below, i.e., before distilled water is supplied to the peel interface). The measurement was performed three times, and the average value was set as the adhesion force F2 [N/20 mm] after 1 hour of warm water immersion. Regarding the adherend, tensile testing machine, and other matters, the same procedures apply as for determining the adhesion force F2 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion.

[1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2] 1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2係將溫水浸漬時間設為1小時,除此以外,利用與30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1相同之方法來測定。 具體而言,於上述1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2之測定中,1小時之溫水浸漬後,於試片自被黏著體之剝離強度之測定中,對上述試片自上述被黏著體開始分離之部位(剝離前線)供給20 μL之蒸餾水,測定該蒸餾水供給後之剝離強度。測定係於各1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2之每次測定時(即3次)進行,將其等之平均值設為1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2[N/20 mm]。 關於被黏著體、拉伸試驗機、其他事項,與30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1之測定相同。 [Water Peeling Force FW2 After 1-Hour Warm Water Immersion] The water peeling force FW2 after 1-hour warm water immersion is determined by setting the warm water immersion time to 1 hour, and otherwise using the same method as the water peeling force FW1 after 30-minute warm water immersion. Specifically, in the above-mentioned determination of adhesion force F2 after 1-hour warm water immersion, after 1 hour of warm water immersion, in the determination of the peeling strength of the specimen from the adhered body, 20 μL of distilled water is supplied to the part of the specimen from the adhered body that begins to separate (the peeling line), and the peeling strength after the supply of distilled water is measured. The measurement was performed three times (i.e., after each 1-hour warm water immersion) for the adhesion force F2, and the average value of these measurements was set as the water peeling force FW2 [N/20 mm] after 1-hour warm water immersion. Regarding the adherend, tensile testing machine, and other matters, the same procedures apply as for the measurement of the water peeling force FW1 after 30-minute warm water immersion.

於上述之測定(F0、FW0、F1、FW1、F2及FW2之測定)中,作為被黏著體,使用貼合試片之面之對於蒸餾水之接觸角為20度以下(例如5度~10度)者。具體而言,作為被黏著體,可使用鹼玻璃板,該鹼玻璃板係利用浮式法所製作,且貼合試片之面之對於蒸餾水之接觸角為20度以下(例如5度~10度)。作為此種被黏著體,可使用上述松浪硝子工業公司製造之鹼玻璃板,但並不限定於此,亦可使用松浪硝子工業公司製造之鹼玻璃板之相當品、或其以外之鹼玻璃板。In the above measurements (F0, FW0, F1, FW1, F2, and FW2), the substrate used is one in which the contact angle between the surface of the test piece and the distilled water is 20 degrees or less (e.g., 5 to 10 degrees). Specifically, an alkaline glass plate can be used as the substrate, which is manufactured using the float glass method, and the contact angle between the surface of the test piece and the distilled water is 20 degrees or less (e.g., 5 to 10 degrees). While the alkaline glass plate manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd. can be used as such a substrate, it is not limited to this; equivalents of the alkaline glass plate manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd., or other alkaline glass plates, can also be used.

又,上述鹼玻璃板之接觸角係利用以下之方法來測定。即,於測定氛圍23℃、50%RH之環境下,使用接觸角計(協和界面科學公司製造,商品名「DMo-501型」,控制箱「DMC-2」,控制/解析軟體「FAMAS(版本5.0.30)」)藉由液滴法進行測定。蒸餾水之滴加量係設為2 μL,根據滴加5秒後之圖像藉由Θ/2法算出接觸角(以N5實施)。Furthermore, the contact angle of the aforementioned alkaline glass plate was measured using the following method: Under a measuring atmosphere of 23°C and 50%RH, a contact angle meter (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., trade name "DMo-501", control box "DMC-2", control/analysis software "FAMAS (version 5.0.30)") was used to measure the angle using the droplet method. The amount of distilled water added was set to 2 μL, and the contact angle was calculated using the Θ/2 method based on the image obtained 5 seconds after addition (implemented at N5).

再者,本發明者等人確認上述溫水浸漬後之接著力及水剝離力與氫氟酸水溶液浸漬後之接著力及水剝離力分別顯示一定之較高關聯。基於該見解,將上述溫水浸漬後之接著力及水剝離力設為包含藥液浸漬之液中處理用途中之表面保護片材之應用性之評價指標。Furthermore, the inventors have confirmed that the adhesion and water peeling forces after immersion in warm water exhibit a relatively high correlation with those after immersion in hydrofluoric acid aqueous solution. Based on this observation, the adhesion and water peeling forces after immersion in warm water are set as evaluation indicators for the applicability of surface protective sheets in liquid treatment applications, including chemical immersion.

[透濕度] 依據JIS Z0208之透濕度試驗(杯式法)測定基材(層)及表面保護片材之透濕度。基材之透濕度測定方法如下所述。即,將各例之基材切割成7 cmΦ之圓形,將其用作評價用樣品。然後,向試驗用杯(鋁製,JIS Z0208中所規定之透濕杯)之內部加入特定量之氯化鈣,利用上述評價用樣品將杯口密閉。具體而言,以覆蓋試驗用杯之口之方式將評價用樣品置於試驗用杯上,將具有與試驗用杯之開口部之邊緣(內徑6 cm、外形9 cm、邊緣寬度1.5 cm之圓形)相同形狀之環狀之墊圈及蓋重疊於其上並利用專用螺塞固定,從而將試驗用杯之內部密閉。繼而,將由評價用樣品覆蓋之杯於40℃、92%RH下保管24小時,測定保管前後之總重量之變化(具體而言,基於氯化鈣之吸水量之重量變化),藉此求出透濕度[g/(m 2・day)]。表面保護片材之透濕度係代替基材而將表面保護片材以杯側成為接著面之方式配置並將杯口密閉而實施測定,除此以外,利用與基材之透濕度測定方法相同之方法來測定。 [Moisture Permeability] The moisture permeability of the substrate (layer) and surface protective sheet was determined according to the moisture permeability test (cup method) of JIS Z0208. The method for determining the moisture permeability of the substrate is as follows: The substrate of each example was cut into a circle with a diameter of 7 cm and used as an evaluation sample. Then, a specific amount of calcium chloride was added to the inside of the test cup (made of aluminum, a moisture permeability cup as specified in JIS Z0208), and the cup was sealed with the above-mentioned evaluation sample. Specifically, the evaluation sample is placed on the test cup to cover its opening. A ring-shaped gasket and cap with the same shape as the edge of the test cup's opening (6 cm inner diameter, 9 cm outer diameter, and 1.5 cm edge width) are then placed on top and secured with a special screw plug to seal the interior of the test cup. The cup covered by the evaluation sample is then stored at 40°C and 92%RH for 24 hours, and the change in total weight before and after storage is measured (specifically, the weight change based on the water absorption of calcium chloride). The humidity permeability [g/( ·day)] is then determined. The moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet is measured by placing the surface protective sheet with the cup side as the contact surface instead of the substrate and sealing the cup opening. Otherwise, it is measured using the same method as the moisture permeability measurement method for the substrate.

[60℃損失彈性模數G"] 黏著劑層之60℃損失彈性模數G"[Pa]係藉由動態黏彈性測定而求出。具體而言,將作為測定對象之黏著劑層重疊複數片,藉此製作厚度約2 mm之黏著劑層。將該黏著劑層沖裁成直徑7.9 mm之圓盤狀而獲得試樣,利用平行板夾住所獲得之試樣而進行固定,藉由黏彈性試驗機(例如,TA Instruments公司製造,ARES或其相當品)於以下之條件下進行動態黏彈性測定,求出60℃下之損失彈性模數G"[Pa]。 ・測定模式:剪切模式 ・溫度範圍 :-70℃~150℃ ・升溫速度 :5℃/min ・測定頻率:1 Hz 再者,作為測定對象之黏著劑層可藉由將對應之黏著劑組合物塗佈成層狀並進行乾燥或硬化而形成。 [60°C Loss of Elastic Modulus G"] The 60°C loss of elastic modulus G" [Pa] of the adhesive layer is determined by dynamic viscoelasticity measurement. Specifically, several layers of the adhesive layer to be measured are overlapped to create an adhesive layer with a thickness of approximately 2 mm. The adhesive layer was punched into a disc shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm to obtain a sample. The sample was fixed using parallel plates and its dynamic viscoelasticity was measured using a viscoelastic testing machine (e.g., TA Instruments, ARES, or equivalent) under the following conditions to determine the loss modulus of elasticity G" [Pa] at 60°C. ・Measurement mode: Shear mode ・Temperature range: -70°C to 150°C ・Heating rate: 5°C/min ・Measurement frequency: 1 Hz Furthermore, the adhesive layer used for testing can be formed by applying the corresponding adhesive composition in layers and then drying or hardening it.

[拉伸試驗] 將表面保護片材切割成寬度10 mm之短條狀而製作試片。依據JIS K 7161,將該試片於下述條件下進行延伸,藉此獲得應力-應變曲線。 (延伸條件) 測定溫度:25℃ 拉伸速度:300 mm/分鐘 夾頭間距離:50 mm 作為拉伸試驗機,可使用萬能拉伸壓縮試驗機(裝置名「拉伸壓縮試驗機、TCM-1kNB」,Minebea公司製造)或其相當品。 25℃拉伸彈性模數[Pa]係根據上述應力-應變曲線之線性回歸而求出。再者,25℃拉伸彈性模數係基於自表面保護片材之厚度之實測值減去黏著劑層之厚度所得之厚度之值、或測定基材層本身之厚度所得之值,換算為基材層之每單位剖面面積之值而求出。 又,根據上述拉伸試驗,測定25℃下之100%伸長時應力[N/mm 2]、斷裂應力[N/mm 2]及斷裂應變[%]。 上述100%伸長時應力係將上述拉伸試驗中試片100%伸長時所測定之荷重[N]除以試片之基材層剖面面積[mm 2]所得之值。上述斷裂應力係將上述拉伸試驗中之試片斷裂時之荷重[N]除以試片之基材層剖面面積[mm 2]所得之值,上述斷裂應變[%]係上述試片之斷裂時之伸長率[%]。 再者,本實施例中之測定值(拉伸彈性模數、100%伸長時應力、斷裂應力及斷裂應變)係使表面保護片材(更具體而言,基材層)之MD與上述拉伸試驗之拉伸方向一致所得之MD之測定值,但上述拉伸試驗除可對表面保護片材之MD實施以外,還可藉由變更試片之切出方式,對表面保護片材之TD實施上述拉伸試驗而獲得TD之測定值。或者,亦可對MD或TD之任意一方向實施上述拉伸試驗而獲得測定值。 [Tensile Test] Surface protective sheet was cut into short strips with a width of 10 mm to prepare specimens. The specimens were stretched under the following conditions according to JIS K 7161 to obtain the stress-strain curve. (Stretching Conditions) Measurement Temperature: 25°C; Tensile Speed: 300 mm/min; Grip Distance: 50 mm. A universal tensile-compression testing machine (device name "Tensile-Compression Testing Machine, TCM-1kNB", manufactured by Minebea Corporation) or an equivalent can be used as the tensile testing machine. The tensile modulus of elasticity [Pa] at 25°C was determined by linear regression of the stress-strain curve described above. Furthermore, the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C is calculated by subtracting the thickness of the adhesive layer from the measured thickness of the surface protective sheet, or by measuring the thickness of the substrate layer itself, and then converting it into the value per unit cross-sectional area of the substrate layer. Also, based on the above tensile test, the stress [N/ mm² ] at 100% elongation, the breaking stress [N/ mm² ], and the breaking strain [%] at 25°C were measured. The stress at 100% elongation was obtained by dividing the load [N] measured at 100% elongation of the specimen in the above tensile test by the cross-sectional area [ mm² ] of the substrate layer of the specimen. The aforementioned fracture stress is obtained by dividing the load [N] at which the specimen breaks in the tensile test by the cross-sectional area [ mm² ] of the substrate layer of the specimen, and the aforementioned fracture strain [%] is the elongation [%] of the specimen at fracture. Furthermore, the measured values (tensile modulus of elasticity, stress at 100% elongation, fracture stress, and fracture strain) in this embodiment are the measured values of MD obtained by aligning the MD of the surface protective sheet (more specifically, the substrate layer) with the tensile direction of the aforementioned tensile test. However, in addition to performing the tensile test on the MD of the surface protective sheet, the measured value of TD can also be obtained by performing the aforementioned tensile test on the TD of the surface protective sheet by changing the cutting method of the specimen. Alternatively, the above tensile test can be performed in either direction of MD or TD to obtain the measured value.

[25℃彎曲剛度值] 表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值D[Pa・m 3]係根據式: D=Eh 3/12(1-ν 2); 所求出。上式中,E係表面保護片材之25℃拉伸彈性模數[Pa],h係基材層之厚度[m]。ν係泊松比,上式中設為ν=0.35。 再者,本實施例中之25℃彎曲剛度值係MD之25℃彎曲剛度值,但如上所述藉由變更試片之切出方式,可不僅獲得MD之25℃彎曲剛度值,而且獲得TD之25℃彎曲剛度值,或者亦可獲得MD或TD之任意一方向之25℃彎曲剛度值。 [25℃ Bending Stiffness Value] The 25℃ bending stiffness value D [Pa・m 3 ] of the surface protective sheet is calculated according to the formula: D=Eh 3 /12(1-ν 2 ); In the above formula, E is the tensile modulus of elasticity of the surface protective sheet at 25℃ [Pa], h is the thickness of the substrate layer [m]. ν is Poisson's ratio, which is set to ν=0.35 in the above formula. Furthermore, the 25°C bending stiffness value in this embodiment is the 25°C bending stiffness value of MD. However, as mentioned above, by changing the cutting method of the test piece, not only the 25°C bending stiffness value of MD can be obtained, but also the 25°C bending stiffness value of TD can be obtained, or the 25°C bending stiffness value of MD or TD in any direction can be obtained.

[水中起點剝離力] 將測定對象之表面保護片材切割成寬度10 mm、長度100 mm之尺寸而製作試片。於23℃、50%RH之環境下,將覆蓋接著面(黏著劑層表面)之剝離襯墊自上述試片剝離,使2 kg之橡膠輥往返一次而將所露出之接著面壓接於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板(具有水接觸角20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面)。此時,以使上述試片之長度方向之一端自上述被黏著體伸出之方式貼合。對如此獲得之評價用樣品進行高壓釜處理(50℃、0.5 MPa、15分鐘)。將自高壓釜取出之評價用樣品於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,浸漬於室溫(23℃~25℃)之水中。作為水,使用離子交換水或蒸餾水。於水中,評價用樣品係以貼附有試片之面朝上之方式保持水平。評價用樣品之上表面至水面之距離(浸漬深度)設為10 mm以上(例如10 mm~100 mm左右)。如此,於評價用樣品配置於水中之狀態下,於上述水中浸漬開始起1分鐘以內,於23℃、50%RH之環境下,使用拉伸試驗機自上述試片之長度方向之一端(自被黏著體伸出之一端),於拉伸速度1000 mm/分鐘、剝離角度20度之條件下進行剝離試驗,記錄剝離初期所施加之最大應力。測定係進行3次,將上述最大應力之平均值設為水中起點剝離力[N/10 mm]。 若水中起點剝離力為0.2 N/10 mm以上,則判定為針對搬送製程中之振動等外力之防端部剝離性優異。於搬送等製程中可能成為表面保護片材之端部剝離之原因之振動等外力可認為係對保護對象物以相對較小之角度所施加之高速之剝離負載。可判斷於剝離角度20度、剝離速度1000 mm/分鐘之條件下所實施之上述水中起點剝離力顯示0.2 N/10 mm以上之表面保護片材在藉由上述剝離負載剝離之前之應力較大,針對振動等外力具有優異之防端部剝離性。 於上述試驗中,作為被黏著體,可使用鹼玻璃板(製品名「顯微鏡載玻片(Micro Slide Glass)S200423」,松浪硝子工業公司製造)。作為拉伸試驗機,可使用萬能拉伸壓縮試驗機(裝置名「拉伸壓縮試驗機、TCM-1kNB」,Minebea公司製造)或其相當品。 於測定時,亦可視需要於表面保護片材之相反面(接著面之相反側之表面)貼附適當之襯底材而將試片進行補強。作為襯底材,例如可使用厚度25 μm左右之PET膜。 [Waterborne Peeling Force] A test piece was prepared by cutting the surface protective sheet of the test object into pieces 10 mm wide and 100 mm long. At 23°C and 50%RH, a peeling pad covering the adhesive layer was peeled off the test piece. A 2 kg rubber roller was used to press the exposed adhesive surface against an alkaline glass plate (a surface of alkaline glass having a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees) serving as the substrate. The test piece was then fitted so that one end of its length extended from the substrate. The resulting evaluation sample was then subjected to autoclaving (50°C, 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes). After the evaluation sample is removed from the autoclave and kept in an environment of 23°C and 50%RH for 1 hour, it is immersed in water at room temperature (23°C to 25°C). Ionized water or distilled water is used as the water. In the water, the evaluation sample is kept horizontal with the side with the test piece attached facing upwards. The distance from the upper surface of the evaluation sample to the water surface (immersion depth) is set to be more than 10 mm (e.g., about 10 mm to 100 mm). Thus, with the evaluation sample placed in water, a peeling test was conducted using a tensile testing machine at 23°C and 50% RH within one minute of the start of immersion, starting from one end of the specimen along its length (the end extending from the adherend). The test was performed at a tensile speed of 1000 mm/min and a peeling angle of 20 degrees. The maximum stress applied at the initial stage of peeling was recorded. The test was performed three times, and the average of the maximum stress was set as the initial peeling force in water [N/10 mm]. If the initial peeling force in water is 0.2 N/10 mm or higher, it is considered to have excellent end-peeling performance against external forces such as vibration during the conveying process. External forces such as vibration, which may cause end peeling of surface protective sheets during handling and other manufacturing processes, can be considered as high-speed peeling loads applied to the protected object at relatively small angles. It can be determined that surface protective sheets exhibiting an underwater initial peeling force of 0.2 N/10 mm or more under the aforementioned conditions of a peeling angle of 20 degrees and a peeling speed of 1000 mm/min have greater stress before peeling under the aforementioned peeling load, demonstrating excellent end peeling resistance against external forces such as vibration. In the above tests, an alkaline glass plate (product name "Micro Slide Glass" S200423, manufactured by Matsunami Glass Co., Ltd.) can be used as the substrate. A universal tensile-compression testing machine (device name "Tensile-Compression Testing Machine, TCM-1kNB", manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) or its equivalent can be used as the tensile testing machine. During the measurement, a suitable substrate can also be attached to the opposite side of the surface protective sheet (the surface opposite to the bonding surface) to reinforce the specimen, as needed. For example, a PET film with a thickness of approximately 25 μm can be used as the substrate.

≪實驗1≫ <黏著劑之製作> (黏著劑S1) 於具備冷卻管、氮氣導入管、溫度計及攪拌裝置之反應容器中,添加作為單體成分之丙烯酸正丁酯(BA)60份、丙烯酸環己酯(CHA)6份、N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮(NVP)18份、丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯(4HBA)15份及丙烯酸異硬脂酯(iSTA)1份、作為鏈轉移劑之α-硫代甘油0.125份、作為聚合溶劑之乙酸乙酯122份,投入作為熱聚合起始劑之2,2'-偶氮二異丁腈(AIBN)0.2份並於氮氣氛圍下進行溶液聚合,藉此獲得含有丙烯酸系聚合體之溶液。該丙烯酸系聚合體100 g中之含極性基之單體之比率為0.27 mol。 ≪Experiment 1≫ <Preparation of Adhesive> (Adhesive S1) In a reaction vessel equipped with a cooler, nitrogen inlet, thermometer, and stirring device, add 60 parts of n-butyl acrylate (BA), 6 parts of cyclohexyl acrylate (CHA), 18 parts of N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone (NVP), 15 parts of 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA), and 1 part of isostearate acrylate (iSTA) as monomer components; 0.125 parts of α-thioglycerol as a chain transfer agent; 122 parts of ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent; and 0.2 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) as a thermal polymerization initiator. Solution polymerization is carried out under a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a solution containing acrylic polymers. The proportion of polar monomers in 100 g of this acrylic polymer is 0.27 mol.

於上述中所獲得之溶液中,用於製備該溶液之單體成分每100份,添加異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三羥甲基丙烷/苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物,三井化學公司製造,商品名:Takenate D-110N,固形物成分濃度75%)以固形物成分基準為0.05份、作為交聯促進劑之二月桂酸二辛基錫(Tokyo Fine Chemical公司製造,商品名:EMBILIZER OL-1)0.01份、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮3份及作為水親和劑之非離子性界面活性劑(聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單月桂酸酯,HLB16.7,商品名:RHEODOL TW-L120,花王公司製造)0.1份,均勻地混合而製備溶劑型黏著劑組合物S1。In the solution obtained above, for every 100 parts of the monomeric component used to prepare the solution, the following are added: an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent (trihydroxymethylpropane/phenylenedimethyl diisocyanate adduct, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, trade name: Takenate D-110N, solids concentration 75%) at a solids concentration of 0.05 parts; dioctyltin dilaurate (manufactured by Tokyo Fine Chemicals, trade name: EMBILIZER OL-1) as a crosslinking promoter; acetoacetone as a crosslinking retarder; and a nonionic surfactant (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, HLB16.7, trade name: RHEODOL) as a hydrophilic agent. 0.1 parts of TW-L120 (manufactured by Kao Corporation) were mixed evenly to prepare solvent-based adhesive composition S1.

凖備聚酯膜之單面成為剝離面之厚度38 μm之剝離膜(三菱樹脂公司製造,MRF#38)、及聚酯膜之單面成為剝離面之厚度38 μm之剝離膜(三菱樹脂公司製造,MRE#38)。於一剝離膜(MRF#38)之剝離面塗佈上述所製備之溶劑型黏著劑組合物S1,於60℃下乾燥3分鐘,繼而於120℃下乾燥3分鐘,形成厚度25 μm之黏著劑層。於該黏著劑層貼合另一剝離膜(MRE#38)之剝離面而加以保護。如此獲得表面由2片剝離膜保護之黏著劑層S1。黏著劑層S1之60℃損失彈性模數G"為32.5 kPa。A 38 μm thick release liner (manufactured by Mitsubishi Resin Corporation, MRF#38) with one side of a polyester film serving as the release surface was prepared, as well as another 38 μm thick release liner (manufactured by Mitsubishi Resin Corporation, MRE#38) with one side of a polyester film serving as the release surface. The solvent-based adhesive composition S1 prepared above was applied to the release surface of one release liner (MRF#38), dried at 60°C for 3 minutes, and then dried at 120°C for 3 minutes to form an adhesive layer with a thickness of 25 μm. The release surface of the other release liner (MRE#38) was then bonded to this adhesive layer for protection. Thus, an adhesive layer S1 with a surface protected by two peel-off films is obtained. The elastic modulus G" of the adhesive layer S1 at 60°C is 32.5 kPa.

(黏著劑S2) 不使用水親和劑,除此以外,以與上述黏著劑層S1之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層S2。 (Adhesive S2) Without using a water-affinity agent, an adhesive layer S2 with a thickness of 25 μm is obtained in the same manner as the adhesive layer S1 described above.

(黏著劑U1) 將以67/14/19之重量比包含BA、CHA、4HBA之單體混合物100份、與作為光聚合起始劑之商品名:Irgacure 651(汽巴精化公司製造)0.09份及商品名:Irgacure 184(汽巴精化公司製造)0.09份一起投入至四口燒瓶,於氮氣氛圍下照射紫外線而使其進行光聚合,直至黏度(BH黏度計、No.5轉子、10 rpm、測定溫度30℃)成為約15 Pa・s為止,藉此製備包含上述單體混合物之部分聚合物之單體糖漿。於該單體糖漿100份中,添加NVP5份、丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEA)9份及4HBA8份、作為多官能單體之二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(DPHA)0.15份、作為水親和劑之非離子性界面活性劑(聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單月桂酸酯,HLB16.7,商品名:RHEODOL TW-L120,花王公司製造)0.3份,均勻地混合而製備紫外線硬化型黏著劑組合物U1。該黏著劑組合物U1中之單體成分(成為丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分)100 g中之含極性基之單體之比率為0.25 mol。 (Adhesive U1) 100 parts of a monomer mixture containing BA, CHA, and 4HBA in a weight ratio of 67/14/19, along with 0.09 parts of Irgacure 651 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) and Irgacure 184 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) as photopolymerization initiators, were added to a four-necked flask and photopolymerized under a nitrogen atmosphere by irradiation with ultraviolet light until the viscosity (BH viscometer, No. 5 rotor, 10 rpm, measurement temperature 30°C) reached approximately 15 Pa·s, thereby preparing a monomer syrup containing a portion of the polymer of the above monomer mixture. To 100 parts of the monomer syrup, 5 parts of NVP, 9 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA), 8 parts of 4HBA, 0.15 parts of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (DPHA) as a multifunctional monomer, and 0.3 parts of a nonionic surfactant (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, HLB16.7, trade name: RHEODOL TW-L120, manufactured by Kao Corporation) as a hydrophilic agent were added and uniformly mixed to prepare UV-curable adhesive composition U1. The ratio of polar-group-containing monomers (the monomer components that form acrylic polymers) in 100 g of this adhesive composition U1 is 0.25 mol.

於聚酯膜之單面成為剝離面之厚度38 μm之剝離膜R1(三菱綜合材料公司製造,MRF#38)塗佈上述中所獲得之黏著劑組合物U1,被覆聚酯膜之單面成為剝離面之厚度38 μm之剝離膜R2(三菱綜合材料公司製造,MRE#38)以遮斷空氣,照射紫外線而使其硬化,藉此獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層U1。黏著劑層U1之60℃損失彈性模數G"為19.7 kPa。The adhesive composition U1 obtained above was coated onto a 38 μm thick release film R1 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation, MRF#38) with one side of the polyester film as the release surface. Another 38 μm thick release film R2 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation, MRE#38) was then applied to the polyester film to block air exposure and irradiated with ultraviolet light to harden it, thereby obtaining an adhesive layer U1 with a thickness of 25 μm. The elastic modulus G" of the adhesive layer U1 at 60°C was 19.7 kPa.

(黏著劑U2) 不使用水親和劑,除此以外,以與上述黏著劑層U1之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層U2。 (Adhesive U2) Without using a water-affinity agent, an adhesive layer U2 with a thickness of 25 μm is obtained in the same manner as the adhesive layer U1 described above.

(黏著劑E1) 將丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)85份、丙烯酸甲酯(MA)13份、丙烯酸(AA)1.2份、甲基丙烯酸(MAA)0.75份、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,KBM-403)0.01份、作為鏈轉移劑之第三-十二烷基硫醇0.05份及乳化劑(花王公司製造,Latemul E-118B)1.9份於離子交換水100份中進行混合而乳化,藉此製備單體混合物之水性乳液(單體乳液)。 於具備冷卻管、氮氣導入管、溫度計及攪拌裝置之反應容器中加入上述單體乳液,一面導入氮氣一面於室溫下攪拌1小時以上。繼而,將系統升溫至60℃,投入作為聚合起始劑之2,2'-偶氮雙[N-(2-羧基乙基)-2-甲基丙脒]水合物(和光純藥工業公司製造,VA-057)0.1份,於60℃下反應6小時,獲得丙烯酸系聚合體e1之水分散液。將系統冷卻至常溫後,上述丙烯酸系聚合體e1之水分散液之固形物成分每100份,添加以固形物成分計為10份之黏著賦予樹脂乳液(荒川化學工業公司製造,SUPER ESTER E-865 NT,軟化點160℃之聚合松香酯之水分散液)。進而,使用作為pH值調整劑之10%氨水及作為增黏劑之聚丙烯酸(不揮發分36%之水溶液)而將pH值調整為約7.5、黏度調整為約9 Pa・s,藉此製備乳液型黏著劑組合物E1。 (Adhesive E1) 85 parts of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), 13 parts of methyl acrylate (MA), 1.2 parts of acrylic acid (AA), 0.75 parts of methacrylic acid (MAA), 0.01 parts of 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., KBM-403), 0.05 parts of tri-dodecyl mercaptan (as a chain transfer agent), and 1.9 parts of emulsifier (manufactured by Kao Corporation, Latemul E-118B) were mixed with 100 parts of ion-exchanged water and emulsified to prepare an aqueous emulsion of the monomer mixture (monomer emulsion). The monomer emulsion was added to a reaction vessel equipped with a coolant, a nitrogen inlet, a thermometer, and a stirring device. Nitrogen gas was introduced while stirring at room temperature for at least 1 hour. Next, the system was heated to 60°C, and 0.1 parts of 2,2'-azobis[N-(2-carboxyethyl)-2-methylpropanediamine] hydrate (manufactured by Wako Junya Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., VA-057) as a polymerization initiator were added. The reaction was carried out at 60°C for 6 hours to obtain an aqueous dispersion of acrylic polymer e1. After the system was cooled to room temperature, 10 parts of an adhesive-improving resin emulsion (manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Co., Ltd., SUPER ESTER E-865 NT, aqueous dispersion of polymeric rosin ester with a softening point of 160°C) was added per 100 parts of the solids content of the above aqueous dispersion of acrylic polymer e1. Furthermore, by using 10% ammonia as a pH adjuster and polyacrylic acid (an aqueous solution with 36% nonvolatile components) as a tackifier, the pH was adjusted to approximately 7.5 and the viscosity to approximately 9 Pa·s, thereby preparing an emulsion-type adhesive compound E1.

凖備聚酯膜之單面成為剝離面之厚度38 μm之剝離膜(三菱樹脂公司製造,MRF#38)、及聚酯膜之單面成為剝離面之厚度38 μm之剝離膜(三菱樹脂公司製造,MRE#38)。於一剝離膜(MRF#38)之剝離面塗佈黏著劑組合物E1,於120℃下乾燥3分鐘,形成厚度25 μm之黏著劑層E1。於該黏著劑層貼合另一剝離膜(MRE#38)之剝離面而加以保護。如此獲得表面由2片剝離膜保護之黏著劑層E1。黏著劑層E1之60℃損失彈性模數G"為12.3 kPa。A 38 μm thick release liner (Mitsubishi Resin Co., Ltd., MRF#38) with one side of a polyester film as the release surface was prepared, and another 38 μm thick release liner (Mitsubishi Resin Co., Ltd., MRE#38) with one side of a polyester film as the release surface was prepared. An adhesive composition E1 was applied to the release surface of one release liner (MRF#38), and dried at 120°C for 3 minutes to form an adhesive layer E1 with a thickness of 25 μm. The release surface of the other release liner (MRE#38) was then bonded to this adhesive layer for protection. This resulted in an adhesive layer E1 with its surface protected by two release liner sheets. The elastic modulus G" of the adhesive layer E1 at 60°C is 12.3 kPa.

<實施例1> 基材層材料係準備厚度25 μm之延伸聚丙烯(OPP)膜(製品名「Torayfan #25A-KW37」,東麗公司製造,雙軸延伸PP膜)。將覆蓋上述中所獲得之附剝離襯墊之黏著劑層S1之一表面之剝離襯墊剝離,使2 kg之橡膠輥往返兩次而將所露出之表面(接著面)壓接於上述OPP膜之表面。如此獲得接著面由剝離襯墊保護之表面保護片材(附基材層之單面黏著片材)。本例之表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值為9.3×10 -6Pa・m 3,25℃拉伸彈性模數為6.3×10 9Pa,25℃100%伸長時應力為85 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應力為146 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應變為239%。 <Example 1> The substrate layer material is a 25 μm thick extended polypropylene (OPP) film (product name "Torayfan #25A-KW37", manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., biaxially extended PP film). The peeling pad covering one surface of the adhesive layer S1 with the peeling pad obtained above is peeled off, and a 2 kg rubber roller is used to press the exposed surface (adhesive surface) onto the surface of the OPP film by moving it back and forth twice. This results in a surface protection sheet (a single-sided adhesive sheet with a substrate layer) whose adhesive surface is protected by the peeling pad. The surface protective sheet in this example has a flexural stiffness of 9.3 × 10⁻⁶ Pa· at 25°C, a tensile modulus of elasticity of 6.3 × 10⁹ Pa at 25°C, a stress of 85 N/ mm² at 100% elongation at 25°C, a breaking stress of 146 N/ mm² at 25°C, and a breaking strain of 239% at 25°C.

<實施例2> 除使用黏著劑層U1代替黏著劑層S1以外,以與實施例1相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。 <Example 2> The surface protective sheet of this example is obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that adhesive layer U1 is used instead of adhesive layer S1.

<實施例3> 基材層材料係使用厚度25 μm之聚苯硫醚(PPS)膜(製品名「TORELINA #25-3030」,東麗公司製造,雙軸延伸PPS膜)代替OPP膜。此外,以與實施例2之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。 <Example 3> The substrate layer material is a 25 μm thick polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) film (product name "TORELINA #25-3030", manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., biaxially stretched PPS film) instead of an OPP film. Furthermore, the surface protective sheet of this example is obtained in the same manner as in Example 2.

<實施例4> 基材層材料係使用厚度12 μm之OPP膜(製品名「Torayfan #12D-KW37」,東麗公司製造,雙軸延伸PP膜)。此外,以與實施例2相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。 <Example 4> The substrate layer material is a 12 μm thick OPP film (product name "Torayfan #12D-KW37", manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., biaxially stretched PP film). Furthermore, the surface protective sheet of this example is obtained in the same manner as in Example 2.

<實施例5> 基材層材料係使用厚度60 μm之OPP膜(製品名「Torayfan #60-2500」,東麗公司製造,雙軸延伸PP膜)。此外,以與實施例2相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。 <Example 5> The substrate layer material is a 60 μm thick OPP film (product name "Torayfan #60-2500", manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., biaxially stretched PP film). Furthermore, the surface protective sheet of this example is obtained in the same manner as in Example 2.

<實施例6> 除使用黏著劑層E1代替黏著劑層U1以外,以與實施例2相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。 <Example 6> Except for using adhesive layer E1 instead of adhesive layer U1, the surface protective sheet of this example is obtained in the same manner as in Example 2.

<比較例1> 除使用黏著劑層S2代替黏著劑層S1以外,以與實施例1相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。 <Comparative Example 1> The surface protective sheet of this example is obtained in the same manner as in Embodiment 1, except that adhesive layer S2 is used instead of adhesive layer S1.

<比較例2> 除使用黏著劑層U2代替黏著劑層U1以外,以與實施例2相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。 <Comparative Example 2> The surface protective sheet of this example is obtained in the same manner as in Embodiment 2, except that adhesive layer U2 is used instead of adhesive layer U1.

<比較例3~5> 作為基材層材料,使用厚度25 μm之PET膜(製品名「Lumirror S10」,東麗公司製造)。此外,以與實施例1~3分別相同之方式,獲得各例之表面保護片材。 <Comparative Examples 3-5> A 25 μm thick PET film (product name "Lumirror S10", manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) was used as the substrate layer material. Furthermore, surface protective sheets for each example were obtained in the same manner as in Examples 1-3.

<實施例7> 基材層材料係使用厚度40 μm之PP膜(製品名「Torayfan NO 3701J」,東麗公司製造,未經延伸之聚丙烯(CPP)膜)代替OPP膜。此外,以與實施例1相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。 <Example 7> The substrate layer material is a 40 μm thick PP film (product name "Torayfan NO 3701J", manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., unstretched polypropylene (CPP) film) instead of an OPP film. Furthermore, the surface protective sheet of this example is obtained in the same manner as in Example 1.

<實施例8> 基材層材料係使用厚度55 μm之聚乙烯(PE)膜(製品名「Polytop NSM-M」,大森化成公司製造)代替OPP膜。此外,以與實施例1相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。 <Example 8> The substrate layer material is a 55 μm thick polyethylene (PE) film (product name "Polytop NSM-M", manufactured by Omori Chemical Co., Ltd.) instead of an OPP film. Furthermore, the surface protective sheet of this example is obtained in the same manner as in Example 1.

<實施例9> 基材層材料係使用蒸鍍有二氧化矽之PET膜代替OPP膜。此外,以與實施例1相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。 作為蒸鍍有二氧化矽之PET膜,使用利用以下之方法所製作者。即,於PET膜(三菱化學公司製造,商品名「LC-N50JBN」,厚度50 μm)上,利用RF(Radio-Frequency,射頻)磁控濺鍍,由三井金屬公司製造之Si金屬靶成膜氧化矽膜。濺鍍氣體使用氬及氧,氧/氬比率設為5.3 vol%。於上述之條件下調整成膜時間,藉此於上述PET膜(主層)上形成厚度2nm之氧化矽膜(SiO 2膜),獲得蒸鍍有二氧化矽之PET膜。 <Example 9> The substrate layer material is a PET film coated with silicon dioxide, used instead of an OPP film. Furthermore, the surface protection sheet of this example is obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. The PET film coated with silicon dioxide is manufactured using the following method: A silicon dioxide film is deposited on a PET film (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, trade name "LC-N50JBN", thickness 50 μm) using RF (Radio-Frequency) magnetron sputtering with a Si metal target manufactured by Mitsui Metals Corporation. Argon and oxygen are used as the sputtering gases, with an oxygen/argon ratio of 5.3 vol%. Under the above conditions, the film formation time is adjusted to form a silicon oxide film ( SiO2 film) with a thickness of 2nm on the above PET film (main layer), thereby obtaining a PET film coated with silicon dioxide.

<實施例10> 基材層材料係使用厚度25 μm之蒸鍍有鋁之PET膜(製品名「METALMY 25S」,東麗公司製造)代替OPP膜。此外,以與實施例1相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。 <Example 10> The substrate layer material is a 25 μm thick vapor-deposited aluminum-coated PET film (product name "METALMY 25S", manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) instead of an OPP film. Furthermore, the surface protective sheet of this example is obtained in the same manner as in Example 1.

<實施例11> 基材層材料係使用厚度12 μm之鋁箔(UACJ公司製造)代替OPP膜。此外,以與實施例1相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。 <Example 11> The substrate layer material is a 12 μm thick aluminum foil (manufactured by UACJ Corporation) instead of an OPP film. Furthermore, the surface protection sheet of this example is obtained in the same manner as in Example 1.

<性能評價> 針對各例之表面保護片材,測定常態接著力F0[N/20 mm]、常態水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]、30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1[N/20 mm]、30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm]、1小時溫水浸漬後接著力F2[N/20 mm]及1小時溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW2[N/20 mm]。又,針對於各階段(常態、30分鐘溫水浸漬後、1小時溫水浸漬後)之接著力及水剝離力,根據式:FW/F×100而求出水剝離力降低率[%]。上式中,F係接著力[N/20 mm],為F0、F1、F2之任一者。FW係水剝離力[N/20 mm],為FW0、FW1、FW2之任一者。若30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1為0.5 N/20 mm以上,則判定為具有對於表面保護而言充分之接著力。又,若30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率(FW1/F1)為50%以下,則判定為具有充分之易剝離性(易水剝離性)。將結果示於表1及2。又,測定各例之基材層材料及表面保護片材之透濕度[g/(m 2・day)]。將基材之透濕度[g/(m 2・day)]示於表1及2。各表中亦一併示出各例之概要。 <Performance Evaluation> For each example of surface protective sheet, the following parameters were measured: normal adhesion force F0 [N/20 mm], normal water peel force FW0 [N/20 mm], adhesion force F1 [N/20 mm] after 30 minutes of warm water immersion, water peel force FW1 [N/20 mm] after 30 minutes of warm water immersion, adhesion force F2 [N/20 mm] after 1 hour of warm water immersion, and water peel force FW2 [N/20 mm] after 1 hour of warm water immersion. Furthermore, for each stage (normal state, after 30 minutes of warm water immersion, and after 1 hour of warm water immersion), the water peel force reduction rate [%] was calculated using the formula: FW/F×100. In the above formula, F represents the adhesion force [N/20 mm], which is any one of F0, F1, and F2. FW represents the water peeling force [N/20 mm], which is any one of FW0, FW1, and FW2. If the adhesion force F1 is 0.5 N/20 mm or more after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes, it is considered to have sufficient adhesion force for surface protection. Furthermore, if the water peeling force reduction rate (FW1/F1) after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is less than 50%, it is considered to have sufficient easy peelability (easy water peelability). The results are shown in Tables 1 and 2. In addition, the moisture permeability [g/( m2・day)] of the substrate layer material and the surface protection sheet in each example was measured. The moisture permeability of the substrate [g/( ·day)] is shown in Tables 1 and 2. Each table also includes a summary of the examples.

[表1] 表1    實施例1 實施例2 實施例3 實施例4 實施例5 實施例6 比較例1 比較例2 比較例3 比較例4 比較例5 黏著劑層 種類 S1 U1 U1 U1 U1 E1 S2 U2 S1 U1 E1 聚合方法 溶劑 UV UV UV UV 乳液 溶劑 UV 溶劑 UV 乳液 水親和劑 含有 含有 含有 含有 含有 含有 不含有 不含有 含有 含有 含有 厚度[μm] 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 基材層 種類 OPP OPP PPS OPP OPP OPP OPP OPP PET PET PET 透濕度[g/(m 2・day)] 6.4 6.4 12.7 10.3 2.1 6.4 6.4 6.4 29.0 29.0 29.0 厚度[μm] 25 25 25 12 60 25 25 25 25 25 25 常態 接著力F0[N/20 mm] 8.0 4.9 6.5 3.8 5.6 5.8 8.8 5.0 10.8 7.6 8.6 水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm] 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.9 0.2 0.1 8.8 5.0 0.2 0.3 0.6 FW0/F0[%] 6.3 10.2 4.6 23.7 3.6 1.7 100 100 1.9 3.9 7.0 30分鐘溫水浸漬後 接著力F1[N/20 mm] 3.3 1.7 1.6 0.5 4.2 0.5 8.9 5.1 0.07 0.1 0.2 水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm] 0.1 0.3 0.3 0.07 0.3 0.07 8.9 5.1 0 0.04 0.05 FW1/F1[%] 3.0 17.6 18.8 15.6 7.1 14.0 100 100 0.0 40.0 25.0 1小時溫水浸漬後 接著力F2[N/20 mm] 0.7 1.3 0.1 0.3 2.9 0.2 9.0 5.2 0 0.01 0.03 水剝離力FW2[N/20 mm] 0.05 0.3 0.09 0.07 0.7 0.03 9.0 5.2 0 0 0.02 FW2/F2[%] 7.1 23.1 90.0 23.3 24.1 20.0 100 100 - 0.0 66.7 [Table 1] Table 1 Implementation Example 1 Implementation Example 2 Implementation Example 3 Implementation Example 4 Implementation Example 5 Implementation Example 6 Comparative example 1 Comparative example 2 Comparative example 3 Comparative example 4 Comparative example 5 Adhesive layer Kind S1 U1 U1 U1 U1 E1 S2 U2 S1 U1 E1 Aggregation methods solvent UV UV UV UV lotion solvent UV solvent UV lotion Water affinity agent contain contain contain contain contain contain Does not contain Does not contain contain contain contain Thickness [μm] 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 Substrate layer Kind OPP OPP PPS OPP OPP OPP OPP OPP PET PET PET Moisture permeability [g/( ·day)] 6.4 6.4 12.7 10.3 2.1 6.4 6.4 6.4 29.0 29.0 29.0 Thickness [μm] 25 25 25 12 60 25 25 25 25 25 25 normal Then apply force F0 [N/20 mm] 8.0 4.9 6.5 3.8 5.6 5.8 8.8 5.0 10.8 7.6 8.6 Water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.9 0.2 0.1 8.8 5.0 0.2 0.3 0.6 FW0/F0[%] 6.3 10.2 4.6 23.7 3.6 1.7 100 100 1.9 3.9 7.0 Soak in warm water for 30 minutes Then apply force F1 [N/20 mm] 3.3 1.7 1.6 0.5 4.2 0.5 8.9 5.1 0.07 0.1 0.2 Water peeling force FW1 [N/20 mm] 0.1 0.3 0.3 0.07 0.3 0.07 8.9 5.1 0 0.04 0.05 FW1/F1[%] 3.0 17.6 18.8 15.6 7.1 14.0 100 100 0.0 40.0 25.0 Soak in warm water for 1 hour Then apply force F2 [N/20 mm] 0.7 1.3 0.1 0.3 2.9 0.2 9.0 5.2 0 0.01 0.03 Water peeling force FW2 [N/20 mm] 0.05 0.3 0.09 0.07 0.7 0.03 9.0 5.2 0 0 0.02 FW2/F2[%] 7.1 23.1 90.0 23.3 24.1 20.0 100 100 - 0.0 66.7

[表2] 表2    實施例7 實施例8 實施例9 實施例10 實施例11 黏著劑層 種類 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 聚合方法 溶劑 溶劑 溶劑 溶劑 溶劑 水親和劑 含有 含有 含有 含有 含有 厚度[μm] 25 25 25 25 25 基材層 種類 PP PE 蒸鍍有二氧化矽之PET 蒸鍍有鋁之PET 鋁箔 透濕度[g/(m 2・day)] 10.8 13.7 12.8 2.4 1.2 厚度[μm] 40 55 50 25 12 常態 接著力F0[N/20 mm] 11.1 9.0 8.8 8.0 6.9 水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm] 1.4 1.1 0.2 0.2 0.5 FW0/F0[%] 12.6 12.2 2.3 2.5 7.2 30分鐘溫水浸漬後 接著力F1[N/20 mm] 1.4 1.3 1.0 7.8 6.8 水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm] 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.1 1.1 FW1/F1[%] 1.4 3.1 4.0 1.3 16.2 1小時溫水浸漬後 接著力F2[N/20 mm] 0.08 0.08 0.1 2.2 6.4 水剝離力FW2[N/20 mm] 0 0 0 0.06 1.2 FW2/F2[%] 0 0 0 2.7 18.8 [Table 2] Table 2 Implementation Example 7 Implementation Example 8 Implementation Example 9 Implementation Example 10 Implementation Example 11 Adhesive layer Kind S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 Aggregation methods solvent solvent solvent solvent solvent Water affinity agent contain contain contain contain contain Thickness [μm] 25 25 25 25 25 Substrate layer Kind PP PE Evaporation of PET with silicon dioxide Steam-coated PET with aluminum Aluminum foil Moisture permeability [g/( ·day)] 10.8 13.7 12.8 2.4 1.2 Thickness [μm] 40 55 50 25 12 normal Then apply force F0 [N/20 mm] 11.1 9.0 8.8 8.0 6.9 Water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] 1.4 1.1 0.2 0.2 0.5 FW0/F0[%] 12.6 12.2 2.3 2.5 7.2 Soak in warm water for 30 minutes Then apply force F1 [N/20 mm] 1.4 1.3 1.0 7.8 6.8 Water peeling force FW1 [N/20 mm] 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.1 1.1 FW1/F1[%] 1.4 3.1 4.0 1.3 16.2 Soak in warm water for 1 hour Then apply force F2 [N/20 mm] 0.08 0.08 0.1 2.2 6.4 Water peeling force FW2 [N/20 mm] 0 0 0 0.06 1.2 FW2/F2[%] 0 0 0 2.7 18.8

如表1~2所示,實施例1~11之表面保護片材之30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1為0.5 N/20 mm以上,且30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率(FW1/F1)為50%以下,於30分鐘溫水浸漬處理後,具有合格水準之接著力及水剝離性。其中,實施例1~2、5、10~11之表面保護片材於1小時溫水處理後亦接著力F2為0.5 N/20 mm以上,且水剝離力降低率(FW2/F2)為50%以下,具有更優異之性能。再者,可認為實施例5及11中之1小時溫水浸漬後之水剝離力FW2成為較常態或30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力FW0、FW1高之值之原因在於,表面保護片材之透濕度較低,因此相較於水剝離性,溫水浸漬中因老化所致之剝離力上升佔優勢。另一方面,比較例1~2中,未表現水剝離性,相對於接著力,水剝離力未降低。又,比較例3~5中,因溫水浸漬而接著力降低,30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1成為未達0.5 N/20 mm。 再者,各例之表面保護片材之透濕度為各例中所使用之基材(層)之透濕度之±1.5 g/(m 2・day)之範圍內。 As shown in Tables 1-2, the surface protective sheets of Examples 1-11 exhibit an adhesion strength F1 of 0.5 N/20 mm or higher after 30 minutes of warm water immersion, and a water peeling force reduction rate (FW1/F1) of less than 50% after 30 minutes of warm water immersion. They demonstrate acceptable levels of adhesion and water peelability after this treatment. Among these, the surface protective sheets of Examples 1-2, 5, and 10-11 also exhibit an adhesion strength F2 of 0.5 N/20 mm or higher after 1 hour of warm water treatment, and a water peeling force reduction rate (FW2/F2) of less than 50%, demonstrating even superior performance. Furthermore, it can be argued that the reason why the water peeling force FW2 after 1 hour of warm water immersion in Examples 5 and 11 is higher than the normal or 30-minute warm water immersion values FW0 and FW1 is that the surface protective sheet has lower moisture permeability. Therefore, compared to water peelability, the increase in peeling force due to aging during warm water immersion is dominant. On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 1 and 2, no water peelability was observed, and the water peeling force did not decrease relative to adhesion. Also, in Comparative Examples 3 to 5, the adhesion decreased due to warm water immersion, and the adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion did not reach 0.5 N/20 mm. Furthermore, the moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet in each example is within ±1.5 g/(m 2・day) of the moisture permeability of the substrate (layer) used in each example.

≪實驗2≫ <黏著劑之製作> (黏著劑E2) 將相對於丙烯酸系聚合體e1之水分散液之固形物成分100份的黏著賦予樹脂乳液(荒川化學工業公司製造,SUPER ESTER E-865NT,軟化點160℃之聚合松香酯之水分散液,以下有時表述為「黏著賦予樹脂A」)之添加量變更為20份(固形物成分)。此外,以與上述黏著劑層E1之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層E2。 <Experiment 2> <Preparation of Adhesive> (Adhesive E2) The amount of adhesive-imparting resin emulsion (manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., SUPER ESTER E-865NT, an aqueous dispersion of polymeric rosin ester with a softening point of 160°C, sometimes referred to as "Adhesive-imparting Resin A") added was changed from 100 parts (solids content) to 20 parts. Furthermore, an adhesive layer E2 with a thickness of 25 μm was obtained using the same method as for adhesive layer E1.

(黏著劑E3) 將丙烯酸系聚合體e1之水分散液之固形物成分每100份的黏著賦予樹脂A之添加量變更為30份(固形物成分),除此以外,以與上述黏著劑層E2之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層E3。 (Adhesive E3) The amount of adhesive-enriched resin A added to the aqueous dispersion of acrylic polymer e1 was changed to 30 parts per 100 parts (solids). Otherwise, an adhesive layer E3 with a thickness of 25 μm was obtained using the same method as for adhesive layer E2.

(黏著劑E4) 將丙烯酸系聚合體之單體組成變更為2EHA49份、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯(BMA)49份、AA2份,且相對於上述單體成分100份使用2份陰離子性反應性乳化劑(第一工業製藥公司製造,AQUALON BC2020)作為乳化劑。此外,藉由與黏著劑E1中之丙烯酸系聚合體e1之製備相同之方法,製備單體混合物之水性乳液(單體乳液),進行聚合反應,藉此獲得丙烯酸系聚合體e2之水分散液。將系統冷卻至常溫後,上述丙烯酸系聚合體e2之水分散液之固形物成分每100份,混合黏著賦予樹脂A以固形物成分計為20份、㗁唑啉系交聯劑(日本觸媒公司製造,Epocros WS-500)2份。進而,使用作為pH值調整劑之10%氨水及作為增黏劑之聚丙烯酸(不揮發分36%之水溶液),將pH值調整為約7.5、黏度調整為約9 Pa・s,藉此製備乳液型黏著劑組合物E4。使用上述乳液型黏著劑組合物E4,除此以外,以與上述黏著劑層E2之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層E4。 (Adhesive E4) The monomer composition of the acrylic polymer was changed to 49 parts of 2EHA, 49 parts of n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), and 2 parts of AA. An anionic reactive emulsifier (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., AQUALON BC2020) was used as an emulsifier for 100 parts of the aforementioned monomer components. Furthermore, an aqueous emulsion (monomer emulsion) of the monomer mixture was prepared using the same method as that used for preparing acrylic polymer e1 in adhesive E1, and a polymerization reaction was carried out to obtain an aqueous dispersion of acrylic polymer e2. After cooling the system to room temperature, for every 100 parts of the solids content of the aqueous dispersion of the aforementioned acrylic polymer e2, 20 parts of adhesive resin A (based on solids content) and 2 parts of acezoline crosslinking agent (Epocros WS-500, manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) were mixed. Then, using 10% ammonia as a pH adjuster and polyacrylic acid (36% non-volatile aqueous solution) as a tackifier, the pH was adjusted to approximately 7.5 and the viscosity to approximately 9 Pa·s, thereby preparing an emulsion-type adhesive compound E4. Using the above emulsion-type adhesive compound E4, except for the preparation of adhesive layer E2, an adhesive layer E4 with a thickness of 25 μm was obtained.

(黏著劑E5) 使用黏著賦予樹脂B(荒川化學工業公司製造,SUPER ESTER NS-121,軟化點120℃之松香系樹脂(酸值賦予)之水分散液)以固形物成分計為20份代替黏著賦予樹脂A20份。此外,以與黏著劑層E4之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層E5。 (Adhesive E5) An aqueous dispersion of adhesive-imparting resin B (manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., SUPER ESTER NS-121, a rosin-based resin with a softening point of 120°C (acid value imparted)) was used, at 20 parts by solids, instead of 20 parts by adhesive-imparting resin A. Furthermore, an adhesive layer E5 with a thickness of 25 μm was obtained using the same method as that used to prepare adhesive layer E4.

(黏著劑E6) 不使用黏著賦予樹脂,除此以外,以與黏著劑層E2之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層E6。 (Adhesive E6) Without using adhesive to coat the resin, an adhesive layer E6 with a thickness of 25 μm is obtained using the same method as adhesive layer E2.

(黏著劑S3) 於具備冷卻管、氮氣導入管、溫度計及攪拌裝置之反應容器中,添加作為單體成分之2EHA72份、NVP14份、HEA13份及甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)1份、作為鏈轉移劑之α-硫代甘油0.12份、作為聚合溶劑之乙酸乙酯,投入作為熱聚合起始劑之AIBN0.2份並於氮氣氛圍下進行溶液聚合,藉此獲得含有Mw為30萬之丙烯酸系聚合體s1之溶液。 於上述中所獲得之溶液中,用於製備該溶液之單體成分每100份,添加作為黏著賦予劑之順丁烯二醯化松香酯(哈利瑪化成公司製造,HARITACK 4740,軟化點115~125℃,以下有時表述為「黏著賦予樹脂C」)以固形物成分基準為20份、異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三羥甲基丙烷/苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物,三井化學公司製造,商品名:Takenate D-110N,固形物成分濃度75%)以固形物成分基準為0.75份、作為交聯促進劑之二月桂酸二辛基錫(Tokyo Fine Chemical公司製造,商品名:EMBILIZER OL-1)0.01份、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮3份及作為水親和劑之非離子性界面活性劑(聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單月桂酸酯,HLB16.7,商品名:RHEODOL TW-L120,花王公司製造)0.5份,均勻地混合而製備溶劑型黏著劑組合物S3。 使用所獲得之溶劑型黏著劑組合物S3,除此以外,以與黏著劑層S1之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層S3。 (Adhesive S3) In a reaction vessel equipped with a coolant, nitrogen inlet, thermometer, and stirring device, 72 parts of 2EHA, 14 parts of NVP, 13 parts of HEA, and 1 part of methyl methacrylate (MMA) as monomer components, 0.12 parts of α-thioglycerol as a chain transfer agent, and ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent were added. 0.2 parts of AIBN as a thermal polymerization initiator were also added, and solution polymerization was carried out under a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a solution containing an acrylic polymer s1 with a Mw of 300,000. In the solution obtained above, for every 100 parts of the monomeric component used to prepare the solution, 20 parts of rosin ester dibutylide (manufactured by Halima Chemical Co., Ltd., HARITACK 4740, softening point 115-125°C, sometimes referred to as "adhesion-enhancing resin C") as an adhesive binder are added on a solids basis; 0.75 parts of isocyanate crosslinking agent (trimethylolpropane/phenylenedimethyl diisocyanate adduct, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd., trade name: Takenate D-110N, solids concentration 75%) as a solids basis are added on a solids basis; and dioctyltin dilaurate (manufactured by Tokyo Fine Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: EMBILIZER) as a crosslinking accelerator is added. Solvent-based adhesive compound S3 was prepared by uniformly mixing 0.01 parts of OL-1, 3 parts of acetoacetone as a crosslinking delay agent, and 0.5 parts of a nonionic surfactant (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, HLB16.7, trade name: RHEODOL TW-L120, manufactured by Kao Corporation) as a hydrophilic agent. Using the obtained solvent-based adhesive compound S3, an adhesive layer S3 with a thickness of 25 μm was obtained in the same manner as the adhesive layer S1.

(黏著劑S4) 使用丙烯酸系寡聚物3份代替黏著賦予樹脂C20份。此外,以與黏著劑層S3之製作相同之方式,獲得黏著劑層S4。 作為丙烯酸系寡聚物,使用利用以下方法所製備者。具體而言,於具備攪拌機、溫度計、氮氣導入管、回流冷卻器、滴液漏斗之反應容器中,添加甲基丙烯酸環己酯(CHMA)95份及AA5份、作為聚合起始劑之AIBN10份、及作為聚合溶劑之甲苯,於氮氣流中攪拌1小時而將聚合系內之氧去除後,升溫至85℃,使其反應5小時而獲得固形物成分濃度50%之丙烯酸系寡聚物。所獲得之丙烯酸系寡聚物之Mw為3600。 (Adhesive S4) Three parts of an acrylic oligomer were used to replace 20 parts of the adhesive-improving resin C. Furthermore, adhesive layer S4 was obtained in the same manner as adhesive layer S3. The acrylic oligomer was prepared using the following method: Specifically, in a reaction vessel equipped with a mixer, thermometer, nitrogen inlet, reflux cooler, and dropping funnel, 95 parts of cyclohexyl methacrylate (CHMA), 5 parts of AA, 10 parts of AIBN as a polymerization initiator, and toluene as a polymerization solvent were added. The mixture was stirred in a nitrogen stream for 1 hour to remove oxygen from the polymerization system, then heated to 85°C and reacted for 5 hours to obtain an acrylic oligomer with a solid content of 50%. The obtained acrylic oligomer has a molecular weight (Mw) of 3600.

<實施例12~18> 作為基材層材料,準備厚度60 μm之OPP膜(製品名「Torayfan #60-2500」,東麗公司製造,雙軸延伸PP膜)。將覆蓋上述中所獲得之附剝離襯墊之黏著劑層E2~E6、S3~4之一表面之剝離襯墊剝離,使2 kg之橡膠輥往返兩次而將所露出之表面(接著面)壓接於上述OPP膜之表面。如此獲得接著面由剝離襯墊保護之各例之表面保護片材(附基材層之單面黏著片材)。各例之表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值為1.2×10 -4Pa・m 3,25℃100%伸長時應力為83 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應力為131 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應變為232%。 <Examples 12-18> As the substrate layer material, a 60 μm thick OPP film (product name "Torayfan #60-2500", manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., biaxially stretched PP film) is prepared. The peeling pad covering one of the surfaces of the adhesive layers E2-E6 and S3-4 with peeling pads obtained above is peeled off, and a 2 kg rubber roller is used to press the exposed surface (adhesive surface) onto the surface of the OPP film by moving it back and forth twice. In this way, surface protection sheets (single-sided adhesive sheets with substrate layers) are obtained in various examples where the adhesive surface is protected by the peeling pad. The surface protective sheet of each example has a flexural stiffness of 1.2× 10⁻⁴ Pa・ , a stress of 83 N/ mm² at 100% elongation at 25°C, a fracture stress of 131 N/ mm² at 25°C, and a fracture strain of 232% at 25°C.

<性能評價> 針對各例之表面保護片材,測定常態接著力F0[N/20 mm]、常態水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]、30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1[N/20 mm]、30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm]。又,針對於各階段(常態、30分鐘溫水浸漬後)之接著力及水剝離力,根據式:FW/F×100而求出水剝離力降低率[%]。上式中,F係接著力[N/20 mm],為F0或F1。FW係水剝離力[N/20 mm],為FW0或FW1。將結果與各例之概要一起示於表3。 <Performance Evaluation> For each example of surface protective sheet, the following parameters were measured: normal adhesion force F0 [N/20 mm], normal water peel force FW0 [N/20 mm], adhesion force F1 [N/20 mm] after 30 minutes of warm water immersion, and water peel force FW1 [N/20 mm] after 30 minutes of warm water immersion. Furthermore, for each stage (normal state, after 30 minutes of warm water immersion), the water peel force reduction rate [%] was calculated using the formula: FW/F×100. In the above formula, F represents the adhesion force [N/20 mm], which is either F0 or F1. FW represents the water peel force [N/20 mm], which is either FW0 or FW1. The results, along with summaries of each example, are presented in Table 3.

[表3] 表3    實施例12 實施例13 實施例14 實施例15 實施例16 實施例17 實施例18 黏著劑層 種類 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 S3 S4 聚合體 e1 e1 e2 e2 e1 s1 s1 聚合方法 乳液 乳液 乳液 乳液 乳液 溶劑 溶劑 水親和劑 含有 含有 含有 含有 含有 含有 含有 黏著賦予劑[份]* 黏著賦予樹脂A 20 30 20             黏著賦予樹脂B          20          黏著賦予樹脂C                20    丙烯酸系寡聚物                   3 厚度[μm] 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 基材層 種類 OPP OPP OPP OPP OPP OPP OPP 厚度[μm] 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 常態 接著力F0[N/20 mm] 8.1 8.2 5.5 10.4 5.9 8.8 4.1 水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm] 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.1 0.7 FW0/F0[%] 1.2 1.2 1.8 3.8 0.1 0.9 17.1 30分鐘溫水浸漬後 接著力F1[N/20 mm] 2.6 5.4 4.7 8.5 1.5 2.2 1.5 水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm] 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 FW1/F1[%] 2.7 0.9 1.3 1.2 0.0 2.3 6.7 *相對於丙烯酸系聚合體100份之份數 [Table 3] Table 3 Implementation Example 12 Implementation Example 13 Implementation Example 14 Implementation Example 15 Implementation Example 16 Implementation Example 17 Implementation Example 18 Adhesive layer Kind E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 S3 S4 polymer e1 e1 e2 e2 e1 s1 s1 Aggregation methods lotion lotion lotion lotion lotion solvent solvent Water affinity agent contain contain contain contain contain contain contain Adhesion enhancer [parts]* Adhesion to resin A 20 30 20 Adhesion is given to resin B 20 Adhesion is given to resin C 20 acrylic oligomers 3 Thickness [μm] 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 Substrate layer Kind OPP OPP OPP OPP OPP OPP OPP Thickness [μm] 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 normal Then apply force F0 [N/20 mm] 8.1 8.2 5.5 10.4 5.9 8.8 4.1 Water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.1 0.7 FW0/F0[%] 1.2 1.2 1.8 3.8 0.1 0.9 17.1 Soak in warm water for 30 minutes Then apply force F1 [N/20 mm] 2.6 5.4 4.7 8.5 1.5 2.2 1.5 Water peeling force FW1 [N/20 mm] 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 FW1/F1[%] 2.7 0.9 1.3 1.2 0.0 2.3 6.7 *Parts relative to 100 parts of acrylic polymer

如表3所示,實施例12~18之表面保護片材之30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1為0.5 N/20 mm以上,且30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率(FW1/F1)為50%以下,於30分鐘溫水浸漬處理後,具有合格水準之接著力及水剝離性。其中,於水分散型黏著劑中添加有黏著賦予樹脂之實施例12~15中,將30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力FW1維持得較低,並且具有較不使用黏著賦予樹脂之實施例16高之30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1。雖未示出對比結果,但於使用溶劑型黏著劑之實施例17~18中,亦添加黏著賦予劑,觀察到其使用量越多,30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1越提昇之傾向。As shown in Table 3, the surface protective sheets of Examples 12-18 exhibit an adhesion strength F1 of 0.5 N/20 mm or higher after 30 minutes of warm water immersion, and a water peel strength reduction rate (FW1/F1) of less than 50% after 30 minutes of warm water immersion. They demonstrate acceptable levels of adhesion and water peelability after this treatment. In Examples 12-15, which incorporate adhesive resin in a water-dispersible adhesive, the water peel strength FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is maintained at a lower level, and the adhesion strength F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is higher than that in Example 16, which does not use adhesive resin. Although no comparative results are shown, in Examples 17-18, which use solvent-based adhesives, adhesive preambles were also added. It was observed that the more preambles were used, the stronger the adhesion F1 tended to be after 30 minutes of warm water soaking.

以上詳細說明了本發明之具體例,但該等僅為例示,並不對申請專利範圍進行限定。申請專利範圍中記載之技術包括將以上例示之具體例進行各種變化、變更而成者。The above details specific examples of the present invention, but these are merely illustrative and do not limit the scope of the patent application. The technology described in the patent application includes various variations and modifications of the above-illustrative examples.

1:表面保護片材 1A:接著面 1B:背面 2:表面保護片材 2A:接著面 2B:背面 10:基材層 10A:一面 10B:另一面 11:第一層 12:第二層(含無機材料之層) 20:黏著劑層 20A:接著面 30:剝離襯墊 50:附剝離襯墊之表面保護片材 1: Surface Protective Sheet 1A: Adhesive Side 1B: Back Side 2: Surface Protective Sheet 2A: Adhesive Side 2B: Back Side 10: Substrate Layer 10A: One Side 10B: The Other Side 11: First Layer 12: Second Layer (including inorganic material layer) 20: Adhesive Layer 20A: Adhesive Side 30: Peel-off Liner 50: Surface Protective Sheet with Peel-off Liner

圖1係模式性地表示表面保護片材之一形態例之剖視圖。 圖2係模式性地表示表面保護片材之另一形態例之剖視圖。 Figure 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating one form of surface protection sheet. Figure 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another form of surface protection sheet.

1:表面保護片材 1: Surface Protective Sheet

1A:接著面 1A: Next step

1B:背面 1B: Back side

10:基材層 10: Substrate Layer

10A:一面 10A: One side

10B:另一面 10B: The Other Side

20:黏著劑層 20: Adhesive layer

20A:接著面 20A: Next step

30:剝離襯墊 30: Peeling off the pad

50:附剝離襯墊之表面保護片材 50: Surface protective sheet with peel-off backing

Claims (17)

一種表面保護片材,其係具有接著面者,且 上述表面保護片材之剝離強度(30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力)F1[N/20 mm]為0.5 N/20 mm以上,該剝離強度(30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力)F1[N/20 mm]係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合上述接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定,且 上述表面保護片材之水剝離力(30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力)FW1[N/20 mm]為上述剝離強度F1之50%以下,該水剝離力(30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力)FW1[N/20 mm]係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合該接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定。A surface protective sheet having an adhesive surface, wherein the peel strength (adhesion force after 30 minutes of warm water immersion) F1 [N/20 mm] of the surface protective sheet is 0.5 N/20 mm or higher. This peel strength (adhesion force after 30 minutes of warm water immersion) F1 [N/20 mm] is measured by attaching the adhesive surface to the surface of an alkaline glass having a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees, immersing it in warm water at 60°C ± 2°C for 30 minutes, then removing it from the warm water and wiping off the water, under conditions of a temperature of 23°C, a peel angle of 180 degrees, and a peel speed of 300 mm/min. The water peeling force (water peeling force after 30 minutes of warm water immersion) FW1 [N/20 mm] of the aforementioned surface protective sheet is less than 50% of the aforementioned peel strength F1. This water peeling force (water peeling force after 30 minutes of warm water immersion) FW1 [N/20 mm] is obtained by adhering the surface of an alkaline glass having a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees to the bonding surface, immersing it in warm water at 60℃±2℃ for 30 minutes, then removing it from the warm water and wiping off the water, and then supplying 20... The distilled water was introduced into one end of the interface between the alkaline glass and the bonding surface, and the result was measured at a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min. 如請求項1之表面保護片材,其中上述水剝離力FW1與利用以下之方法所測定之水剝離力(常態水剝離力)FW0[N/20 mm]相同或小於該水剝離力FW0,此處, 上述常態水剝離力FW0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合該接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]。For the surface protective sheet of claim 1, wherein the water peeling force FW1 is the same as or less than the water peeling force (normal water peeling force) FW0 [N/20 mm] measured by the following method, wherein the normal water peeling force FW0 is obtained by bonding the surface of an alkaline glass having a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees to the bonding surface, maintaining it in an environment of 23°C and 50%RH for 1 hour, supplying 20 μL of distilled water between the alkaline glass and the bonding surface, so that the distilled water enters one end of the interface between the alkaline glass and the bonding surface, and then at a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 180 degrees and a speed of 300 The water stripping force FW0 [N/20 mm] measured under the condition of mm/min. 如請求項1或2之表面保護片材,其利用杯式法所測定之透濕度為24 g/(m2・day)以下。For example, the surface protective sheet of Request 1 or 2 shall have a moisture permeability of less than 24 g/(m 2・day) as measured by the cup method. 如請求項1或2之表面保護片材,其包含構成上述接著面之黏著劑層、及支持該黏著劑層之基材層。The surface protection sheet of claim 1 or 2 includes an adhesive layer constituting the aforementioned bonding surface and a substrate layer supporting the adhesive layer. 如請求項4之表面保護片材,其中上述黏著劑層包含水親和劑。For example, the surface protective sheet of claim 4, wherein the adhesive layer contains a hydrophilic agent. 如請求項4之表面保護片材,其中上述黏著劑層包含黏著賦予劑。As in claim 4, the surface protective sheet, wherein the adhesive layer comprises an adhesive preamble. 如請求項4之表面保護片材,其中上述黏著劑層係由光硬化型或溶劑型之黏著劑組合物所形成。For example, the surface protective sheet of claim 4, wherein the adhesive layer is formed of a light-curing or solvent-based adhesive composition. 如請求項4之表面保護片材,其中上述基材層包含樹脂膜。As in claim 4, the surface protective sheet, wherein the substrate layer comprises a resin film. 如請求項4之表面保護片材,其中上述基材層包含含無機材料之層。As in claim 4, the surface protective sheet, wherein the substrate layer includes a layer containing inorganic materials. 如請求項1或2之表面保護片材,其厚度為20~100 μm。The surface protective sheet for request item 1 or 2 has a thickness of 20 to 100 μm. 如請求項1或2之表面保護片材,其用於將玻璃或半導體晶圓於液中以化學方式及/或物理方式進行薄化處理之步驟。The surface protective sheet, as requested in item 1 or 2, is used for the process of thinning glass or semiconductor wafers in a liquid by chemical and/or physical means. 如請求項4之表面保護片材,其中上述黏著劑層係丙烯酸系黏著劑層。For example, the surface protective sheet of claim 4, wherein the adhesive layer is an acrylic adhesive layer. 如請求項5之表面保護片材,其中上述黏著劑層含有水親和劑,該水親和劑係選自界面活性劑及具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物中之至少1種化合物。As in claim 5, the surface protective sheet wherein the adhesive layer contains a hydrophilic agent selected from at least one of surfactants and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene backbone. 如請求項4之表面保護片材,其中上述基材層利用杯式法所測定之透濕度為24 g/(m2・day)以下。For example, the surface protective sheet of claim 4, wherein the moisture permeability of the substrate layer, as measured by the cupping method, is less than 24 g/(m 2・day). 一種處理對象物之處理方法,其包括: 於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之處理對象物之該表面貼附表面保護片材之步驟; 對貼附有上述表面保護片材之上述處理對象物實施處理之步驟,此處,該處理中該處理對象物與液體接觸;及 藉由水剝離將上述表面保護片材自上述處理後之上述處理對象物去除之步驟;且 上述表面保護片材之30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm]為30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1[N/20 mm]之50%以下, [30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1] 上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離強度[N/20 mm]; [30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1] 上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之水剝離力[N/20 mm]。A method for treating an object includes: a step of attaching a surface protective sheet to the surface of the object having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less; a step of treating the object to which the surface protective sheet is attached, wherein the object comes into contact with a liquid during the treatment; and a step of removing the surface protective sheet from the treated object by water peeling; wherein the water peeling force FW1 [N/20 mm] of the surface protective sheet after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is less than 50% of the adhesion force F1 [N/20 mm] after 30 minutes of warm water immersion, [adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion]. The adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is the peel strength [N/20 mm] measured at a temperature of 23°C, a peel angle of 180°C, and a speed of 300 mm/min after the surface of the alkaline glass bonded to the protective sheet having a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees was immersed in warm water at 60°C ± 2°C for 30 minutes, then removed from the warm water and wiped dry; [Water peel force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion] The water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is the water peeling force [N/20 mm] measured under the following conditions: the surface of the alkaline glass with a water contact angle of less than 20 degrees is immersed in warm water at 60℃±2℃ for 30 minutes, then lifted out of the warm water and wiped off the water, and 20 μL of distilled water is supplied between the alkaline glass and the surface of the adhesive, so that the distilled water enters one end of the interface between the alkaline glass and the surface of the adhesive. 如請求項15之處理方法,其中上述液體為水溶液。The treatment method described in claim 15, wherein the liquid is an aqueous solution. 如請求項15或16之處理方法,其中上述表面保護片材具有黏著劑層,上述黏著劑層包含黏著賦予劑。The processing method of claim 15 or 16, wherein the surface protective sheet has an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer comprising an adhesive preamble.
TW111105241A 2021-03-25 2022-02-14 Surface Protective Sheets and Treatment Methods TWI903037B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-052064 2021-03-25
JP2021052064 2021-03-25
JP2021-151207 2021-09-16
JP2021151207 2021-09-16
WOPCT/JP2022/003425 2022-01-28
PCT/JP2022/003425 WO2022201857A1 (en) 2021-03-25 2022-01-28 Surface protective sheet and treatment method

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202300608A TW202300608A (en) 2023-01-01
TWI903037B true TWI903037B (en) 2025-11-01

Family

ID=

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021024864A1 (en) 2019-08-02 2021-02-11 日東電工株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021024864A1 (en) 2019-08-02 2021-02-11 日東電工株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI727257B (en) Adhesive sheet and peeling method of adhesive sheet
TWI854992B (en) Optical adhesive composition and its use
CN110003806B (en) Reinforced film
CN108368405A (en) adhesive sheet
TWI875969B (en) Adhesive sheets and their use
TWI861171B (en) Adhesive Sheet
TWI861170B (en) Adhesive sheets and their use
KR20210075877A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
KR102705586B1 (en) How to peel off adhesive sheet
TW202003741A (en) Adhesive sheet
TW202248382A (en) Surface Protection Sheet
TWI903037B (en) Surface Protective Sheets and Treatment Methods
TW202300609A (en) Surface protective sheet and treatment method
TW202300608A (en) Surface protective sheet and treatment method
TW202339955A (en) Surface protective sheet and treatment method
CN117157372A (en) Surface protection sheet
CN117083356A (en) Surface protection sheet and treatment method
KR20250043487A (en) How to peel off adhesive sheet
WO2022024668A1 (en) Method for removing attachment adhesive, structure, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
CN120020188A (en) Adhesive sheet